You are on page 1of 1414

Interoperability Between UMTS and

LTE
Contents
7.3.6 Interoperability Between UMTS and LTE

WCDMA RAN
Interoperability Between UMTS and
LTE Feature Parameter Description
Issue 04

Date 2017-12-30

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2017. All rights reserved.


No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or
representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.


Address: Huawei Industrial Base Bantian, Longgang Shenzhen 518129 People's Republic of China

Website: http://www.huawei.com/

Email: support@huawei.com

7.3.6 Contents
1 About This Document
1.1 Scope
1.2 Intended Audience
1.3 Change History
1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types

2 Overview
2.1 Background
2.2 Function Classification
2.3 Application Scenarios

3 Cell Reselection Between UMTS and LTE


3.1 Overview
3.2 LTE-to-UMTS Cell Reselection
3.3 UMTS-to-LTE Cell Reselection
3.3.1 Overview
3.3.2 Criteria for Starting Measurements
3.3.3 Criteria for Triggering Cell Reselection
3.4 UMTS-to-LTE Quick Cell Reselection

4 PS Redirections and Handovers Between UMTS and LTE


4.1 Overview
4.2 LTE-to-UMTS PS Redirections and Handovers
4.3 UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers
4.3.1 Overview
4.3.2 UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection and Handover Procedures
4.3.2.1 Data Forwarding During UMTS-to-LTE Handover
4.3.2.1.1 Overview
4.3.2.1.2 Process
4.3.2.2 DC-HSDPA Compatibility Switch
4.3.2.3 Measures to Prevent Frequent Retries After a UMTS-to-LTE PS Handover Failure
4.3.2.4 Measures to Prevent Ping-Pong Blind Redirections Between UMTS and LTE
4.3.3 Coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers
4.3.3.1 Overview
4.3.3.2 Triggering
4.3.3.3 UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE
4.3.3.4 Measurement
4.3.3.5 Decision and Execution
4.3.3.6 Target Cell Selection
4.3.4 Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers
4.3.4.1 Overview
4.3.4.2 Triggering
4.3.4.3 UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE
4.3.4.4 Measurement
4.3.4.5 Decision and Execution
4.3.4.5.1 Service-Based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection or Handover Based on Periodic RSCP
Measurement
4.3.4.5.2 Blind PS Redirection Preferred During a Service-Based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection
4.3.4.6 Anti-ping-pong Measures
4.3.4.7 Virtual Grid-Based UMTS-to-LTE Service Redirection
4.3.5 Load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers
4.3.5.1 Overview
4.3.5.2 Triggering
4.3.5.3 UE Selection for LDR
4.3.5.4 UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE
4.3.5.4.1 Suggestions for LDR Action Configurations
4.3.5.5 Measurements
4.3.5.6 Decision and Execution
4.3.5.6.1 Blind PS Redirection Preferred During a Load-Based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection
4.3.5.7 Anti-ping-pong Measures
4.3.6 Virtual Grid-Based UMTS-to-LTE Interoperation

5 CSFB
5.1 Overview
5.2 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE
5.2.1 Overview
5.2.2 UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return
5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return
5.2.4 LTE Measurement-Based Fast Return
5.2.4.1 Overview
5.2.4.2 Triggering
5.2.4.3 Measurement
5.2.4.4 Execution
5.2.5 RSCP Measurement-Based Fast Return
5.2.6 Selecting Frequencies to Be Carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE Message
5.2.7 Virtual Grid-Based Fast Return
5.2.8 Fast Return for Supplementary CSFB Services
5.3 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls
5.3.1 Overview
5.3.2 Policy
5.4 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Common Calls
5.4.1 Overview
5.4.2 Policy
5.5 CSFB Delay Reduction
5.5.1 Regarding the First PS BE Service of a Redirection-based CSFB UE as a Combined Service when
Performing DRD for the UE
5.6 Ultra-Flash CSFB

6 SRVCC
6.1 Overview
6.2 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover
6.3 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User
6.3.1 Overview
6.3.2 Triggering Conditions
6.3.3 Measurement
6.3.4 Execution

7 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE


7.1 Overview
7.2 RIM-based Reporting of UMTS Cell Load Status
7.2.1 RIM Procedure
7.2.2 Reporting of UMTS Cell Load Status

8 Related Features
8.1 WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1
8.2 WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE
8.3 WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE
8.4 WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
8.5 WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE
8.6 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
8.7 WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE
8.8 WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
8.9 WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover
8.10 WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE
8.11 WRFD-160271 Ultra-Flash CSFB
8.12 WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User

9 Impact on the Network


9.1 WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1
9.1.1 System Capacity
9.1.2 Network Performance
9.2 WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE
9.2.1 System Capacity
9.2.2 Network Performance
9.3 WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE
9.3.1 System Capacity
9.3.2 Network Performance
9.4 WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
9.4.1 System Capacity
9.4.2 Network Performance
9.5 WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE
9.5.1 System Capacity
9.5.2 Network Performance
9.6 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
9.6.1 System Capacity
9.6.2 Network Performance
9.7 WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE
9.7.1 System Capacity
9.7.2 Network Performance
9.8 WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
9.8.1 System Capacity
9.8.2 Network Performance
9.9 WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls
9.9.1 System Capacity
9.9.2 Network Performance
9.10 WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover
9.10.1 System Capacity
9.10.2 Network Performance
9.11 WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE
9.11.1 System Capacity
9.11.2 Network Performance
9.12 WRFD-160271 Ultra-Flash CSFB
9.13 WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User

10 Engineering Guidelines
10.1 WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1
10.1.1 When to Use Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1
10.1.2 Deployment
10.1.3 Performance Monitoring
10.2 WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE
10.2.1 When to Use Fast Return from UMTS to LTE
10.2.2 Required Information
10.2.3 Planning
10.2.4 Deployment
10.2.5 Performance Monitoring
10.2.6 Parameter Optimization
10.2.7 Troubleshooting
10.3 WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE
10.3.1 When to Use Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE
10.3.2 Required Information
10.3.3 Planning
10.3.4 Deployment
10.3.5 Performance Monitoring
10.3.6 Parameter Optimization
10.3.7 Troubleshooting
10.4 WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
10.4.1 When to Use Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
10.4.2 Required Information
10.4.3 Planning
10.4.4 Deployment
10.4.5 Performance Monitoring
10.4.6 Parameter Optimization
10.4.7 Troubleshooting
10.5 WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE
10.5.1 When to Use Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE
10.5.2 Required Information
10.5.3 Planning
10.5.4 Deployment
10.5.5 Performance Monitoring
10.5.6 Parameter Optimization
10.5.7 Troubleshooting
10.6 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
10.6.1 When to Use Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
10.6.2 Required Information
10.6.3 Planning
10.6.4 Deployment
10.6.5 Performance Monitoring
10.6.6 Parameter Optimization
10.6.7 Troubleshooting
10.7 WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE
10.7.1 When to Use Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE
10.7.2 Required Information
10.7.3 Planning
10.7.4 Deployment
10.7.5 Performance Monitoring
10.7.6 Parameter Optimization
10.7.7 Troubleshooting
10.8 WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
10.8.1 When to Use Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
10.8.2 Required Information
10.8.3 Planning
10.8.4 Deployment
10.8.5 Performance Monitoring
10.8.6 Parameter Optimization
10.8.7 Troubleshooting
10.9 WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls
10.9.1 When to Use CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls
10.9.2 Deployment
10.9.3 Performance Monitoring
10.10 WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover
10.10.1 When to Use SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover
10.10.2 Required Information
10.10.3 Planning
10.10.4 Deployment
10.10.5 Performance Monitoring
10.10.6 Parameter Optimization
10.10.7 Troubleshooting
10.11 WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE
10.11.1 When to Use RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE
10.11.2 Required Information
10.11.3 Planning
10.11.4 Deployment
10.11.5 Performance Monitoring
10.11.6 Parameter Optimization
10.11.7 Troubleshooting
10.12 WRFD-160271 Ultra-Flash CSFB
10.12.1 When to Use Ultra-Flash CSFB
10.12.2 Required Information
10.12.3 Planning
10.12.4 Deployment
10.12.4.1 Requirements
10.12.4.2 Data Preparation
10.12.4.3 Precautions
10.12.4.4 Activation
10.12.4.4.1 Using MML Commands
10.12.4.4.2 MML Command Examples
10.12.4.4.3 Using the CME
10.12.4.5 Activation Observation
10.12.4.6 Deactivation
10.12.4.6.1 Using MML Commands
10.12.4.6.2 MML Command Examples
10.12.4.6.3 Using the CME
10.12.5 Performance Monitoring
10.12.6 Parameter Optimization
10.12.7 Troubleshooting
10.13 WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User
10.13.1 When to Use Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User
10.13.2 Required Information
10.13.3 Deployment
10.13.3.1 Requirements
10.13.3.2 Data Preparation
10.13.3.3 Activation
10.13.3.3.1 Using MML Commands
10.13.3.3.2 MML Command Examples
10.13.3.3.3 Using the CME
10.13.3.4 Activation Observation
10.13.3.5 Deactivation
10.13.3.5.1 Using MML Commands
10.13.3.5.2 MML Command Examples
10.13.3.5.3 Using the CME
10.13.4 Performance Monitoring
10.13.5 Parameter Optimization
10.13.6 Troubleshooting
10.14 MFBI-Based UMTS-to-LTE Interoperability
10.14.1 When to Use MFBI-Based UMTS-to-LTE Interoperability
10.14.2 Required Information
10.14.3 Deployment
10.14.3.1 Requirements
10.14.3.2 Data Preparation and Feature Activation
10.14.3.3 Activation Observation
10.14.3.4 Deactivation
10.14.4 Performance Monitoring
10.14.5 Parameter Optimization
10.14.6 Troubleshooting

11 Parameters

12 Counters

13 Glossary

14 Reference Documents

1 About This Document

1.1 Scope

This document describes the Interoperability Between UMTS and LTE feature, including its
technical principles, related features, network impact, and engineering guidelines.
This document covers the following features:
 WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1
 WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE
 WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE
 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
 WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE
 WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
 WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE
 WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
 WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls
 WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover
 WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE
 WRFD-160271 Ultra-Flash CSFB
 WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User
 MRFD-111402 Inter-RAT Adaptive Traffic Offload
This document applies to the following NE types.

NE Type NE Model

RNC BSC6900, BSC6910

NodeB Macro 3900 series macro base stations: BTS3900, BTS3900A,


BTS3900L, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, BTS3900C
5900 series macro base stations: BTS5900, BTS5900A,
BTS5900L, BTS5900AL, DBS5900

Micro BTS3911E

LampSite DBS3900 LampSite, DBS5900 LampSite

1.2 Intended Audience

This document is intended for personnel who:


 Need to understand the features described herein
 Work with Huawei products
1.3 Change History

This section provides information about the changes in different document versions. There
are two types of changes, which are defined as follows:
 Feature change
Changes in features of a specific product version
 Editorial change
Changes in wording or addition of information that was not described in the earlier
version

RAN19.1 04 (2017-12-30)
Compared with Issue 03 (2017-06-30) of RAN19.1, Issue 04 (2017-12-30) of RAN19.1
includes the following changes.

Change Type Change Description Parameter Change

Feature Added the function of cell-level configuration Activated the following


change of UMTS-to-LTE penalty timer length and reserved parameters:
penalty timer length for service-based UMTS-  RsvU32Para6 (BSC6900,
to-LTE measurement expiry. For details, see: BSC6910): Bits 0 to 15
 4.3.4.6 Anti-ping-pong Measures  RsvU32Para6 (BSC6900,
 10 Engineering Guidelines BSC6910): Bits 16 to 31

Editorial None None


change

RAN19.1 03 (2017-06-30)

This issue includes the following changes.

Change Change Description Parameter Change


Type

Feature Added the support for preferential execution Activated the


change of the service-based UMTS-to-LTE RESERVED_SWITCH_23_BIT2
redirection or handover. For details, see: option of the RsvSwitch23
 6.1 Overview (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
 10.10.4 Deployment

Editorial Revised some descriptions in this document. None


change

RAN19.1 02 (2017-04-30)

This issue includes the following changes.

Change Change Description Parameter Change


Type

Feature Added the support for preferential execution Activated the


change of the service-based UMTS-to-LTE RESERVED_SWITCH_22_BIT6
redirection or handover. For details, see: option of the RsvSwitch22
 4.3.4.5 Decision and Execution (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
 10.5.4 Deployment

Added the support for the fast return Activated the


triggering in the case of a CS RAB setup RESERVED_SWITCH_22_BIT5
failure of a CSFB UE. For details, see: option of the RsvSwitch22
5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
10.2.4 Deployment
Change Change Description Parameter Change
Type

Editorial Revised some descriptions in this document. None


change

RAN19.1 01 (2017-03-20)

This issue does not include any changes.

RAN19.1 Draft A (2016-12-30)

This issue includes the following changes.

Change Change Description Parameter Change


Type

Feature Optimized some N/A


change counters for
measuring the
CSFB delay. For
details, see 5.5
CSFB Delay
Reduction.

Enhanced the Added CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_ENHANCE_SWITCH


delayed RAU under the OptimizationSwitch11 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
function. For parameter to determine whether the RNC will transfer the
details, see 5.5 RAU request after receiving a CONNECT direct transfer
CSFB Delay message.
Reduction.

Added the DC Added the L2U_HO_CFG_HSDPA_DC_SWITCH option to


admission function the UCORRMALGOSWITCH.IRatHoCfgSwitch (BSC6900,
for LTE-to-UMTS BSC6910) parameter.
handovers. For
details, see 4.2 LTE-
to-UMTS PS
Redirections and
Handovers.

Optimized the data Added the U2L_DATA_FORWARDING_PROC_SWITCH


transfer process option to the UUPCTRLSWITCH.PROCESSSWITCH
during UMTS-to- (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
LTE handover. For
details, see:
 4.3.2.1.1
Overview
 10.4.4
Deployment
 10.6.4
Deployment
Change Change Description Parameter Change
Type

 10.8.4
Deployment

Enhanced the  Added the RNC-level switch


WRFD-020129 HO_GRID_BASED_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH
Service-Based PS under the UCORRMALGOSWITCH.HoSwitch2
Service (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
Redirection from  Added the cell-level switch
UMTS to LTE HO_GRID_BASED_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH
feature. The under the
enhancement is UCELLU2LTEHONCOV.U2LServAlgoSwitch
the virtual grid- (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
based UMTS-to-
LTE PS service
redirection
function. For
details, see:
 4.3.4.7 Virtual
Grid-Based
UMTS-to-LTE
Service
Redirection
 4.3.6 Virtual Grid-
Based UMTS-to-
LTE
Interoperation
 10.5.1 When to
Use Service-
Based PS
Service
Redirection from
UMTS to LTE
 10.5.2 Required
Information
 10.5.4
Deployment
 10.5.5
Performance
Monitoring
 10.5.6 Parameter
Optimization

Editorial Revised some None


change descriptions in this
document.

1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types

Feature Support by Macro, Micro, and LampSite Base Stations


Feature ID Description Supported by Base Supported Supported Supported
Station Controller by Macro by Micro by
Base Base LampSite
BSC6900 BSC6910 Station Station Base
Station

WRFD- CS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes


140102 Fallback
Guarantee
for LTE
Emergency
Calls

WRFD- SRVCC Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A


150215 from LTE to
UMTS with
PS
Handover

WRFD- Ultra-Flash Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A


160271 CSFB

WRFD- Mobility Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes


020126 Between
UMTS and
LTE
Phase1

WRFD- Service- Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes


020129 Based PS
Service
Redirection
from UMTS
to LTE

WRFD- Service- Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes


140218 Based PS
Handover
from UMTS
to LTE

WRFD- Load Based Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes


150216 PS
Redirection
from UMTS
to LTE

WRFD- Load Based Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes


150217 PS
Handover
from UMTS
to LTE

WRFD- Coverage Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes


150219 Based PS
Redirection
from UMTS
to LTE

WRFD- Coverage Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes


150220 Based PS
Handover
from UMTS
to LTE

WRFD- RIM Based Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A


150231 UMTS
Target Cell
Selection
for LTE

WRFD- Fast Return Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A


140226 from UMTS
to LTE

WRFD- Fast Return Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A


171223 to LTE for
SRVCC
User

NOTE:
N/A indicates that an NE is not involved, that is, a feature does not require the support of the NE.

2 Overview

2.1 Background

As wireless data services grow and conditions mature for LTE commercial use, telecom
operators begin to add LTE networks to existing UMTS network infrastructure. These two
types of networks are expected to coexist for a long time, so interoperability between UMTS
and LTE is important. This feature helps operators make the most of existing network
equipment, provide diversified services, and achieve smooth network evolution.
The inter-RAT interoperations from UMTS to LTE (the target LTE frequency bands include
1 to 43 and 66) are supported. In cross-Iur scenarios, whether the RNC supports cells
operating in the extended LTE frequency bands indicated in Iur interface messages is
controlled by IUR_SUPP_LTE_EXT_BAND_SW under the IurAlgoSwitch (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter in the UNRNC MO. When this switch is turned on, the RNC can send
information of the cells operating in the extended LTE frequency bands to other RNCs and
can handle the same type of information received from other RNCs.

NOTE:
Unless otherwise specified, the LTE system includes the LTE TDD and LTE FDD systems.

2.2 Function Classification

UMTS and LTE interoperability functions apply only to UEs that support both UMTS and
LTE services. UMTS/LTE interoperability functions are classified by UE status, as presented
by Table 2-1.
Table 2-1 UMTS and LTE interoperability functions classified by UE's mode
UE's Mode UL Interoperability Function Reference Document

Idle mode LTE-to-UMTS cell reselection LTE feature document Idle


Mode Management
Feature Parameter
Description

Idle mode UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection 3.3 UMTS-to-LTE Cell


Reselection in this document

Idle mode SPID-based mobility management in UMTS side: UMTS feature


idle mode document Flexible User
Steering Feature Parameter
Description
LTE side: LTE feature
document Flexible User
Steering Feature
Parameter Description

Connected Data LTE-to-UMTS PS redirection or LTE feature document


mode services handover Inter-RAT Mobility
Management in Connected
Mode Feature Parameter
Description

LTE-to-UMTS handovers based on LTE feature document


cell load Inter-RAT Mobility Load
Balancing Feature
Parameter Description

Coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS 4.3.3 Coverage-based UMTS-to-


redirection or handover LTE PS Redirections and
Handovers in this document

Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS 4.3.4 Service-based UMTS-to-


redirection or handover LTE PS Redirections and
Handovers in this document

Load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS 4.3.5 Load-based UMTS-to-LTE


redirection or handover PS Redirections and Handovers
in this document

RIM-based cell selection during load- 7 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell
based LTE-to-UMTS inter-RAT Selection for LTE in this
handover document

SPID-based mobility management in UMTS side: UMTS feature


connected mode document Flexible User
UE's Mode UL Interoperability Function Reference Document
Steering Feature Parameter
Description
LTE side: LTE feature
document Flexible User
Steering Feature
Parameter Description

UL Unified Video Steering UMTS feature document


UL Unified Video Steering
Feature Parameter Description

Voice LTE-to-UMTS CSFB (CS fallback) LTE feature document CS


services Fallback Feature
Parameter Description

Fast Return from UMTS to LTE 5.2 Fast Return from UMTS to
LTE in this document

SPID-based fast return UMTS document Flexible


User Steering Feature
Parameter Description

CSFB guarantee for emergency calls 5.3 CS Fallback Guarantee for


originated on the LTE network LTE Emergency Calls in this
document

CSFB guarantee for common calls 5.4 CS Fallback Guarantee for


originated on the LTE network LTE Common Calls in this
document

CSFB delay reduction 5.5 CSFB Delay Reduction in


this document

Ultra-Flash CSFB UMTS side: 5.6 Ultra-Flash


CSFB in this document
LTE side: LTE feature
document CS Fallback
Feature Parameter
Description

SRVCC LTE feature document


SRVCC Feature
Parameter Description

SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS UMTS side: 6 SRVCC in this


Handover document
LTE side: LTE feature
document SRVCC Feature
Parameter Description

Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User 6.3 Fast Return to LTE for
SRVCC User in this
document
UE's Mode UL Interoperability Function Reference Document

RIM-based UMTS target cell 7 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell


selection for LTE during CSFB Selection for LTE in this
document

Fast CS fallback based on RIM UMTS side: UMTS feature


document Fast CS Fallback
Based on RIM Feature
Parameter Description
LTE side: LTE feature
document CS Fallback
Feature Parameter
Description

2.3 Application Scenarios

The following table lists typical application scenarios of UL interoperability.


Table 2-2 Typical application scenarios
Scenario Description Camping Policy CS Service Policy PS Service Policy

 The IMS is not An LTE-first policy is UL multimode UEs  Since LTE coverage
deployed and recommended in only support PS is still incomplete,
the LTE this scenario. services. They when a UE
network does cannot perform CS processing a PS
not support NOTE: voice services. service on the LTE
VoIP. Huawei equipment network moves out
 UL multimode supports preferred of the LTE coverage
UEs only camping of UEs on LTE area, a PS
support PS or UMTS cells. To handover or
services. enable the preferred redirection to the
camping, LTE or UMTS UMTS network is
 LTE coverage frequencies are granted performed for the
is still higher priorities during
incomplete. UE and the PS
cell reselection so that
service. For details,
UEs can preferentially
reselect the LTE or
see 4.2 LTE-to-UMTS
PS Redirections and
UMTS network. For
Handovers.
details about cell
reselection, see 3 Cell  If a UE is camping
Reselection Between on the UMTS
UMTS and LTE. network while
performing only PS
services and is also
in the LTE
coverage, the UE
needs to return to
the LTE network
immediately to enjoy
the best service
experience. The PS
service of the UE is
shifted to the LTE
network through a
UMTS-to-LTE PS
Scenario Description Camping Policy CS Service Policy PS Service Policy

redirection or
handover to return
to the LTE network.
For details, see 4.3
UMTS-to-LTE PS
Redirections and
Handovers.

 The IMS is not When a UE initiates  Since LTE coverage


deployed and a voice service on is still incomplete,
the LTE the LTE network, when a UE
network does the UE and its voice processing a PS
not support service will fall back service on the LTE
VoIP services to the UMTS network moves out
but only PS network. The of the LTE coverage
data services. fallback principles area, a PS
 UL multimode are as follows: handover or
UEs support  To reduce the redirection to the
both PS and CSFB delay UMTS network is
CS services. and improve performed for the
 LTE coverage user UE and the PS
is still experience, service. For details,
incomplete. RIM-based see 4.2 LTE-to-UMTS
PS Redirections and
CSFB is
Handovers.
recommended.
For details, see  If a UE is camping
Fast CS Fallback on the UMTS
Based on RIM network while
Feature Parameter performing only PS
Description. For services and is also
other CSFB in the LTE
delay reduction coverage, the UE
measures, see needs to return to
5.5 CSFB Delay the LTE network
Reduction.
immediately to enjoy
 The CSFB the best service
success rate of experience.
emergency Common UEs with
calls and PS services perform
common calls UMTS-to-LTE PS
initiated on LTE redirections or
networks must handovers to return
be ensured. to the LTE network.
For details, see For details, see 4.3
5.3 CS Fallback UMTS-to-LTE PS
Guarantee for LTE Redirections and
Emergency Calls Handovers. If a CSFB
and 5.4 CS UE is still
Fallback
Guarantee for LTE performing a PS
Common Calls. service after
releasing its CS
 The IMS is When a UE service, it can
deployed and performing a VoIP perform a service-
Scenario Description Camping Policy CS Service Policy PS Service Policy

the LTE service on the LTE based UMTS-to-


network network moves out LTE PS
supports both of LTE coverage, redirection/handover
PS data the Single Radio or a fast return to
services and Voice Call switch to the LTE
VoIP services. Continuity (SRVCC) network. If
 Among all UL feature works to conditions for both
multi-mode convert the VoIP operations are met,
UEs, some service to a CS fast return is
support CS voice service on the preferred. For
services and UMTS network. This details, see 5.2 Fast
PS services mechanism ensures Return from UMTS to
voice service LTE.
and some
support PS continuity. For  If an SRVCC UE is
services and details, see 6 SRVCC. still performing a PS
VoIP services. service after
 LTE coverage releasing its CS
is still service, it can
incomplete. perform a service-
based UMTS-to-
LTE PS
redirection/handover
or a fast return to
switch to the LTE
network. If
conditions for both
operations are met,
fast return is
preferred. For
details, see 6.3 Fast
Return to LTE for
SRVCC User.

3 Cell Reselection Between UMTS and LTE

3.1 Overview

Cell reselections between UMTS and LTE include LTE-to-UMTS cell reselections, UMTS-
to-LTE cell reselections, and UMTS-to-LTE quick cell reselections.
 When the LTE network is initially deployed, LTE coverage is weak or unavailable in
some spots, but UMTS coverage is already complete. The LTE network needs to support
LTE-to-UMTS cell reselection so that UEs can reselect to UMTS cells after finishing
services on the LTE network. LTE-to-UMTS cell reselection enables UEs to make full
use of the existing UMTS network and reduce load on the LTE network.
 After finishing services on the UMTS network, UEs are transitioned to the
CELL_PCH/URA_PCH state or idle mode within the period specified by a timer. In this
case, the UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection function enables UEs to reselect to and camp on
LTE cells with better signal quality. UMTS-to-LTE cell reselections enable UEs to
better experience high-speed services on the LTE network and reduce load on the
UMTS network.
RAN17.1 introduced the function of UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection for UEs in the
CELL_FACH state. That is, after performing a state transition from
CELL_PCH/CELL_DCH/IDLE to CELL_FACH, a UE can perform a cell reselection to
the LTE network based on the absolute priority of frequencies.
 To improve user experience, the UMTS-to-LTE fast cell reselection function can be
enabled so that UEs can be quickly transitioned to the CELL_PCH/URA_PCH state or
idle mode and initiate UMTS-to-LTE cell reselections.
3.2 LTE-to-UMTS Cell Reselection

LTE-to-UMTS cell reselection is implemented on the LTE side based on absolute cell
priorities. For details, see LTE feature documentation Idle Mode Management Feature
Parameter Description.
3.3 UMTS-to-LTE Cell Reselection

This chapter describes the WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1
feature.
3.3.1 Overview

When a UE finishes its services and stays in the CELL_PCH, URA_PCH state, or idle mode
on the UMTS network, it performs cell reselections to the LTE network based on information
element SIB19. Information element SIB19 carries the absolute priorities of the serving
UMTS cell and EARFCNs. After receiving SIB19, the UE will trigger measurements if
measurement triggering conditions are met. Based on the measurement results, the UE uses
reselection to camp on a suitable cell.
To use the UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection function in a cell, SIB19 must be broadcast in the
cell. To enable SIB19 broadcasting in a cell, select SIB19 under the SibCfgBitMap
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UCELLSIBSWITCH or MOD
UCELLSIBSWITCH command. SIB19 only contains the neighboring LTE frequencies with
FreqUsePolicyInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) set to Idle_Only or Both.
 To enable absolute priority-based cell reselection to LTE for UEs in the CELL_FACH
state, set CellFachPrioReselSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) to ON.
 Optimized procedure for releasing a UE after an inter-RAT cell reselection: If the core
network (CN) sends an Iu Release Command message containing an "Out Of Utran" IE
to the RNC after the UE in the CELL_PCH/CELL_FACH state performs UMTS-to-LTE
cell reselection, the RNC directly releases internal resources without sending a RADIO
BEARER RELEASE message or RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message to the UE.
This function is supported when OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_SWITCH
under OptimizationSwitch6 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected.

NOTE:
To implement the optimized procedure of releasing a UE after an inter-RAT cell reselection, the CN needs
to support the function of carrying the "Out of Utran" IE in the Iu Release Command message.

MLB-based dedicated priorities: In LTE-preferred camping scenarios, the RNC sends MLB-
based dedicated priorities to UEs that have performed LTE-to-UMTS MLB handovers to
prevent these UEs from reselecting to LTE cells again within a short period, ensuring proper
load balancing between LTE and UMTS. The implementation is as follows: After identifying
a UE as being handed over from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell due to the load reason, the RNC
carries an MLB-based dedicated priority and an effective timer (T322ForLoadBalance
(BSC6900, BSC6910)) in the Utran Mobility Information message to the UE.
 To support this mechanism, the SIB19 must be broadcast in the UMTS cell and the
MLB-based dedicated priorities are sequenced based on the absolute priority in the
SIB19 so that the priorities of LTE frequencies are always lower than the priorities of
UMTS frequencies. If a LTE cell reselection is triggered for a UE before the effective
timer expires, the UE cannot reselect to any LTE cell because the MLB-based dedicated
priority is effective. After the timer expires, UMTS-to-LTE cell reselections can be
performed based on the absolute priority.
 This mechanism takes effect when L2U_MLB_HO_IN_DED_PRIO_SWITCH under
HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected.

NOTE:
 When the SPID-based or IMSI-based dedicated priority takes effect, the SPID-based or IMSI-based
dedicated priority takes precedence over the MLB-based dedicated priority and is preferentially carried in
the Utran Mobility Information message. To know more about cell reselection based on the SPID-based or
IMSI-based dedicated priority, see Flexible User Steering Feature Parameter Description and Mobility
Management Based on IMSI for Multiple Operators Feature Parameter Description.
 As specified in 3GPP TS 25.331, frequencies of different RATs cannot be configured with the same
priority. If frequencies of different RATs are configured with the same priority, MLB-based dedicated
priorities will not be delivered.
 Frequencies supported by a UE are sequenced in descending order of MLB-based dedicated priority as
follows: frequencies of the UMTS serving cell > frequencies of other UMTS cells > LTE frequencies >
GSM frequencies. Meanwhile, frequencies of non-UMTS serving cells (frequencies of other UMTS cells,
LTE frequencies, and GSM frequencies) are separately sequenced in descending order of absolute
priority.

3.3.2 Criteria for Starting Measurements

Information element SIB19 carries the absolute priority SPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) of the
serving UMTS cell, the absolute priorities NPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) of EARFCNs, and
cell reselection thresholds. Different radio access technologies (RATs) must have different
priorities. Upon receipt of information element SIB19, the UE performs inter-RAT
measurement according to specific criteria, as shown in the following figure:
Figure 3-1 Measurement criteria for UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection

Parameters and variables involved in the preceding measurement criteria are as follows:
 ThdPrioritySearch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
 Qrxlevmin (BSC6900, BSC6910)
 ThdPrioritySearch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
 Qqualmin (BSC6900, BSC6910)
 Thigher_priority_search: According to section 4.2.2 "Requirements" in 3GPP TS 25.133
(V11.5.0), the value of Thigher_priority_search (measured in seconds) equals the
number of frequencies multiplied by 60.
When absolute priority-based cell reselection to LTE is enabled for UEs in the CELL_FACH
state, SIB19 carries the CELL_FACH state measurement indication. The measurement
indicator is specified by the CellFachMeasLayer (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter:
 When this parameter is set to HIGH_PRIO_LAYERS, UEs only measure frequencies
that have higher absolute priorities than the frequency of the serving cell. Therefore,
only the LTE frequencies that meet the preceding criteria and have higher absolute
priorities than the frequency of the serving cell are measured.
 When this parameter is set to ALL_LAYERS, UEs measure all frequencies. Therefore,
all LTE frequencies that meet the preceding criteria are measured.
If RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT12 is selected under the RsvSwitch6 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter and RSRQSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to FALSE, the UE in CELL_FACH
state can perform RSRP-based cell reselection.
3.3.3 Criteria for Triggering Cell Reselection

Absolute Priority-based Cell Reselection

SIB19 carries the absolute priority of the serving UMTS cell, the absolute priorities of the
LTE frequencies, and the cell reselection thresholds. The UE performs cell reselection based
on the absolute priorities.
Section "5.2.6.1.4a Absolute priority based criteria for inter-frequency and inter-RAT cell
reselection" in 3GPP TS 25.304 V11.3.0 specifies five sets of criteria for cell reselection
based on the absolute priorities. Criteria set 2 applies to intra-RAT inter-frequency cell
reselections.
Criteria sets 1, 3, 4, and 5 apply to UMTS-to-LTE cell reselections. Criteria sets 1 and 3 use
the reference signal received power (RSRP) to evaluate signal quality, while criteria sets 4
and 5 use the reference signal received quality (RSRQ). For the description of each criteria
set, see Table 3-1.
The RSRQSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO
or MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO command controls whether the UE performs cell
reselection based on the RSRQ of the LTE frequency. When RSRQSwitch (BSC6900,
BSC6910) is set to TRUE and the UE supports the RSRQ-based measurement, the UE
performs cell reselection based on the RSRQ. Otherwise, the UE performs cell reselection
based on the RSRP.

NOTE:
If RSRQSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to the same value for different LTE frequencies, you can set
NPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) to the same value for these LTE frequencies. If RSRQSwitch (BSC6900,
BSC6910) is set to different values for different LTE frequencies, NPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) cannot be
set to the same value for these LTE frequencies.

Table 3-1 Criteria sets 1, 3, 4, and 5 for triggering cell reselection

Criteria Set Description

Criteria set 1  The absolute priority of an LTE frequency is higher than the absolute
priority of the serving UMTS cell.
 The Srxlev value of a cell served by an LTE frequency,
SrxlevnonServingCell, has remained above the threshold Threshhigh for a
period of time longer than Treselection.

Criteria set 3  The absolute priority of an LTE frequency is lower than the absolute
priority of the serving UMTS cell.
 SrxlevnonServingCell has remained above Threshlow for a period of time
longer than Treselection.
Criteria Set Description

 SrxlevServingCell has remained below Threshserving,low for a period of time


longer than Treselection, or SqualServingCell has remained below or equal
to 0 for a period of time longer than Treselection.

Criteria set 4  The absolute priority of an LTE frequency is higher than the absolute
priority of the serving UMTS cell.
 The Squal value of the LTE frequency, SqualnonServingCell, has remained
above the threshold Threshhigh2 for a period of time longer than
Treselection.

Criteria set 5  The absolute priority of an LTE frequency is lower than the absolute
priority of the serving UMTS cell.
 SqualnonServingCell has remained above Threshlow2 for a period of time
longer than Treselection.
 SqualServingCell has remained below Threshserving,low2 for a period of time
longer than Treselection, or SrxlevServingCell has remained below or equal
to 0 for a period of time longer than Treselection.

The variables in Table 3-1 are described in the following table.

Variable Parameter Name Parameter ID Description

SrxlevnonServingCell - - RX level (dBm) of a UE in a cell


served by an LTE frequency. It is
calculated using the following
formula:
SrxlevnonServingCell = RSRP measured
by the UE for a cell served by an
LTE frequency – EQrxlevmin
(BSC6900, BSC6910)

SrxlevServingCell - - RX level (dBm) of a UE in the


serving cell. It is calculated using
the following formula:
SrxlevServingCell = Serving cell's RSCP
measured by the UE – Qrxlevmin
(BSC6900, BSC6910)

Threshhigh RSRP ThdToHigh RX level threshold of a UE above


Threshold for (BSC6900, BSC6910) which the UE performs cell
High-prio-freq reselection from the serving cell to a
Reselection cell on the target frequency when
the absolute priority level of the
target frequency is greater than that
of the serving cell. The greater the
value of this parameter, the less
likely reselection is to succeed.

Treselection - - Reselection delay.


It is calculated using the following
formula: Treselections (BSC6900,
Variable Parameter Name Parameter ID Description

BSC6910) x
InterRatTreselScalingFactor
(BSC6900, BSC6910)

Threshlow RSRP ThdToLow RX level threshold of a UE above


Threshold for (BSC6900, BSC6910) which the UE performs cell
Low-prio-freq reselection from the serving cell to a
Reselection cell on the target frequency when
the absolute priority of the target
frequency is lower than the absolute
priority of the serving cell. The
greater the value of this parameter,
the less likely reselection is to
succeed.

Threshserving,low RSCP ThdServingLow Threshold of the serving cell's


threshold for (BSC6900, BSC6910) RSCP during reselection to a cell
low-prio-freq operating at a frequency with an
reselection absolute priority lower than that of
the serving cell. A reselection to a
cell operating at a frequency with a
lower absolute priority is triggered if
the following conditions are met:
 Signal quality of the serving
UMTS cell constantly remains
below Threshserving,low.
 Signal quality of the target cell
satisfies the following formula:
SrxlevnonServingCell > Threshlow
The greater the value of this
parameter, the more likely cell
reselection based on absolute
priorities is to succeed.

SqualnonServingCell - - Signal quality value (dB) of a cell


served by an LTE frequency, which
applies only to LTE FDD cells. It is
calculated based on the following
formula:
SqualnonServingCell = RSRQ measured
by the UE for a cell served by an
LTE frequency – EQqualmin
(BSC6900, BSC6910)

SqualServingCell - - Quality standard of the serving cell


(FDD cell) for a UE
The calculation formula is as
follows:
SqualServingCell = Serving cell's Ec/No
measured by the UE – Qqualmin
(BSC6900, BSC6910)
Variable Parameter Name Parameter ID Description

Threshhigh2 RSRQ ThdToHighRSRQ Signal quality threshold of the target


Threshold for (BSC6900, BSC6910) cell above which the UE performs
Reselection to cell reselection from the serving cell
High-priority to a cell operating at a frequency
Cell with an absolute priority higher than
that of the serving cell. The greater
the value of this parameter, the less
likely reselection is to succeed.

Threshlow2 RSRQ ThdToLowRSRQ Signal quality threshold of the target


Threshold for (BSC6900, BSC6910) cell above which the UE performs
Reselection to cell reselection from the serving cell
Low-priority to a cell operating at a frequency
Cell with an absolute priority lower than
that of the serving cell. The greater
the value of this parameter, the less
likely reselection is to succeed.

Threshserving,low2 Ec/No ThdServingLow2 CPICH Ec/No threshold of the


Threshold for (BSC6900, BSC6910) serving UMTS cell when the UE
Reselection to reselects a cell operating at a
Low-priority frequency with an absolute priority
Frequency lower than that of the serving cell.
After the cell reselection
measurement starts, if the signal
quality of the serving cell remains
lower than this parameter value and
the signal quality of the target cell
operating at a lower-priority
frequency remains high during the
cell reselection delay time, the UE
will perform cell reselection.

To summarize:
 If the criteria in criteria set 1 or 4 are met, the UE performs reselection to a cell
operating at an LTE frequency with a higher absolute priority.
 If the criteria in criteria set 3 or 5 are met, the UE performs reselection to a cell
operating at an LTE frequency with a lower absolute priority.
 If none of the criteria sets is met, the UE remains on the UMTS network.
 If multiple cells fulfill a set of criteria, the UE performs reselection to the cell with the
largest SrxlevnonServingCell value.

MFBI-based UMTS-to-LTE Cell Reselection

A multi-band LTE cell refers to an LTE cell whose operating frequencies belong to multiple
frequency bands. For example, if a cell operating on a 10 MHz bandwidth in Band 17 is
reconfigured as a multi-band cell operating in Band 17 and Band 12, UEs supporting Band 17
and Band 12 can access the multi-band cell. The mappings between LTE frequencies and
frequency bands are defined in 5.5 "Operating bands" of 3GPP TS 36.101. For details about
multi-band LTE cells, see Multiple Frequency Band Indicator Feature Parameter
Description.
When the LTE cell operates on multiple frequency bands, UEs camping on the UMTS
network can reselect to the multi-band LTE cell if they support these frequency bands. This
function is enabled by selecting HO_U2L_SUPPORT_MULTI_BAND_SWITCH under
the HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter. The master and slave frequency bands of the
multi-band LTE cell configured on the RNC must be consistent with those on the LTE
network.
lists the multi-band cell configuration of frequencies in SIB19 and multi-band cells
Table 3-2
of SPID/IMSI/MLB-specific cell-reselection priorities.
Table 3-2 Multi-band cell configuration

Category Master Frequency Slave Band Indicator Slave Band


Information

Frequencies EARFCN (BSC6900, BSC6910) SlaveBandIndicator SlaveBandSN


in SIB19 (BSC6900, BSC6910) (BSC6900, BSC6910)
and SlaveBand
Frequencies DLARFCN (BSC6900, BSC6910) SlaveBandIndicator (BSC6900, BSC6910)
configured (BSC6900, BSC6910)
with
SPID/IMSI-
specific cell-
reselection
priorities

When SlaveBandIndicator (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to D0, the neighboring frequency is not
used by any multi-band cells. The RNC sends the master frequency and slave frequency band
list in SIB19 or UTRAN Mobility Information messages. If the master frequency or slave
frequency band list is supported by the UE, the UE can initiate a cell reselection procedure. If
the UE does not support the master frequency but supports the slave frequency bands, the
RNC sends the frequency in the first slave frequency band to the UE.
For frequencies configured with SPID/IMSI/MLB-specific cell-reselection priorities, if the
UE transits to the idle mode before the timer expires, cell reselections are performed based on
the frequencies and related reselection parameters in SIB19 and the priorities in UTRAN
Mobility Information.
3.4 UMTS-to-LTE Quick Cell Reselection

To accelerate the UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection, you need to enable the UMTS-to-LTE
quick cell reselection function (which reduces the inactivity timer length) by selecting
FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWITCH under the PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command.
The following table lists the inactivity timers that are used and state transitions that are
triggered before and after the UMTS-to-LTE quick cell reselection function is enabled.
Type of UEs Before the Function Is Enabled After the Function Is Enabled Gains of the
Function

UEs that are UEs in the CELL_DCH state A transition from the After the
not enabled will be transited to the CELL_DCH state to the UMTS-to-LTE
with enhanced CELL_PCH state after the CELL_PCH state or idle quick cell
fast dormancy total duration specified by mode is triggered when the reselection
the BeD2FStateTransTimer UE has not transmitted or function is
and received service data for a enabled, the
InactF2PstateTransTimer period of time specified by default length
parameters have elapsed. PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch. of the
UEs in the CELL_FACH inactivity timer
state will be transited to the is decreased
CELL_PCH state after the and therefore
timer specified by the the cell
InactF2PstateTransTimer reselection
parameter has expired. process is
faster.

UEs that are When A transition from the After the


enabled with RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH CELL_DCH state to the UMTS-to-LTE
enhanced fast under OptimizationSwitch CELL_PCH state or idle quick cell
dormancy and (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the mode is triggered when the reselection
in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH UE has not transmitted or function is
CELL_DCH command is selected, the received service data for a enabled, the
state UE transits from the period of time specified by default length
CELL_DCH state to the PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch. of the
CELL_FACH state when it inactivity timer
has not transmitted or is decreased
received service data for a and therefore
period of time specified by the cell
PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch reselection
and then transits from process is
CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH faster.
when it has not transmitted
or received service data for a
period of time specified by
PsInactTmrForFstDrmFach
(BSC6900, BSC6910).

When After the


RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH is UMTS-to-LTE
not selected, state quick cell
transitions from CELL_DCH reselection
to CELL_PCH are triggered function is
when the UE has not enabled, the
transmitted or received default length
service data during the time of the
length specified by inactivity timer
PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch. remains the
same and
therefore
UMTS-to-LTE
quick cell
Type of UEs Before the Function Is Enabled After the Function Is Enabled Gains of the
Function

reselections
do not provide
gains for these
UEs.

UEs that are State transitions from State transitions from After the
enabled with CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH UMTS-to-LTE
enhanced fast are triggered when the UE or idle mode are triggered quick cell
dormancy and has not transmitted or when the UE has not reselection
in the received service data for a transmitted or received function is
CELL_FACH period of time specified by service data for a period of enabled, the
state PsInactTmrForFstDrmFach time specified by default length
(BSC6900, BSC6910). PsInactTmrForFstDrmFach of the
(BSC6900, BSC6910). inactivity timer
remains the
same and
therefore
UMTS-to-LTE
quick cell
reselections
do not provide
gains for these
UEs.

When the UMTS-to-LTE quick cell reselection function is enabled, whether a UE transits
from the CELL_DCH state to the CELL_PCH state or idle mode is specified by
UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH under PROCESSSWITCH4 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command. When
UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH is deselected, the UE transits from the
CELL_DCH state to the CELL_PCH state when it has not transmitted or received any service
data after a period specified by PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch (BSC6900, BSC6910). When
this switch is selected, the UE transits from the CELL_DCH state to idle mode when it has
not transmitted or received any service data after a period specified by
PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch (BSC6900, BSC6910).
UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH under PROCESSSWITCH4 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) is deselected by default. Select
UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH if some UEs in the network do not
support CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH state transitions.
Changing the value of PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch (BSC6900, BSC6910) or
PsInactTmrForFstDrmFach (BSC6900, BSC6910) affects this function and the Enhanced
Fast Dormancy feature. For details about enhanced fast dormancy, see Enhanced Fast Dormancy
Feature Parameter Description.
4 PS Redirections and Handovers Between UMTS and LTE

4.1 Overview

This chapter describes UMTS-to-LTE and LTE-to-UMTS PS redirections and handovers.


 When a UE performing PS services on an LTE network moves out of an LTE coverage
area or if the LTE signal quality falls below a specific threshold, an LTE-to-UMTS PS
redirection or handover will be performed to switch the UE over to the UMTS network.
The choice between a PS redirection and a PS handover depends on the UE capabilities.
This mechanism ensures the service continuity.
 Similarly, when the UE is performing PS only services in the UMTS network while in
an LTE covered area, a UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover can also be
performed to shift the UE and its PS service to the LTE network to provide optimal
service experience.
 During redirection, an RRC connection is released in the current cell to deliver the target
frequency to the UE and the UE accesses the network again in the cell of the target
frequency. During a handover, an inter-RAT relocation is performed to shift the UE to
the target cell.
4.2 LTE-to-UMTS PS Redirections and Handovers

LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers or redirections are performed mainly by the LTE network. For
details, see LTE document Inter-RAT Mobility Management in Connected Mode Feature
Parameter Description.
During an LTE-to-UMTS handover, a part of the UE's data has been forwarded by the CN to
the eNodeB but not yet forwarded to the UE. Therefore, this part of data needs to be
forwarded to the RNC to reduce the service interruption duration of the UE during the
handover. Data forwarding in these circumstances involves two scenarios:
 The direct tunnel function is not enabled on the RNC. In this scenario, the data
forwarding path is eNodeB -> LTE SGW -> SGSN -> RNC. The routes and user plane
(UP) data channels between the RNC and SGSN usually have been configured.
Therefore, only the routes and UP data channels between the LTE SGW and SGSN need
to be configured on the CN side.
 The direct tunnel function is enabled. In this scenario, the data forwarding path is
eNodeB -> LTE SGW -> RNC. Therefore, on the RNC side, you only need to configure
a route from the RNC to the LTE SGW using the ADD IPRT command and a UP data
channel using the ADD IPPATH command (on the BSC6900) or ADD IPPOOL (on
the BSC6910).
If some UL multimode UEs do not support UMTS network measurements when they are in
RRC_CONNECTED mode, the LTE network needs to support LTE-to-UMTS blind
redirections or handovers.

NOTE:
Most PS services involved in LTE-to-UMTS handovers are high-speed HSPA services. Currently, during
handover preparations, if a PS service is not admitted to a UMTS cell, the PS service cannot use an R99 channel
for an admission retry. When radio resources in the UMTS cell are congested, more handover preparations may
fail.

To obtain the LTE-to-UMTS handover success rate, new UMTS counters are added for
measuring LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers, as listed in the following table.

Counter Name Counter Description

VS.L2U.AttRelocPrepInPS Number of Preparation Attempts for Incoming PS


(BSC6900, BSC6910) Only L2U Handovers in Cell

VS.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInPS Number of Successful Preparations for Incoming PS


(BSC6900, BSC6910) Only L2U Handovers in Cell

VS.L2U.SuccRelocInPS (BSC6900, Number of Successful Incoming PS Only L2U


BSC6910) Handovers in Cell

The LTE-to-UMTS handover preparation success rate and LTE-to-UMTS handover success
rate are calculated using the following formulas:
 LTE-to-UMTS handover preparation success rate = VS.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInPS
(BSC6900, BSC6910)/VS.L2U.AttRelocPrepInPS (BSC6900, BSC6910)
 LTE-to-UMTS handover success rate = VS.L2U.SuccRelocInPS (BSC6900,
BSC6910)/VS.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInPS (BSC6900, BSC6910)

When subscribed to high data rate PS services, an LTE UE is prone to admission failures
after being handed over to a UMTS cell, especially when the handover is performed based on
coverage. In such a case, call drops increase. A mechanism is introduced to decrease the PS
service rate during inter-RAT PS handovers so that the PS handover success rate will be
increased. The implementation is as follows:
When a PS service is handed over from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell:
 If a BE PS service fails to be admitted with the original rate, the UE re-attempts the
admission after being switched from an HSPA channel to an R99 channel. If the UE still
fails to be admitted, the UE re-attempts the admission by decreasing its data rate to the
GBR. If the admission attempt fails, the UE continues to attempt admissions, further
decreasing its data rate until the admission succeeds. The data rate can be decreased to 0
kbit/s.
 If a streaming PS service fails to be admitted with the original rate, the UE re-attempts
the admission after being switched from an HSPA channel to an R99 channel.
If the UE still fails to be admitted, the UE re-attempts the admission with its rate
decreased to the GBR.
This function can be enabled by turning on the cell-level switch,
PERFENH_SYSHO_IN_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH under the CellConnAlgoSwitch1
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UCELLCONNALGOPARA command.
This function is recommended in heavily loaded cells to improve the inter-RAT incoming PS
handover success rate.
UEs performing data services on the LTE network may need to be handed over to the UMTS
network due to coverage holes or weak coverage. However, the rate of data services may be
reduced after a handover to the UMTS network. To improve user experience, RAN17.1
introduced an HSPA+ admission mechanism for inter-RAT incoming handovers. With this
mechanism, the RNC determines whether to preferentially allocate an HSPA+ bearer to a UE
that initiates an inter-RAT handover to the UMTS network based on the UE's capability as
well as related parameter settings as follows:
 A UE is preferentially assigned a 64QAM bearer if the UE supports 64QAM and all of
the following options are selected:
 CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH under CfgSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)
 64QAM under HspaPlusSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)
 IRAT_HO_CFG_HSDPA_64QAM_SWITCH under IRatHoCfgSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910)
Otherwise, the original admission mechanism takes effect.
 A UE is preferentially assigned a 16QAM bearer if the UE supports 16QAM and all of
the following options are selected:
 CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH under CfgSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)
 UL_16QAM under HspaPlusSwitch (BSC6910, BSC6900)
 IRAT_HO_CFG_HSUPA_16QAM_SWITCH under IRatHoCfgSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910)
Otherwise, the original admission mechanism takes effect.
 A UE is preferentially assigned a 2 ms TTI if the UE supports the 2 ms TTI and both the
following options are selected:
 MAP_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH under MapSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)
 IRAT_HO_CFG_HSUPA_TTI_2MS_SWITCH under IRatHoCfgSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910)
Otherwise, the original admission mechanism takes effect.

NOTE:
 The HSPA+ capability of a UE is indicated by the Relocation Request message.
 To know whether an HSPA+ bearer of the network has been assigned, you can observe the parsing results
of the Relocation Request ACK message.

DC-HSDPA admission based LTE-to-UMTS handover: When a UE initiates an LTE-to-


UMTS handover on the LTE side, the RNC determines whether the UE has the multi-carrier
configuration capability based on the Relocation Request message sent by the SGSN. If the
UE supports the multi-carrier configuration capability and the DC-HSDPA feature has taken
effect in the target UMTS cell, the RNC preferentially allocates a DC-HSDPA bearer to the
UE. If either of the preceding conditions is not met, the admission is performed according to
the existing process. This function is controlled by L2U_HO_CFG_HSDPA_DC_SWITCH
under UCORRMALGOSWITCH.IRatHoCfgSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910).
The following table lists the new performance counters introduced on the UMTS side to
measure the number of LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers based on the DC-HSDPA admission.

Counter Name Counter Description

VS.L2U.AttRelocPrepInPS.DCHSDPA Number of L2U handover preparation attempts


(BSC6900, BSC6910) based on DC-HSDPA admission in a cell

VS.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInPS.DCHSDPA Number of successful L2U handover


(BSC6900, BSC6910) preparation attempts based on DC-HSDPA
admission in a cell
VS.L2U.SuccRelocInPS.DCHSDPA Number of successful L2U handovers based on
DC-HSDPA admission in a cell

When MRFD-111402 Inter-RAT Adaptive Traffic Offload is enabled on the eCoordinator,


the LTE cell triggers the inter-RAT load balancing. The target UMTS cell signals that are
detected by the UE and the average UE throughput are sent to the eCoordinator, which
estimates the throughput of the target UMTS cell based on the information provided by the
eNodeB and the UMTS cell resource information that is periodically reported by the RNC
(including the TCP power, available code resources, non-H cell power, the number of UEs
with data transmitted in the UMTS cell). The eCoordinator then returns the evaluation to the
eNodeB and instructs it to hand over the UE to the target UMTS cell. For details, see Inter-
RAT Mobility Load Balancing. To enable this function, select
PERFENH_L2U_SO_SWITCH under PerfEnhanceSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910). When
the eCoordinator requests the information of the neighboring UMTS cell, the RNC will send
the related information to the eCoordinator every 5s.
When the L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH or
INTERRAT2U_RESUME_PS_ASAP_SWITCH option under the OptimizationSwitch3
parameter in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command is set to ON, the RNC sends the
RELOCATION COMPLETE message to the CN immediately after receiving the
HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message during an LTE-to-UMTS PS handover,
triggering the user-plane data transmission and reception. When the preceding switches are
turned off, the RNC sends the RELOCATION COMPLETE message to the CN after it
finishes the UE capability query and receives the SECURITY MODE COMMAND
COMPLETE message from the UE. The CN then starts the user-plane data transmission and
reception. The L2U_UP_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH option takes effect only for LTE-to-
UMTS PS handovers and the INTERRAT2U_RESUME_PS_ASAP_SWITCH option
takes effect for both LTE-to-UMTS and GSM-to-UMTS PS handovers.
4.3 UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers

4.3.1 Overview

UMTS-to-LTE PS interoperation involves UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections and handovers.


When the redirection and handover functions are enabled at the same time and the UE
supports handovers, a handover takes precedence over a redirection.

Redirection

During a UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection, the RNC sends the UE an RRC CONNECTION


RELEASE message, which contains LTE frequencies.
Redirections can be classified into neighboring cell- and non-neighboring-cell-based
redirection depending on whether neighboring LTE cell configuration is required.
Redirections can also be classified as blind or measurement-based depending on whether the
UE supports measurement of LTE cell signal quality. In the following sections, LTE
measurement refers to the UE measurement of the signal quality in an LTE cell.

NOTICE:
The blind redirection switch can be turned on only when LTE coverage is good enough.
Otherwise, call drops may occur. To enable blind redirection, set the U2lBlindRedirSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UCELLHOCOMM or MOD
UCELLHOCOMM command to ON.

If you need to enable the non-neighboring-cell-based redirection, turn on the switch for this
function by selecting HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under
the HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH
command. If you need to enable the neighboring cell-based redirection, turn off the preceding
switch.
The differences between neighboring cell- and non-neighboring-cell-based redirection are as
follows:
 Non-neighboring-cell-based redirection: The target redirection frequency is obtained
from frequencies as indicated by the EARFCN (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter
configured by the ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO command. When neighboring
LTE cells are configured, it is recommended that neighboring cell-based redirections be
performed.

NOTE:
When non-neighboring-cell-based redirection is enabled, the non-neighboring-cell-based redirection is
preferred even if neighboring LTE cells are configured.

 Neighboring-cell-based redirection: The target frequency for redirection is obtained


from the neighboring LTE cell frequencies as indicated by the LTEArfcn (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter in the LTECellIndex (BSC6900, BSC6910) configured using the
ADD ULTENCELL or MOD ULTENCELL command. It is recommended that non-
neighboring-cell-based redirection be enabled so that UEs can perform such redirections
when no neighboring LTE cell is configured.

NOTE:
If the neighboring cell-based redirection function is enabled, a cross-Iur U2L redirection is triggered when
the following conditions are met:
 In cross-Iur scenarios where the UE is handed over from the source RNC to the destination RNC
and the source RNC serves as the SRNC after the handover, the UMTS cell under the destination
RNC is configured with neighboring LTE cells.
 The switch for cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE redirection is turned on, that is,
HO_IUR_U2L_REDIR_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is
selected.

Handover
During a UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, the RNC sends a handover request to the LTE network
through the CN. When the LTE network finishes preparing resources, the UE and the PS
service are handed over to the LTE network.

NOTE:
The cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE handover function is triggered if the following conditions are met:
 In cross-Iur scenarios where the UE is handed over from the source RNC to the destination RNC and the
source RNC serves as the SRNC after the handover, the UMTS cell under the destination RNC is
configured with neighboring LTE cells.
 The destination RNC enables the Iur interface message to carry the neighboring LTE cell information.
That is, the IurLTECellInfoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to ON.
 The switch for cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE handover is turned on. That is, HO_IUR_U2L_HO_SWITCH
under the HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected.

Comparison Between Redirections and Handovers

Compared with UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection has the following


advantages and disadvantages:
 Advantages: UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection has no special requirements for the CN and
does not require that the UE supports handovers.
 Disadvantages: PS services are interrupted for a long period of time.

Classification of Redirections and Handovers

UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections and handovers are classified into three operation types
depending on their trigger causes. Table 4-1 lists the three operation types.

Table 4-1 Three operation types of UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections and handovers and the application
scenarios
Operation Application Scenario

4.3.3 Coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS UMTS and LTE networks are deployed together. The
Redirections and Handovers UMTS coverage is poor but the LTE coverage is good.
4.3.4 Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS  A CSFB UE is still performing a PS service after it
Redirections and Handovers falls back to the UMTS network and the voice
service is complete.
 A UE initiates only a PS service when it is located
in the UMTS and LTE overlapping coverage area.
 A UE initiates only a PS service in the UMTS only
network and moves to the LTE network coverage
area.
4.3.5 Load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS The UMTS cell is located in an area covered by both
Redirections and Handovers UMTS and LTE networks and is in a basic congestion
state.

NOTE:
If the multi-operator core network (MOCN) is enabled on the UMTS and LTE networks, operators must use the
same PLMNs in their UMTS and LTE networks.
MFBI-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection or Handover

MFBI refers to Multiple Frequency Band Indicator. When the LTE cell works on multiple
frequency bands, UEs camping on the UMTS network can be handed over or redirected to the
multi-band LTE cell if they support these frequency bands. This function is enabled by
selecting HO_U2L_SUPPORT_MULTI_BAND_SWITCH under HoSwitch2 (BSC6900,
BSC6910). The master and slave frequency bands of the multi-band LTE cell must be
consistent with those in the LTE network.

NOTE:
In cross-Iur scenarios, the MFBI-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperability is enabled by selecting
HO_IUR_U2L_SUPPORT_MULTI_BAND_SWITCH under HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910).

Table 4-2lists the multi-band cell configuration in different scenarios. When


SlaveBandIndicator (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to 0, the neighboring frequency is not used
by any multi-band cells. Otherwise, the neighboring frequency is used by multi-band cells
and the slave frequency band information is obtained from the Slave Band Information in
the following table.
Table 4-2 Configuration of PS redirections and handovers for multi-band cells

Category Master Frequency Slave Band Indicator Slave Band


Information

Neighboring LTE EARFCN (BSC6900, SlaveBandIndicator SlaveBandSN


frequency BSC6910) (BSC6900, BSC6910) (BSC6900,
BSC6910) and
Neighboring LTE cell LTEArfcn (BSC6900, SlaveBandIndicator SlaveBand
BSC6910) (BSC6900, BSC6910) (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
SPID/IMSI-specific DLARFCN (BSC6900, SlaveBandIndicator
PS redirection or BSC6910) (BSC6900, BSC6910)
handover priorities

In multi-band LTE cell scenarios, when the UE supports the master frequency band, UMTS-
to-LTE PS redirections or handovers are performed on the master frequency band; when the
UE does not support the master frequency band but supports the slave frequency band,
redirections or handovers to the multi-band LTE cell is performed on the slave frequency
band for the UE supporting MFBI.
The following procedures are involved for redirections or handovers to the multi-band LTE
cell.
 Delivering the frequencies carried in the measurement control message
When delivering the measurement control message to a UE, the RNC includes the
frequency information that is specific to the bands supported by the UE. For example, in
the multi-band LTE cell that supports Band 12 and Band 17, the RNC delivers only the
frequency measurement information specific to the band supported by the UE.
 Performing the redirection or handover
 Blind redirection or handover: Set
HO_U2L_BASE_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH under HoSwitch2
(BSC6900, BSC6910) to ON. If the UE supports the master frequency band, the
frequency in the master frequency band is delivered. If the UE does not support the
master frequency band but supports the slave frequency band, the first frequency in
the slave frequency band is delivered.
 Measurement-based redirection or handover: The RNC delivers the frequency that
is specific to the band supported by the UE. The UE reports the measurement
information and the RNC redirects or hands over the UE to the multi-band cell.

NOTE:
Frequency priorities of the master and slave frequency bands must be consistent.

4.3.2 UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection and Handover Procedures

Figure 4-1 shows the procedure for a UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection.


Figure 4-1 UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection

As shown in Figure 4-1, the primary steps in the UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection procedure are as
follows:
1. The RNC sends the UE an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message that carries LTE
frequencies.
2. After the RRC connection is released, the UE falls back to the UMTS network and
enters the idle state. Then, the UE reselects an LTE cell and reestablishes a PS service
in the LTE network.

NOTE:
If some LTE cells are configured as blacklisted cells using the ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO command
and PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_SWITCH under the PerfEnhanceSwitch3
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMPARA command is set to ON, the RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message contains not only an LTE frequency but also those blacklisted cells
operating at the LTE frequency so that UEs cannot be handed over to the blacklisted cells based on redirections.
If no LTE cells are configured as blacklisted cells or
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_SWITCH is set to OFF, the RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message does not contain blacklisted cells operating at the LTE frequency.

Figure 4-2 shows the procedure for a UMTS-to-LTE PS handover.


Figure 4-2 UMTS-to-LTE PS handover

As shown in Figure 4-2, the primary steps in the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover procedure are as
follows:
1. The RNC sends the serving GPRS support node (SGSN) on the UMTS core network a
Relocation Required message, which contains information about the target LTE cell.
2. The SGSN on the UMTS core network forwards the Relocation Request message to the
mobility management entity (MME) on the LTE core network. The MME initiates a
handover to the LTE network.
3. After preparations for the handover are complete on the LTE network, the MME
informs the SGSN by sending a Relocation Response message.
4. Upon receiving the Relocation Command message from the SGSN, the RNC instructs
the UE to hand over to the target LTE network.
4.3.2.1 Data Forwarding During UMTS-to-LTE Handover

4.3.2.1.1 Overview

With the function of data forwarding during UMTS-to-LTE handovers, the RNC sends data
to the eNodeB through the transport layer to ensure that no packets are lost during the
handovers. For details about this function, see section 8.4.1 "Handover Preparation" in 3GPP
TS 36.413 V11.4.0. This function can be enabled by setting
U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_ERAB_SWITCH under the OptimizationSwitch5
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to
ON. In addition, related routes and user plane data channel also need to be configured to
enable the function.
Data forwarding involves two scenarios:
 The direct tunnel function is not enabled on the RNC. In this scenario, the data
forwarding path is RNC -> SGSN -> LTE SGW -> eNodeB. The routes and UP data
channels between the RNC and SGSN usually have been configured. Therefore, only the
routes and UP data channels between the LTE SGW and SGSN need to be configured
on the CN side.
 The direct tunnel function is enabled on the RNC. In this scenario, the data forwarding
path is RNC -> LTE SGW -> eNodeB. Therefore, on the RNC side, you only need to
configure a route from the RNC to the LTE SGW using the MML command ADD
IPRT and a UP data channel using the MML command ADD IPPATH (on the
BSC6900) or ADD IPPOOL (on the BSC6910).
Whether the lossless SRNS relocation capability of the UE is to be considered for the data
forwarding during a UMTS-to-LTE handover is controlled by
U2L_DATA_FORWARDING_PROC_SWITCH under the PROCESSSWITCH
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the RNC MML command SET UUPCTRLSWITCH.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC does not consider the lossless SRNS relocation
capability of the UE for the data forwarding.
4.3.2.1.2 Process

The process of data forwarding during a UMTS-to-LTE handover is as follows:


1. The RNC fills in the DL Forwarding IE in the Source to Target Transparent Container
message and forwards the message to the eNodeB through the CN. For details about the
DL Forwarding IE, see section 9.2.3.14 "DL Forwarding" in 3GPP TS 36.413 V11.4.0.
2. After receiving the DL Forwarding IE, the eNodeB sends the HANDOVER REQUEST
ACKNOWLEDGE message to the CN, which contains the DL GTP-TEID and DL
Transport Layer Address IEs. For details, see section 8.4.2 "Handover Resource
Allocation" in 3GPP TS 36.413 V11.4.0.
3. The CN forwards the two IEs through a RELOCATION COMMAND message to the
RNC. The RNC requests the transmission GTP-U module for a forward channel and
forwards the data to the eNodeB through this channel.
4.3.2.2 DC-HSDPA Compatibility Switch

When the DC-HSDPA feature is enabled, some UEs carried on DC-HSDPA channels cannot
measure LTE cells in compressed mode due to a compatibility problem. To allow these UEs
to perform UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections in the preceding scenario, the
McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is introduced:
 When the parameter is set to FALSE, UEs are switched from DC-HSDPA channels to
HSDPA channels before measuring LTE cells in compressed mode. Therefore, all UEs
are able to measure LTE cells in compressed mode.
 When the parameter is set to TRUE, LTE cell measurement in compressed mode is
allowed for UEs performing DC-HSDPA services, and DC-HSDPA services can be set
up when the UEs are in compressed mode. However, UEs with compatibility problems
cannot measure LTE cells in compressed mode.
When this parameter is set to FALSE, the number of RB reconfiguration times increases,
which may increase the service drop rate. Therefore, keep the default value (TRUE) of this
parameter.
 The HSPA and compressed mode coexist switch HsdpaCMPermissionInd (BSC6900,
BSC6910) and the HSPA+ and compressed mode coexist switch
EHSPACMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) take precedence over this parameter.
Therefore, when HsdpaCMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) or
EHSPACMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to FALSE, UEs are switched to
R99 channels rather than HSDPA channels before measuring LTE cells in compressed
mode.
 When HsdpaCMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) or EHSPACMPermissionInd
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to FALSE, PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH
under PsSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) must be selected to prohibit periodic DRD for UEs
in compressed mode. Otherwise, periodic DRD is allowed in compressed mode. As a
result, UEs carried on DC-HSDPA channels are switched to R99 or HSDPA channels
and then allocated DC-HSDPA channels when periodic DRD is triggered, causing the
ping-pong effect. After this switch is turned on, the call drop rate is reduced, but user
experience of PS services deteriorates. For details about periodic DRD, see Directed Retry
Decision Feature Parameter Description.

4.3.2.3 Measures to Prevent Frequent Retries After a UMTS-to-LTE PS Handover Failure

If no penalty measure is taken after a U2L PS handover fails, the UE frequently attempts to
be handed over to the neighboring LTE cell, which will decrease the handover success rate.
In addition, messages are exchanged over the air interface frequently, increasing the call drop
rate of UMTS services. To prevent frequent handover attempts after a failed U2L PS
handover, the RNC introduces penalty measures.
Different penalty measures are taken for a single cell or all cells:
 Penalty on a single LTE cell: When a UE fails to be handed over to an LTE cell, the
RNC starts a 30s penalty timer and prohibits the UE from initiating handovers to the
same LTE cell before the timer expires.
 Penalty on all LTE cells:
 If U2LPhyChFailNum (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to 0, the UE is prohibited from
initiating handovers to the same LTE cell within the 30s timer after a UMTS-to-
LTE handover fails.
 If the value of U2LPhyChFailNum (BSC6900, BSC6910) is greater than 0, a timer
specified by PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail (BSC6900, BSC6910) is started when a
UE fails to perform U2L PS handovers for a consecutive number of times specified
by U2LPhyChFailNum (BSC6900, BSC6910), with the cause value being "Phy
Channel Failure." Within the timer, the UE is prohibited from initiating any
handovers to any neighboring LTE cell.
Parameters indicating the time for measuring LTE cells are as follows:
 Parameter specifying the time for measuring LTE cells during coverage-based UMTS-
to-LTE handovers: U2LTEMeasTime (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the RNC MML
command SET UU2LTEHOCOV or ADD/MOD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV
 Parameter specifying the time for measuring LTE cells during load- or service-based
UMTS-to-LTE handovers: U2LTEMeasTime (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the
RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHOCOV or ADD/MOD
UCELLU2LTEHOCOV
Parameters related to the penalty are as follows:
 Parameters related to penalty of coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE handover failures:
U2LPhyChFailNum (BSC6900, BSC6910) and PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameters in the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHOCOV

 Parameters related to penalty of load- or service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover failures:


U2LPhyChFailNum (BSC6900, BSC6910) and PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameters in the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV

4.3.2.4 Measures to Prevent Ping-Pong Blind Redirections Between UMTS and LTE

During the blind redirection, if LTE coverage does not exist, the UE has to wait for 15 to 20
seconds and then falls back to the UMTS network. During the 15 to 20 seconds, the UE is out
of service. After the UE falls back to the UMTS network, the service-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirection algorithm will trigger another blind redirection. To prevent ping-pong blind
redirections between UMTS and LTE, the RNC performs the following steps:
1. During a UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection, the RNC saves the UE's IMSI and RRC
connection release time after receiving an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message
from the UE.

NOTE:
REC_FAST_RETURN_IN_PREV_PINGPONG_SWITCH under the OptimizationSwitch9
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command is used to specify whether
the RNC records the IMSI and RRC release time of a UE performing a CSFB fast return based on blind
redirection. If this option is selected, the RNC records the information. If this option is not selected, the
RNC does not record the information.

2. When the UE initiates a phone call, the RNC receives a Common ID message from the
CN. If the blind redirection function is enabled, the RNC determines whether the UE
has performed a blind redirection within the previous 30 seconds based on the
following information: the UE's IMSI included in the Common ID message, the
reception time of this message, and the previously mentioned RRC connection release
time.

NOTE:
The preceding mechanism does not consider whether the UE initially accesses the network on the LTE or
UMTS side. Therefore, the IMSI of the UE is queried regardless of whether the UE initiates the service
after initially accessing the UMTS network or after returning to the UMTS network from the LTE
network.

3. If the UE has performed a blind redirection within the previous 30 seconds, the RNC
starts a penalty timer for the blind redirection. Before the penalty timer expires, the
RNC prohibits the UE from performing UMTS-to-LTE blind redirections, regardless of
whether these blind redirections are triggered by service, load, or event 1F. The length
of the penalty timer is determined by the U2LBlindRedirPingpongTimer (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter in the SET UHOCOMM command.

4.3.3 Coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers

This section describes the features WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from
UMTS to LTE and WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE.
4.3.3.1 Overview

shows the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE (shortened to U2L) PS redirection or


Figure 4-3
handover process.
Figure 4-3 Coverage-based U2L PS redirection or handover process

The process shown in Figure 4-3 is illustrated as follows:


 Trigger phase
Upon receiving the event 2D or 1F measurement report, the RNC determines to trigger
redirections or handovers to the LTE network based on whether the UE supports the
LTE network and based on the configurations of the LTE network, such as whether the
handover or redirection switch is turned on or if neighboring cells are configured. For
details, see Handover Feature Parameter Description.
This document describes the handover or redirection to the LTE network. For details
about the decision of a coverage-based U2L PS redirection or handover, see 4.3.3.2
Triggering.

 Decision phase:
The RNC determines whether to allow the UE to be redirected or handed over to an LTE
cell. For details, see 4.3.3.3 UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE.
 Measurement phase:
The RNC determines whether to start an LTE measurement, deliver the measurement
control message, and process the measurement result. For details, see 4.3.3.4 Measurement.
 Execution phase:
The RNC determines which procedure to trigger (measurement-based redirection, blind
redirection, or handover). For details, see 4.3.3.5 Decision and Execution.
4.3.3.2 Triggering

Upon receiving an event 2D or 1F measurement report from a UE, the RNC determines
whether to allow a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover. For details
about event 2D and event 1F, see Handover Feature Parameter Description.
4.3.3.3 UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE

The RNC allows a UE to be redirected or handed over to an LTE cell when all the following
conditions are met:
1. There are no CS RABs among the UE's RABs.
2. All PS RABs for the UE can be shifted to an LTE cell through a handover or
redirection.
A RAB can be shifted to an LTE network through a handover or redirection only when
the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message does not contain the E-UTRAN Service
Handover IE and HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM under the
EUTRANSHIND (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UTYPRABBASIC
command is selected.
3. The UE supports both UMTS and LTE.
4. An LTE network is available.
The RNC uses the following methods to determine whether the LTE network is
available:
 If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the RNC MML command SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH is selected, the LTE network is considered available
when an LTE frequency is configured.
 If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH is deselected,
the LTE network is considered available only when a neighboring LTE cell is
configured.
5. A UE not subscribing to LTE services is not allowed to perform any redirection or
handover to LTE. Generally, the E-UTRAN Service Handover IE in an RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message from the CN informs the RNC that the UE cannot
be handed over or redirected to LTE. If the CN does not support using this IE to
indicate the UE's capability, the RNC learns LTE subscriber information as follows:
If PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_COV_U2L_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch6 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected, the RNC
automatically learns LTE subscriber information. That is, the RNC records subscribers
who were handed over or redirected from LTE and labels these subscribers as LTE
subscribers. UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers can be performed only on these
subscribers.
NOTE:
When PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_COV_U2L_SWITCH is selected, some LTE subscribers
camp on UMTS networks during the initial phase of LTE subscriber information learning. After the RNC
obtains LTE subscriber information, the number of LTE subscribers camping on UMTS networks
significantly reduces, and the success rate of UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers increases. The
RNC learns LTE subscriber information even when UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers do not take
effect.
During learning information about LTE subscribers, the RNC records LTE subscriber information in
each subsystem according to the IMSI segment. IMSI segments that can be recorded in a subsystem are
fixed and quantity limited. For the BSC6900, a maximum of 2000 IMSI segments can be recorded in a
subsystem. For the BSC6910, a maximum of 4000 IMSI segments can be recorded in a subsystem. If
subsystem specifications are limited, you can expand the subsystem capacity to reduce the probability
that the subsystem reaches its specifications. However, this cannot completely solve problems brought by
limited specifications.

For the method of identifying a UE redirected or handed over from LTE to UMTS, see
"Identifying a UE Redirected or Handed over from LTE to UMTS" in 4.3.4.6 Anti-ping-
pong Measures.

6. Switches related to coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperability are set to on.


 The general switch for UMTS-to-LTE PS interoperability is turned on, which is
controlled by HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HoSwitch (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter.

 For redirections: The coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection switch is


turned on. That is, HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected.
 For handovers:
The coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers switch is turned on. That is,
HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter is selected, and neighboring LTE cells are configured. In addition,
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is not selected.
7. Handover requirements on UE E-UTRA capability are met if a handover is required.
The RNC checks whether E-UTRA capability information carried in the RRC SETUP
COMPLETE or UE CAPABILITY INFORMATION message reported by the UE is
overlong and determines a handover based on the settings of the following switches.
 Processing optimization switch for overlong UE capability information:
OptimizationSwitch10 (BSC6900,
BSC6910):UE_CAP_OVER_LEN_OPT_SWITCH

 PS handover optimization switch for oversized UE capability bit streams:


OptimizationSwitch11 (BSC6900,
BSC6910):UE_CAP_OVER_LEN_PSHO_OPT_SWTICH

NOTE:
You are advised to turn on the two switches so that the RNC can make handover decisions in all
scenarios to allow a UE to be handed over to the LTE network.

4.3.3.4 Measurement
Overview

When event 2D is triggered and the UE supports measurement of the neighboring LTE,
GSM, or inter-frequency cells, the RNC determines the target networks for measurements,
sends the measurement control message to the UE, and then processes the measurement
results. The target networks include the LTE, GSM, and inter-frequency networks. If LTE
measurement is required, the RNC sends the measurement control messages to the UE and
then processes the measurement results. For details, see descriptions of the measurement
control message and measurement result processing in Selecting the Frequencies Carried in the
Measurement Control Message and Measurement Result Processing.

When event 1F is triggered, the RNC does not start measurements. Instead, it determines
whether to shift the UE to the LTE network through a blind redirection or to a GSM network
or inter-frequency UMTS network through a blind handover. For details about whether the
RNC shifts the UE to the LTE network through a blind redirection, see 4.3.3.5 Decision and
Execution. For details about whether the RNC shifts the UE to the GSM network or inter-
frequency UMTS network through a blind handover, see Handover Feature Parameter Description.
If conditions for a blind redirection to LTE and conditions for a blind handover to GSM or
UMTS are met simultaneously, the RNC triggers a blind handover or redirection in a
descending order of priority as follows: blind handover within the UMTS system > blind
redirection to LTE > blind handover to GSM. In this section, the RNC determines whether
the UE performs measurements on LTE cells. U2LTEMeasTime (BSC6900, BSC6910)
specifies the LTE measurement duration by the UE.
The measurement control message sent by the RNC contains the following LTE-specific
information:
 Reporting mode of measurement reports
A UE can send measurement reports periodically or in event-triggered reporting mode.
The LTEReportMode (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter specifies which reporting mode is
used. The LTEPeriodReportInterval (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter specifies the
interval at which the measurement reports are reported.
 Information about to-be-measured neighboring cells or frequencies. For details, see
Selecting the Frequencies Carried in the Measurement Control Message.

 Measured item
The measured quantity for the LTE network can be RSRP or RSRQ. The
LTEMeasQuanOf3A (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter determines the measurement
quantity (RSRP or RSRQ) to be reported when a measurement report is triggered by an
event. If measurement reports are periodically reported, both the RSRP and RSRQ
values are included in the measurement reports.
 Measurement event-related parameters. For details, see Measurement Result Processing.
When TAC_FUNC is set to Special_User_Enhance and
SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH under SpecUserFunctionSwitch4
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected, a UE in the terminal blacklist cannot perform
compressed mode measurement on neighboring GSM, UMTS, and LTE cells
simultaneously. When SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH is selected and the
UE enters the compressed mode, the UE first measures neighboring GSM and UMTS
cells and then neighboring LTE cells.
When TAC_FUNC is set to Special_User_Enhance and
SPECUSER_FORBID_U2L_MEASUREMENT_SWITCH under
SpecUserFunctionSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected, UEs in the terminal
blacklist cannot perform compressed mode measurement on neighboring LTE cells.

Event 2D/2F

The UE requests are triggered by events 2D and 2F which are defined as follows:
 Event 2D is when the measurement quantity (RSRP or RSRQ) is less than the threshold
for event 2D, which triggers a request for additional measurement reports.
 Event 2F is when the measurement quantity (RSRP or RSRQ) exceeds the threshold for
event 2F, which triggers a request that the RNC stop sending measurement reports.
For a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover, the 2D and 2F thresholds used
depend on if the UMTS cells on a network with the GSM or LTE cells use the same or
different frequencies.
 Same frequencies: The RNC uses the 2D and 2F thresholds of the GSM or LTE target
network.
 Different frequencies: The RNC determines what 2D and 2F thresholds to use based on
the setting of the CoexistMeasThdChoice (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the ADD
UCELLHOCOMM or SET UHOCOMM command. The parameter can be set to one
of the following values:
 COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ: The RNC selects inter-
frequency UMTS cell parameters based on the threshold for event 2D and the
threshold for event 2F.
 COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT: The RNC selects target GSM
or LTE cells parameters based on the threshold for event 2D and the threshold for
event 2F.
For details about events 2D and 2F, see sections about triggering of events 2D and 2F in
Handover Feature Parameter Description.

Selecting the Frequencies Carried in the Measurement Control Message

The procedure for selecting the frequencies carried in the measurement control message is as
follows:
1. Select the initial frequencies to obtain frequency set A.
 If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under
HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected, set A contains all LTE frequencies
indicated by EARFCN (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the ADD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO command with FreqUsePolicyInd (BSC6900,
BSC6910) set to Connected_Only or Both.

 If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH is deselected, set


A contains all LTE frequencies indicated by LTEArfcn (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the
ADD ULTENCELL command.

NOTE:
 If the neighboring LTE frequencies have been configured in the UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO MO,
select only LTE frequencies with FreqUsePolicyInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) set to
Connected_Only or Both.
 When HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) is selected, the inter-frequency neighboring cell combination algorithm is used and the
SRNC will combine the LTE neighboring cells carried in the messages forwarded by the DRNC
through the Iur interface during a cross-Iur redirection or handover. When
HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH is deselected, the best cell algorithm is used.

2. Filter the initial frequencies to obtain frequency set B.


For frequencies in set A, when HO_U2L_SUPPORT_MULTI_BAND_SWITCH
under HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected and the UE supports only the slave
frequency band, frequencies in the first slave frequency band for the UE supporting the
MFBI will be selected and set B is obtained; when either of the preceding conditions is
not met, frequencies in the master frequency band will be selected and set B is
obtained.
3. Filter frequencies according to information about the operator providing services to the
UE. Set C is obtained.
 When HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is
selected, the RNC does not perform filtering and set C equals set B, regardless of
whether InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the SET
UOPERATORSHARINGMODE command is set to YES or NO.
 The RNC filters frequencies in set B according to the PLMN of the operator
providing services to the UE when the following conditions are met:
HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is deselected and
InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the SET
UOPERATORSHARINGMODE command is set to NO.
 If the switch for non-neighboring-cell redirection based on frequencies has
been turned on, the RNC filters frequencies based on SupCnOpGrpIndex
(BSC6900, BSC6910) and CnOpGrpIndex (BSC6900, BSC6910).
 If the switch has been turned off, the RNC filters frequencies based on
CnOpGrpIndex (BSC6900, BSC6910). In this manner, the LTE frequencies
that do not support redirections or handovers of UEs are filtered out.
 The RNC filters frequencies in set B according to the inter-PLMN handover
frequency list when the following conditions are met: HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH
under HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH
command is deselected and InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat (BSC6900, BSC6910)
in the SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE command is set to YES.
 If an inter-PLMN handover frequency list has been configured for the UE by
running the ADD UINTERPLMNHOLIST command and the switch for
non-neighboring-cell based redirection based on frequencies has been turned
on, the RNC filters frequencies based on SupCnOpGrpIndex (BSC6900,
BSC6910) and CnOpGrpIndex (BSC6900, BSC6910). If the switch has been
turned off, the RNC filters frequencies based on CnOpGrpIndex (BSC6900,
BSC6910). In this manner, the LTE frequencies that do not support
redirections or handovers of UEs are filtered out.
 If an inter-PLMN handover frequency list has not been configured for the
UE, the RNC does not perform filtering and set C equals set B.

NOTE:
During cross-Iur redirections or handovers:
If either of the following conditions is met:
 HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is deselected,
and the InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to NO.
 HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is deselected,
InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to YES, and an inter-PLMN
handover list has been configured for the UE using the ADD UINTERPLMNHOLIST command.
Then the SRNC filters frequencies of neighboring LTE cells on the DRNC side according to the PLMN
of the UE's serving operator or the UE's inter-PLMN handover list when
HO_IUR_PLMN_FILTER_SWITCH under the HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is selected.
If either of the following conditions is met:
 HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected.
 HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is deselected,
InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to YES, and no inter-PLMN
handover list has been configured.
Then the SRNC does not filter frequencies of neighboring LTE cells on the DRNC side, regardless of
whether HO_IUR_PLMN_FILTER_SWITCH under the HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is selected or not.

4. Determine whether to filter LTE frequencies based on the SPID-based dedicated


frequency priorities. If yes, execute this step and then continue with 6. If no, go to the
next step.
a. If SPIDBasedU2LPSHoMode (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to
NOT_FILTERED, the RNC determines that LTE frequencies do not need to be
filtered according to the SPID-based dedicated frequency priorities.
b. If the following conditions are met, the RNC determines that LTE frequencies
must be filtered according to the SPID-based dedicated frequency priorities.
 The RNC has obtained the UE's SPID and HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH
under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected.
 If parameters related to the UE's SPID have been configured, for example,
RatFreqPriorityGroupId (BSC6900, BSC6910), and the dedicated priority
set (corresponding to RatFreqPriorityGroupId (BSC6900, BSC6910)) for
the UMTS/LTE frequencies is not empty.
 SPIDBasedHandoverInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) corresponding to the UE's
SPID is set to YES.

NOTE:
If SPIDBasedHandoverInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) corresponding to a UE's SPID is set to NO,
the UE cannot perform UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection. For details about SPIDs, see
Flexible User Steering Feature Parameter Description .

c. Filter LTE frequencies according to SPID-based dedicated frequency priorities.


 If SPIDBasedU2LPSHoMode (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to
NON_DEDI_PRIO_LTE_FREQ_FILTERED, the RNC filters out the
LTE frequencies that are not in the groups specified by the
RatFreqPriorityGroupId (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter corresponding to
the SPID. Then set D is obtained.
 If SPIDBasedU2LPSHoMode (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to
LOW_PRIO_LTE_FREQ_FILTERED, the RNC filters out the LTE
frequencies that are not in the groups specified by the
RatFreqPriorityGroupId (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter corresponding to
the SPID as well as LTE frequencies that are in the groups but have lower
priorities than the serving UMTS cell. Then set D is obtained.
 If set D still contains more than four frequencies, the RNC selects a
maximum of four LTE FDD frequencies and then a maximum of four LTE
TDD frequencies according to SPID-based dedicated priorities of the LTE
frequencies. The selected frequencies are to be measured. The SPID-based
dedicated priority of an LTE frequency is specified by the DediPriority
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.

NOTE:
During cross-Iur handovers or redirections, the SPID-based dedicated priorities for the
frequencies of the neighboring LTE cells are forwarded by the DRNC to the SRNC. The
SRNC considers that these SPID-based dedicated priorities are equal to each other (all
neighboring LTE cells have the lowest SPID-based dedicated priority). Therefore, it does
not use the SPID-based dedicated priority to filter or rank the neighboring LTE cells.

5. Determine whether to filter LTE frequencies according to the IMSI-based dedicated


frequency priorities. If LTE frequencies must be filtered according to the IMSI-based
dedicated frequency priorities, the RNC performs the filtering. If LTE frequencies do
not need to be filtered according to the IMSI-based dedicated frequency priorities, the
RNC performs the next step.
. If the following conditions are met, the RNC determines that LTE frequencies
must be filtered according to the IMSI-based dedicated frequency priorities.
 HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is
selected.
 The RNC has obtained the UE's IMSI and the UE's IMSI is included in the
IMSI segment corresponding to ImsiGrpIndex (BSC6900, BSC6910).
 For the IMSI segment that includes the UE's IMSI, related parameters such
as RatFreqPriorityGroupId (BSC6900, BSC6910) have been configured.
 The dedicated priority set (corresponding to RatFreqPriorityGroupId
(BSC6900, BSC6910)) for the UMTS/LTE frequencies is not empty.

NOTE:
For the configuration of parameters related to IMSI-based dedicated frequency priorities,
see IMSI-based Mobility Management for Multiple Operators Feature Parameter Description .

a. Select LTE frequencies according to IMSI-based dedicated frequency priorities.


 The RNC obtains set D by collecting the LTE frequencies that meet the
following conditions:
 The LTE frequencies belong to the frequency priority group (specified
by the RatFreqPriorityGroupId (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter)
corresponding to the UE's IMSI.
 The U2LConnTargetFreqInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to
TRUE for the LTE frequencies.
 Then the RNC obtains the intersection set of set C and set D. From the
intersection set, the RNC selects a maximum of four LTE FDD frequencies
and then a maximum of four LTE TDD frequencies according to IMSI-
based dedicated priorities of the LTE frequencies. The selected frequencies
are to be measured. The IMSI-based dedicated priority of an LTE frequency
is specified by the DediPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.

NOTE:
During a cross-Iur redirection or handover, LTE frequencies are selected based on the
IMSI-based dedicated priorities. For details, see IMSI-based Mobility Management for
Multiple Operators Feature Parameter Description.

6. After the preceding steps, if the set still contains more than four frequencies,
frequencies are selected based on the setting of
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
 If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH is selected, the
RNC selects a maximum of four LTE FDD frequencies and then a maximum of
four LTE TDD frequencies for measurement according to absolute priorities of the
LTE frequencies. The absolute priority of a frequency is specified by the
NPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the ADD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO command.
 If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH is deselected,
the RNC selects a maximum of four LTE FDD frequencies and then a maximum
of four LTE TDD frequencies for measurement according to the sequence in
which the frequencies are configured in the LTECellIndex parameter.

Measurement Result Processing

 Event-triggered reporting mode


When the UE receives a measurement control message, it begins measurements using
either an event triggered or a periodical reporting mode: If the measurement report is set
to be triggered by event 3A, the 3A event reporting is triggered. When the RNC receives
a 3A measurement report from the UE, it performs the decision and execution of the UE
redirection or handover.
The following conditions must be met within a duration specified by 3a: QUsed ≤ TUsed -
H3a/2 and MOtherRAT ≥ TOtherRAT + H3a/2
 Periodic reporting mode
When the UE receives a measurement control message, it begins measurements using
either an event triggered or a periodical reporting mode: If the UE uses periodic
reporting, the RNC determines whether the RSRP and RSRQ of the target LTE cell meet
the requirements of UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers after receiving the periodic
measurement reports specific to neighboring LTE cells. If the following condition is
met, the RNC performs the evaluation and execution of the UE redirection or handover:
MOtherRAT ≥ TOtherRAT + HystforPeriodLTE/2
The following table lists the meanings of the variables involved in the decision conditions in
the two reporting modes.

Variable Parameter Parameter ID Description


Name

QUsed - - Measured quality of the used


frequency

TUsed RSCP UsedFreqThdRSCP Absolute threshold for the signal


Threshold (BSC6900, BSC6910) quality of the serving cell
for Used or
Frequency UsedFreqThdEcNo
or Ec/No (BSC6900, BSC6910)
Threshold
for Used
Frequency

H3a 3A Hystfor3A (BSC6900, -


Hysteresis BSC6910)

MOtherRAT - -  Filtered value of the measured


RSRP or RSRQ of the LTE cell
 U2LTEFilterCoef (BSC6900,
BSC6910) specifies the filtering
coefficient for LTE
measurement result filtering.

TOtherRAT RSRP TargetRatThdRSRP Threshold for the LTE signal quality


Threshold (BSC6900, BSC6910) when a redirection or handover to
During PS or LTE occurs
Handover TargetRatThdRSRQ
to LTE or (BSC6900, BSC6910)
RSRQ
Threshold
During PS
Handover
to LTE

T3a 3A Event TrigTime3A -


Trigger (BSC6900, BSC6910)
Delay Time

HystforPeriodLTE LTE Period HystforPeriodLTE Hysteresis for periodical reporting of


Reporting (BSC6900, BSC6910) LTE signal quality
Variable Parameter Parameter ID Description
Name

HO
Hysteresis

NOTE:
If the RNC receives the measurement report on the inter-RAT neighboring GSM cell or inter-frequency
neighboring UMTS cell first, it determines whether to perform a handover to the GSM network or inter-
frequency UMTS network. For details about the handover to the GSM network or inter-frequency UMTS
network, see the section "Coverage-based or QoS-based Handover" in Handover Feature Parameter Description.

The preceding parameters can be either RNC-level parameters or cell-level parameters. The
RNC-level parameters are set by running the SET UU2LTEHOCOV command, and the
cell-level parameters are set by running the ADD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV command.
However, the cell-level parameters take priority.

Penalty for Measurement Failures

Once a UE starts measurement on a neighboring LTE cell, if the RNC does not receive a
proper measurement report from the UE within duration specified by U2LTEMeasTime
(BSC6900, BSC6910), the RNC stops the UE measurement in compressed mode and prohibits
the UE from performing measurement on neighboring LTE cells within the duration specified
by the penalty timer.
The penalty timer can be set either by an RNC-level or a cell-level parameter. The RNC-level
parameter is the PenaltyTimerForCMFailCov (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the RNC
MML command SET UHOCOMM. The cell-level parameter is the
PenaltyTimerForCMFailCov (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the RNC MML command
ADD UCELLHOCOMM.
4.3.3.5 Decision and Execution

Figure 4-4shows how the UE selects the service-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperation mode
(measurement-based redirection, blind redirection, or handover) before performing a
redirection or handover.
Figure 4-4 Procedure for coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperation mode selection

Event 2D Is Triggered and the UE Supports LTE Measurement


After receiving the event 3A measurement report, when multiple cells meet certain
conditions, the RNC selects a target cell as described in 4.3.3.6 Target Cell Selection. Then the
RNC checks whether HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under
HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection is selected.
 If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH is selected, the RNC
checks whether the switch for coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is turned
on. The status of this switch is determined by
HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910).
 If HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH is selected, the RNC performs the
redirection. The frequency of the target cell is carried in the RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message.
 If HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH is deselected, the RNC does not
perform a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover.
 If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH is deselected, the
RNC checks if the UE supports UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
 Supporting
If the UE supports UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers, the SuppPSHOFlag (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter for the target LTE cell is set to Support, and
HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is
selected, then the RNC performs a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover
using the cell with the best signal quality as the target.

NOTE:
If the SRNC does not obtain the PCI and TAC information of a neighboring LTE cell of the DRNC,
it will not initiate a cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE handover to the cell.

 Not supporting
If the UE does not support UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers, the SuppPSHOFlag
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter for the target LTE cell is set to NotSupport, or
HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH is deselected, then the RNC determines
whether the switch for coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is on.
If the switch for coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is on, the RNC
performs a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection based on the neighboring
LTE cell. The target cell for redirection is the preceding target cell.
If the switch for coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is not selected, the
RNC does not perform a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or
handover.

Event 2D Is Triggered and the UE Does Not Support LTE Measurement

The RNC does not perform a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection, blind


redirection, or handover.

Event 1F Is Triggered
 When both the switch for UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection (U2lBlindRedirSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910)) and the switch for coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
are on, the RNC checks whether the switch for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection is
on.
 If the switch for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection is turned on, the UE
performs a non-neighboring-cell-based blind redirection.
 If the switch for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection is turned off, the RNC
decides which type of handover or redirection to perform based on the following
criteria:
 If the serving cell of the UE has target LTE cells configured for blind
redirection, the UE performs a neighboring-cell-based blind redirection.
 If there are not, the UE does not perform a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection or handover.
 When the switch for UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection or the switch for coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is turned off, the RNC does not perform a coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover.

NOTE:
Differences between frequency selection policies of blind redirections and measurement-based redirections:
 According to the frequency use policy of blind redirections, the setting of
HO_U2L_BASE_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH under HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command determines whether to filter LTE frequencies in set A based
on the UE capability. Only when it is selected, the RNC filters the LTE frequencies based on the UE
capability.
 According to the frequency use policy of measurement-based redirections, the RNC performs the filtering
based on the UE capability.
 Except for the preceding differences, frequency selection policies of blind redirections and measurement-
based redirections are the same. For details, see Selecting the Frequencies Carried in the Measurement
Control Message.
If BlindFlag (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to TRUE, the neighboring LTE cell configured by running the ADD
ULTENCELL command can serve as a neighboring cell for blind redirections.

For details about the procedure for UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections or handovers, see section
4.3.2 UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection and Handover Procedures.

4.3.3.6 Target Cell Selection

Upon receipt of the first non-blank measurement report, the RNC selects a target cell based
on the policy described in Table 4-3.
Table 4-3 Target cell selection policy
Measurement Report on… Target Cell Selection Policy

Inter-frequency neighboring The RNC selects the inter-frequency neighboring UMTS


UMTS cells cell with the best signal quality.

Neighboring GSM cells  If the


PERFENH_IRAT_COV_HO_NCELL_PRE_SWITCH
check box under the PerfEnhanceSwitch2
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is not selected, the
RNC selects the neighboring cell with the best signal
quality.
 If the
PERFENH_IRAT_COV_HO_NCELL_PRE_SWITCH
check box under the PerfEnhanceSwitch2
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected, the RNC
preferentially selects the neighboring cell with the
highest priority. If two or more neighboring cells have
the same priority, the RNC selects the one with the
best signal quality.

Neighboring LTE cells For a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, the


RNC selects the neighboring cell with the best signal
quality.
When the UL Unified Overload Control feature is enabled,
the RNC selects the neighboring cell with the best signal
quality from those not carrying heavy traffic preferentially.
For details about the UL Unified Overload Control feature,
see UL Unified Overload Control Feature Parameter Description.
For a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection, the
RNC selects a target cell as follows:
 If the
PERFENH_IRAT_COV_HO_NCELL_PRE_SWITCH
check box under the PerfEnhanceSwitch2
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is not selected, the
RNC selects the neighboring cell with the best signal
quality.
 If both the
PERFENH_IRAT_COV_HO_NCELL_PRE_SWITCH
check box under the PerfEnhanceSwitch2
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter and the
HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH check box under the
HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter are
selected, the RNC selects the neighboring cell with
the highest SPID-based dedicated priority. If two or
more neighboring cells have the same highest SPID-
based dedicated priority, the RNC selects the
neighboring cell with the highest signal quality. The
SPID-based dedicated priority of an LTE frequency
is specified by the DediPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter. For details about the SPID-based
dedicated priority, see Flexible User Steering Feature
Parameter Description.
 If both the
PERFENH_IRAT_COV_HO_NCELL_PRE_SWITCH
check box under the PerfEnhanceSwitch2
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter and the
HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH check box under the
HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter are
selected whereas the HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH
check box under the HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter is not selected, the RNC selects the
neighboring cell with the highest IMSI-based
dedicated priority. If two or more than neighboring
cells have the same highest IMSI-based dedicated
priority, the RNC selects the neighboring cell with
the highest signal quality. The IMSI-based dedicated
priority of an LTE frequency is specified by the
DediPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter. For
details about the IMSI-based dedicated priority, see
IMSI-based Mobility Management for Multiple Operators Feature
Parameter Description.
 If both
PERFENH_IRAT_COV_HO_NCELL_PRE_SWITCH
under PerfEnhanceSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is
selected whereas HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under
HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) and
HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under HoSwitch2
(BSC6900, BSC6910) are not selected, the RNC
selects the neighboring cell with the highest IMSI-
based dedicated priority. If two or more neighboring
cells have the same highest IMSI-based dedicated
priority, the RNC selects the neighboring cell with
the highest signal quality. The absolute priority of an
LTE frequency is specified by the NPriority
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
When the UL Unified Overload Control feature is enabled,
the RNC selects the neighboring cell that meets the
preceding conditions from those not carrying heavy traffic
preferentially.

The PerfEnhanceSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter can be set by running the SET
UCORRMPARA command.
LTE and GSM neighboring cells are configured as follows:
 LTE
The absolute priorities of LTE frequencies are configured using the NPriority (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO command. The parameter
value 0 represents the lowest priority and 7 represents the highest priority.
 GSM
The absolute priorities of GSM frequencies are configured using the HOPrio (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter in the ADD U2GNCELL command. The parameter value 0
represents the highest priority and 7 represents the lowest priority. If GSM 900 MHz and
GSM 1800 MHz networks are deployed in the same area and the operator expects that
UEs are preferentially handed over to the GSM 1800 MHz network, it is recommended
that the priorities of neighboring GSM 1800 MHz cells be set to 0-3 whereas those of
neighboring GSM 900 MHz cells be set to 4-7.
4.3.4 Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers

This section describes the features WRFD-020129 PS Service Redirection from UMTS to
LTE and WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE.
4.3.4.1 Overview
Figure 4-5 shows the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover process.
Figure 4-5 Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover process

The process shown in Figure 4-5 is illustrated as follows:


 Triggering phase
The RNC determines whether to trigger a service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
or handover. For details, see 4.3.4.2 Triggering.
 Decision phase
The RNC determines whether to allow the UE to be redirected or handed over to an LTE
cell. For details, see 4.3.4.3 UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE.
 Measurement phase
The RNC determines whether to start an LTE measurement, deliver the measurement
control message, and process the measurement result. For details, see 4.3.4.4 Measurement.
 Execution phase
The RNC determines which procedure to trigger (measurement-based redirection, blind
redirection, or handover). For details, see 4.3.4.5 Decision and Execution.
4.3.4.2 Triggering

Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover can be triggered by the following


factors:
 RB setup: If HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH under the
U2LServAlgoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected or
U2lBlindRedirSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to ON (the UE does not support
measurement), a blind redirection is triggered upon reception of a RAB Assignment
Request message from the CN. If HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH
under the U2LServAlgoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is deselected and the
UE supports measurement, a measurement-based handover or redirection is triggered
upon reception of a Radio Bearer Setup Complete message from the UE.
NOTE:
When RAB_ESTAB_STAT_WITHOUT_IRAT_DR_SWITCH under the OptimizationSwitch11
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected, the RNC does not count the number of service establishment
attempts and service failures that occur during the RAB setup if inter-RAT blind handover-based non-
periodic DRD is triggered during the RAB setup.

 RB reconfiguration: Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover can be


triggered when the RNC receives a RADIO BEARER SETUP COMPLETE message
from the UE (except during the D2F and D2P state transition processes).

NOTE:

 Low activity state: Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover can be


triggered when the UE enters the low-speed data transmission state and conditions for a
D2F or D2P state transition are met. A service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or
handover cannot be triggered after the compressed mode measurement times out if the
D2F or D2P conditions are met.
 Timer for periodically triggering service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or
handover. The timer is specified by the U2LServPrdTrigTimerLen (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter in the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV.

 IU CS release: Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover can be


triggered when the RNC receives an IU RELEASE message from the CS domain of the
CN.
 RB release: Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover can be triggered
when the RNC receives a RADIO BEARER RELEASE COMPLETE message.
 Best cell change: Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover can be
triggered when a 1D event is reported.
 Other causes: Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover can be triggered
when a migration process is complete or the UMTS-to-LTE penalty timer expires.
Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover during RB reconfiguration is
controlled by PERFENH_RB_RECFG_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH under
PerfEnhanceSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the RNC MML command SET
UCORRMPARA.
Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover during the best cell change is
controlled by the cell-level parameter BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)
in the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV or MOD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV and the RNC-level parameter BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) in the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV. When both the
RNC-level and cell-level switches are configured, the cell-level switch takes precedence.
Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections or handovers triggered by other causes is
controlled by the cell-level parameter U2LServTrigSource (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the RNC
MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV or MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV and
the RNC-level parameter U2LServTrigSource (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the RNC MML
command SET UU2LTEHONCOV. When both the RNC-level and cell-level switches are
configured, the cell-level switch takes precedence.
4.3.4.3 UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE

The RNC allows a UE to be redirected or handed over to an LTE cell when all the following
conditions are met. Steps 1 to 4 of the procedure for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection or handover are the same as steps 1 to 4 of the procedure for coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover. For details, see 4.3.3.3 UE Redirections or Handovers to
LTE.

1. There are no CS RABs among the UE's RABs.


2. All PS RABs for the UE can be shifted to an LTE cell through a handover or
redirection.
3. The UE supports both UMTS and LTE.
4. An LTE network is available.
5. Switches related to service-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperability have been turned on.
 The general switch for UMTS-to-LTE PS interoperability is turned on, which is
controlled by HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HoSwitch (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter.

 Either condition a (for redirection) or b (for handover) is met:


Condition a: The cell-level or RNC-level switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE
PS redirection is turned on. To turn on the cell-level switch, select
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under U2LServAlgoSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) in the ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV command. To turn on
the RNC-level switch, select HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under
HoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910). When both the RNC-level and cell-level switches
are configured, the cell-level switch takes precedence.
Condition b: The switch for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection
(HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH) is turned off but
the cell-level or RNC-level switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover
is turned on. To turn on the cell-level switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
handover, select HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH under
U2LServAlgoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV command. To turn on the RNC-level switch for
service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, select
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH under HoSwitch (BSC6900,
BSC6910). When both the RNC-level and cell-level switches are configured, the
cell-level switch takes precedence.
6. If the measurement-based redirection or handover is enabled, the RNC checks whether
the total number of UEs in compressed mode in the current cell exceeds the threshold
for the number of users in compressed mode for triggering the non-coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE measurement of PS services (the threshold is specified by
U2LNCovPSCmUserNumThd (BSC6900, BSC6910)). If the total number of UEs in
compressed mode in the current cell is greater than or equal to the threshold, a service-
based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover is not allowed.
7. A UE not subscribing to LTE services is not allowed to perform any redirection or
handover to LTE. Generally, the E-UTRAN Service Handover IE in an RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message from the CN informs the RNC that the UE cannot
be handed over or redirected to LTE. If the CN does not support using this IE to
indicate the UE's capability, the RNC learns LTE subscriber information as follows:
 If PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SERV_U2L_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch6 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected, the RNC learns
LTE subscriber information. That is, the RNC records subscribers who were
handed over or redirected from LTE and labels these subscribers as LTE
subscribers. Service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers can be
performed only on these subscribers.

NOTE:
 When PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SERV_U2L_SWITCH is selected, some LTE
subscribers camp on UMTS networks during the initial phase of LTE subscriber information
learning. After the RNC obtains LTE subscriber information, the number of LTE subscribers
camping on UMTS networks significantly reduces, and the success rate of UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or handovers increases. The RNC learns LTE subscriber information even when
UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers do not take effect.
 After the RNC is upgraded, the LTE subscriber information recorded before the upgrade is
cleared and the RNC must learn and record the information again. Therefore, the values of
counters related to the service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection will decrease for
a while and then gradually increase to the normal values.

 If PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SERV_U2L_SWITCH under the


PerfEnhanceSwitch6 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is not selected and
PERFENH_PERMIT_U2L_ONLY_UE_FROM_L_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected, service-based
UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers can be performed only for subscribers
who were handed over or redirected from LTE.

NOTE:
Selecting PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SERV_U2L_SWITCH may cause some LTE
terminals to camp on UMTS networks.
If both PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SERV_U2L_SWITCH and
PERFENH_PERMIT_U2L_ONLY_UE_FROM_L_SWITCH are selected, the LTE subscribers
are identified according to the rule applied when the
PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SERV_U2L_SWITCH option is selected.

For the method of identifying a UE redirected or handed over from LTE to UMTS,
see "Identifying a UE Redirected or Handed Over from LTE to UMTS" in 4.3.4.6
Anti-ping-pong Measures.

8. Handover requirements on UE E-UTRA capability information are met if a handover is


required. For details, see 4.3.3.4 Measurement.
4.3.4.4 Measurement

Overview

If a UE in RRC_CONNECTED mode supports LTE measurement, the RNC triggers an LTE


measurement. Otherwise, the RNC enables the UE to directly perform a blind redirection.
The measurement control message sent by the RNC contains the following LTE-specific
information:
 Reporting mode of measurement reports
When a service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover occurs, event 3C is
reported.
 Information about to-be-measured neighboring cells or frequencies. For details, see the
description of the measurement control message in Selecting the Frequencies Carried in the
Measurement Control Message.

 Measured item
The measured item for an LTE cell includes RSRP and RSRQ. If LTEMeasTypOf3C
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to MeasurementQuantity, the LTEMeasQuanOf3C
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter specifies whether RSRQ or RSRP is to be included in the
measurement report. When LTEMeasTypOf3C (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to Both, both
the RSRP and RSRQ values are included in the measurement report.
 Measurement event-related parameters. For details, see Measurement Result Processing.
If LTE measurement is required, the RNC sends the measurement control messages to the UE
and then processes the measurement results. For details, see descriptions of the measurement
control message and measurement result processing in Selecting the Frequencies Carried in the
Measurement Control Message and Measurement Result Processing. U2LTEMeasTime (BSC6900,
BSC6910) specifies the LTE measurement duration by the UE.

When TAC_FUNC is set to Special_User_Enhance and


SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH under SpecUserFunctionSwitch4
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected, a UE in the terminal blacklist cannot simultaneously perform
compressed mode measurement on neighboring GSM, UMTS, and LTE cells. When this
switch is turned on and the UE enters the compressed mode, the UE first measures
neighboring GSM and UMTS cells and then neighboring LTE cells.
When TAC_FUNC is set to Special_User_Enhance and
SPECUSER_FORBID_U2L_MEASUREMENT_SWITCH under
SpecUserFunctionSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected, UEs in the terminal blacklist
cannot perform compressed mode measurement on neighboring LTE cells.

Selecting the Frequencies Carried in the Measurement Control Message

The procedure for selecting the frequencies carried in the measurement control message is as
follows: Steps 1 to 3 and steps 6 to 7 are the same as those in the procedure for the coverage-
based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover. For details, see Selecting the Frequencies Carried in
the Measurement Control Message in 4.3.3.4 Measurement.

1. Select the initial frequencies to obtain frequency set A.


2. Filter the initial frequencies to obtain frequency set B.
3. Filter frequencies according to information about the operator providing services to the
UE. Set C is obtained.
4. Filter the frequencies according to the load of neighboring LTE cells to obtain set D.
 When HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under
HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected, the RNC does not filter frequencies
based on the LTE cell load.
 When HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under
HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is deselected, the RNC filters frequencies
according to the following rules:
 If both INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITCH under the
ProcessSwitch5 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter and
SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH under the
U2LLTELoadSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter are selected, the RNC
filters out the frequencies of congested cells (an LTE frequency is filtered out
only when all LTE cells working at this frequency are congested).
 If either of the preceding options is deselected, the RNC does not filter
frequencies based on the LTE cell load.

NOTE:
During a cross-Iur redirection or handover, the SRNC does not filter frequencies of neighboring LTE
cells of the DRNC according to the load congestion status of the cells.

5. When the UL Unified Overload Control feature is enabled, the RNC filters out LTE
frequencies carrying heavy traffic. Set E is obtained.

NOTE:
During a cross-Iur redirection or handover, the SRNC does not filter frequencies of neighboring LTE
cells of the DRNC according to the traffic status of the cells.

6. Determine whether to filter LTE frequencies based on the SPID-based dedicated


frequency priorities. If yes, execute this step and then continue with 8. If no, go to the
next step.
7. Determine whether to filter LTE frequencies according to the IMSI-based dedicated
frequency priorities. If LTE frequencies must be filtered according to the IMSI-based
dedicated frequency priorities, the RNC performs the filtering. If LTE frequencies do
not need to be filtered according to the IMSI-based dedicated frequency priorities, the
RNC performs the next step.
8. The RNC selects frequencies based on the setting of the UMTS-to-LTE connected
mode priority switch (HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under HoSwitch1
(BSC6900, BSC6910)):
 If the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch is turned on, frequencies are
selected based on the setting of
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
 If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH is selected,
the RNC selects a maximum of four LTE FDD frequencies and then a
maximum of four LTE TDD frequencies for measurement according to
absolute priorities of the LTE frequencies. The absolute priority of a
frequency is specified by the NPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the
ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO command.
 If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH is
deselected, the RNC selects a maximum of four LTE FDD frequencies and
then a maximum of four LTE TDD frequencies for measurement according to
the sequence in which the frequencies are configured.
 If the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch is turned on, the RNC
selects a maximum of four LTE FDD frequencies and then a maximum of four
LTE TDD frequencies according to connected-mode priorities
(NPriorityConnect (BSC6900, BSC6910)) of the LTE frequencies. The selected
frequencies are to be measured.

NOTE:
 For cross-Iur measurement, the UMTS-to-LTE connected-mode priority does not take effect and
the SRNC processes the UMTS-to-LTE connected-mode priorities of frequencies corresponding to
neighboring LTE cells under the DRNC as the lowest priorities.
 When both the UE's best cell and the LTE frequency's priority change, the measurement control
message will not be re-delivered.

Measurement Result Processing

Event 3C is triggered when the measured signal quality of the LTE cell meets the following
condition: When the RNC receives a 3C event report from the UE, it performs decision and
execution of the UE's redirection or handover.

The following formula is fulfilled within the duration specified by T3c: MOtherRAT ≥ TOtherRAT +
H3c/2.

NOTE:
If the UE simultaneously sends the measurement reports on RSRP and RSRQ, both measurement results must
satisfy the preceding formula before the decision and execution of a U2L redirection or handover.

The following table lists the meanings of the variables involved in the condition.

Variable Parameter Parameter ID Description


Name

MOtherRAT - -  Filtered value of the measured


RSRP or RSRQ of the LTE cell
 U2LTEFilterCoef (BSC6900,
BSC6910) specifies the filtering
coefficient for LTE measurement
result filtering. A larger value for
this parameter results in a greater
smoothing effect and higher anti-
fading capabilities, but also lower
capabilities for tracking signal
fluctuations. A smaller value for
this parameter results in more
unnecessary handovers.

TOtherRAT RSRP TargetRatThdRSRP Threshold for the LTE signal quality


Threshold (BSC6900, BSC6910) when a redirection or handover to LTE
During PS or occurs
Handover to
Variable Parameter Parameter ID Description
Name

LTE or RSRQ TargetRatThdRSRQ


Threshold (BSC6900, BSC6910)
During PS
Handover to
LTE

H3c 3C Hysteresis Hystfor3C (BSC6900, The value of this parameter relates to


BSC6910) slow fading. A larger value for this
parameter results in stronger
resistance to signal fluctuations. This
curbs the ping-pong effect but slows
the handover algorithm's response to
signal fluctuations.

T3c Time to TrigTime3C The value of this parameter is related


Trigger Event (BSC6900, BSC6910) to slow fading. A larger value for this
3C parameter results in a lower possibility
of handovers and unnecessary
handovers and a stronger resistance to
instantaneous signal fluctuations.

These parameters can be configured at the RNC or cell level in the SET UU2LTEHONCOV
command or the ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV command, respectively. If a parameter is
configured on both the cell and RNC levels, the cell-level value takes precedence.
4.3.4.5 Decision and Execution

Figure 4-6shows how the UE selects the service-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperation mode
(measurement-based redirection, blind redirection, or handover) before performing a
redirection or handover.
Figure 4-6 Procedure for service-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperation mode selection

UE Supporting LTE Measurement

The RNC checks whether HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH


under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected. If it is, the switch for non-neighboring-
cell-based redirection is on. The next step depends on whether this switch is turned on or off.
 If the non-neighboring cell-based redirection switch is on, the RNC checks whether the
service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection switch is on. The service-based UMTS-to-
LTE PS redirection switch is controlled by HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH
under either the cell-level parameter U2LServAlgoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) or
under the RNC-level parameter HoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910). When both the RNC-
level and cell-level switches are configured, the cell-level switch takes precedence.
 If the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection switch is turned on, the RNC
performs a non-neighboring-cell measurement-based redirection. The frequency
contained in the RRC Connection Release message is determined by
HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910).
When HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH is not selected, the frequency of the
cell with the best signal quality is carried in the message. When
HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH is selected, the frequency with the highest
priority is selected from the measurement report. If multiple frequencies have the
same highest priority, the one corresponding to the cell with the best signal quality
is selected.
 If the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection switch is turned off, the RNC
does not perform any service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover.
 If the non-neighboring-cell-based redirection switch is off, the RNC proceeds to the
following operation:
If both INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITCH under the
ProcessSwitch5 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter and
SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH under the U2LLTELoadSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter are selected, the RNC filters congested cells out from the
target cell set. If all neighboring LTE cells are congested, the RNC does not perform any
service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection. If any of the neighboring LTE
cells are not congested after the filtering or if either of the preceding check box is
deselected, the RNC checks whether the UE supports UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
 If the UE supports UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, the SuppPSHOFlag (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter for the target LTE cell is set to Support, and the switch for
service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover is turned on, the RNC performs a
service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover. When the UL Unified Overload Control
feature is enabled, the RNC filters out LTE frequencies carrying heavy traffic. Then
the RNC determines the target cell of the handover based on the setting of the
UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch
(HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter). When this switch is turned off, the cell with the best signal quality after
filtering is selected. When this switch is turned on, the RNC selects the cell
corresponding to the frequency with the highest priority. If the frequencies of
multiple cells have the highest priority, the RNC selects the cell with the best signal
quality among them. Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover is controlled by
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH under the cell-level parameter
U2LServAlgoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) or
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH under the RNC-level parameter
HoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910). When both the RNC-level and cell-level switches
are configured, the cell-level switch takes precedence.

NOTE:
During a cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE handover:
 The SRNC does not filter out neighboring cells that are congested or have heavy traffic on the
DRNC side.
 When selecting target cells, if the switch for considering connected-mode priorities during
UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections is turned on, frequencies of the neighboring LTE
cells on the DRNC side are considered to have the lowest priorities.
 If the SRNC does not obtain the PCI and TAC information of a neighboring LTE cell under
the DRNC, it will not initiate a handover to the cell.

 If the UE does not support UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, the SuppPSHOFlag


(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter for the target LTE cell is set to NotSupport, or the
switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover is turned off, the RNC checks
whether the switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is turned on.
 If the switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is turned on, the
RNC performs a neighboring cell measurement-based redirection. When the
UL Unified Overload Control feature is enabled, the RNC filters out LTE
frequencies carrying heavy traffic. Then the RNC determines the target cell of
the redirection based on the setting of the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode
priority switch (HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter). When this switch is turned off, the cell with
the best signal quality after filtering is selected. When this switch is turned on,
the RNC selects the frequency with the highest priority. If the frequencies of
multiple cells have the highest priority, the RNC selects the frequency of the
cell with the best signal quality. After the RNC sends an RRC Connection
Release message to the UE and the message contains the frequency for
redirection, the UE selects an LTE cell that works at the frequency as the
target cell for redirection. To prevent the UE from being redirected to a
congested LTE cell, the RNC carries in the RRC Connection Release message
a blacklist of cells that are working at the frequency for redirection and in the
congested state. This mechanism takes effect when
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_LOAD_BLACKLIST_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch7 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected. When
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch3 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected, the cell
blacklist that is configured using the MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO
command is preferentially delivered in the RRC Connection Release message.
 If the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection switch is turned off, the
RNC does not perform any service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or
handover.
If the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch is turned on, the LTE
frequency priority to be used is determined as follows:
 When HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) is selected, the LTE frequency uses the SPID-based dedicated
priority, which is specified by the DediPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter.
 When HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter is not selected and HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under
the HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected, the LTE
frequency uses the IMSI-based dedicated priority, which is specified by
the DediPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
 When neither HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter nor HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected, the LTE
frequency uses the connected mode priority, which is specified by the
NPriorityConnect (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.

NOTE:
Assuming that an LTE UE needs to perform a coverage-based inter-frequency or inter-RAT
handover on the UMTS side and the conditions for a service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection
or handover are met, the RNC determines which type of redirection or handover is
preferentially performed according to the setting of the RESERVED_SWITCH_22_BIT6
under the RsvSwitch22 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SET UALGORSVPARA
command: When this option is selected, the RNC preferentially performs a service-based
UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover. When this option is deselected, the RNC does not
preferentially perform a service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover. This switch is
only valid for the service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover.
This option is only valid for the service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover.
If the switch for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection is turned on, the RRC Connection
Release message will carry information of blacklisted cells operating at the included target
frequencies. If the switch is turned off, the RRC Connection Release message will not carry
information of blacklisted cells operating at the included target frequencies. If the RRC
Connection Release message does not carry information of blacklisted cells operating at the
included target frequencies, the UE in CELL_FACH state, during the return to LTE, may
access a congested LTE cell, leading to failed LTE access.

UE Not Supporting LTE Measurement

When both the UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection switch (U2lBlindRedirSwitch (BSC6900,


BSC6910)) and service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection switch are turned on, the RNC
checks whether the switch for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection is turned on:
 If this switch is turned on, the RNC performs a non-neighboring-cell-based blind
redirection. When the UL Unified Overload Control feature is enabled, the RNC filters
out LTE frequencies carrying heavy traffic.
 If this switch is turned off, the RNC decides which type of handover or redirection to
perform based on the following criteria:
 If blind neighboring LTE cells are configured and both
INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITCH under the
ProcessSwitch5 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter and
SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH under the
U2LLTELoadSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter are selected, then the RNC
filters congested blind neighboring LTE cells out. If all blind neighboring LTE
cells are congested, the RNC does not perform any service-based UMTS-to-LTE
PS redirection or handover. If there are any blind neighboring LTE cells that are
not congested, the RNC performs a blind redirection based on neighboring cells. If
either of the preceding check box is deselected, the RNC does not filter target cells
based on the LTE cell load but directly performs a blind redirection based on
neighboring cells. When the UL Unified Overload Control feature is enabled, the
RNC filters out LTE frequencies carrying heavy traffic.
 If the serving cell of the UE does not have target LTE cells configured for blind
redirection, the UE does not perform any service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection or handover.
When the switch for UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection (U2lBlindRedirSwitch (BSC6900,
BSC6910)) or the switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is turned off, the
RNC does not perform any service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover.

NOTE:
 For details about frequency selection policies of blind redirections and measurement-based redirections,
see 4.3.3.5 Decision and Execution.
 If BlindFlag (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to TRUE, the neighboring LTE cell configured by running the
ADD ULTENCELL command can serve as a neighboring cell for blind redirections.

For details about the procedure for UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections or handovers, see section
4.3.2 UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection and Handover Procedures.

4.3.4.5.1 Service-Based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection or Handover Based on Periodic RSCP Measurement

When the LTE best cell and UMTS best cell for a UE are concentric cells, the signal quality
of the LTE best cell can be estimated based on the RSCP of the UMTS best cell. If the RSCP
of the UMTS best cell meets the signal quality requirements, the LTE signal received by the
UE is regarded as strong enough and a UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover is allowed.
This mechanism helps improve the redirection or handover success rate while reducing the
time of compressed mode measurement and decreasing interference caused by the
compressed mode measurement.
This function is controlled by the cell-level switch
(HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH under the U2LServAlgoSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV) or
the RNC-level MML switch (HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH). When both the RNC-level and cell-level switches are
configured, the setting of the cell-level switch takes precedence.
For a UMTS cell enabled with the MOCN feature, when the cell-level or RNC-level switch
for periodic RSCP-measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover is turned
on, each operator in the operator group can independently use
HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH under U2LAlgoSwitch (BSC6900,
BSC6910) according to the value of CnOpIndex (BSC6900, BSC6910) to turn off their own
service-based RSCP-measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover switches,
without affecting UEs of other operators.
The principle for this function is as follows:
 When a service has been set up and the RNC determines that the UE needs to perform a
service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover, the RNC delivers a periodic
RSCP measurement control message to the UE. The measurement period is set using the
U2LNCovRscpPrdTimer (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET
UU2LTEHONCOV.
 When conditions for triggering a UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover are met, the
RNC checks whether the RSCP reported by a UE has reached the RSCP threshold for
non-coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover. If the current RSCP
measurement value is greater than or equal to this threshold, a UMTS-to-LTE
redirection or handover is allowed. This threshold is set using the cell-level parameter
U2LNCovRscpThd (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the MML command ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV or the RNC-level parameter U2LNCovRscpThd
(BSC6900, BSC6910) in the SET UU2LTEHONCOV command. When both the RNC-
level and cell-level switches are configured, the setting of the cell-level switch takes
precedence.
4.3.4.5.2 Blind PS Redirection Preferred During a Service-Based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection

During a service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection procedure, if a UE does not support


LTE measurement, it can perform a blind redirection. If the UE supports LTE measurement,
it must perform LTE measurement and the RNC will determine whether UE can perform a
redirection or handover according to the measurement result. In the continuous LTE coverage
scenario or UMTS and LTE co-coverage scenario, LTE signals are strong enough and the
success rate of blind UMTS-to-LTE redirections is high. In this case, blind UMTS-to-LTE
redirections can reduce the impacts of measurement in compressed mode.
When the following conditions and the condition for service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection
are met, a blind redirection is preferred even if the UE supports LTE measurement:
 The U2LBlindRedirSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to ON.
 HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH under the U2LServAlgoSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected.
 HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH under the U2LAlgoSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter corresponding to the UE's serving operator (CnOpIndex
(BSC6900, BSC6910)) is selected.
4.3.4.6 Anti-ping-pong Measures

Measures to Prevent Ping-Pong Handovers or Redirections Between UMTS and LTE

To prevent ping-pong handovers and redirections between UMTS and LTE cells, when
U2LPunishSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the SET UU2LTEHONCOV command is set to
ON, the RNC starts a penalty timer specified by the U2LPunishTimer (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter after a UE redirected from LTE to UMTS finishes setting up the first service.
Within the penalty timer length, this UE is prohibited from performing any service-based
UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection. For the method of identifying a UE redirected or
handed over from LTE to UMTS, see Identifying a UE Redirected or Handed Over from LTE to UMTS.
To configure the cell-level UMTS-to-LTE penalty timer length, perform the following
operations:
Run the ADD UCELLCOALGOENHPARA command with bits 0 to 15 configured under
RsvU32Para6 (BSC6900, BSC6910). Value 0 indicates that cell-level parameters do not take
effect and RNC-level parameters are used. RsvU32Para6 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is valid when
ranging from 1 to 65535 and the corresponding penalty timer length is 0 to 65534.
When the U2LPunishSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to OFF and the
AntiPinpanLteFddRedrSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to ON, the RNC
checks whether the UE is redirected from LTE to UMTS before determining whether to
implement service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or blind redirection. For the method
of identifying a UE redirected from LTE to UMTS, see Identifying a UE Redirected or Handed Over
from LTE to UMTS.

 If the UE is not redirected from LTE to UMTS, the RNC does not take any special
measures.
 If the UE is redirected from LTE to UMTS, the UE cannot be switched to the LTE
network through redirection or blind redirection during the ongoing service (before the
current RRC connection is released).
If the U2LPunishSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to ON, the value of the
AntiPinpanLteFddRedrSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter does not take effect.

Identifying a UE Redirected or Handed Over from LTE to UMTS

 The RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message carries the V860 structure but does not
carry the Pre-redirection IE, indicating that the UE is redirected from an LTE network.
 A UE is identified as the one handed over from LTE to UMTS if the RELOCATION
REQUEST message contains the Global Cell ID IE and the value of the Time UE stayed
in Cell field is greater than 0.
 A UE that has been redirected or handed over from LTE to UMTS but has not
performed any service before its RRC connection is released is also regarded as the one
redirected from LTE to UMTS when
PERFENH_L2U_IDENTIFY_ENHANCE_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch4 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected and the UE initiates a
service within 30s after the RRC connection is released.

Measures to Prevent Continual Entering and Exiting of the Compressed Mode

During a service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover, LTE signal quality


measurement will be started after RB reconfiguration is complete. Before LTE signal quality
measurement is started, the UE enters the compressed mode. If RB reconfiguration is
frequently triggered, the UE must continually enter and exit the compressed mode,
consequently affecting RNC performance. Measures to prevent continual entering and exiting
of the compressed mode are as follows:
 To prohibit UMTS-to-LTE measurement during RB reconfiguration, run the SET
UCORRMPARA command with
PERFENH_RB_RECFG_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH under
PerfEnhanceSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) deselected.
 During a service/load/coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover, the RNC
starts a penalty timer if no suitable LTE cell is found after LTE signal quality
measurement is complete. Before the penalty timer expires, the UE is prohibited from
performing measurement again for another service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or
handover. The length of the penalty timer is determined by the
U2lServMcTimeOutPunishTime (BSC6910, BSC6900) parameter in the SET
UU2LTEHONCOV command.
To configure the cell-level penalty timer length for service-based UMTS-to-LTE
measurement expiry, perform the following operations:
 Run the ADD UCELLCOALGOENHPARA command with bits 16 to 31
configured under RsvU32Para6 (BSC6900, BSC6910). Value 0 indicates that cell-
level parameters do not take effect and RNC-level parameters are used.
RsvU32Para6 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is valid when ranging from 1 to 65535 and the
corresponding penalty timer length is 0 to 65534.
4.3.4.7 Virtual Grid-Based UMTS-to-LTE Service Redirection
When this function is enabled and a UE meets the conditions for a virtual grid-based UMTS-
to-LTE redirection, the RNC determines whether to trigger a UMTS-to-LTE redirection for
the UE based on the success rate of historical UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections
occurred in the grid where the UE is located. For the detailed process, see 4.3.6 Virtual Grid-
Based UMTS-to-LTE Interoperation.

This function can be enabled through either the RNC-level or cell-level switch. The RNC-
level switch is controlled by HO_GRID_BASED_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH
under UCORRMALGOSWITCH:HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910). The cell-level switch is
controlled by HO_GRID_BASED_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV:U2LServAlgoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910). When both the
RNC-level and cell-level switches are configured, the setting of the cell-level switch takes
precedence.

NOTE:
The virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection function takes effect only when the service-based UMTS-
to-LTE PS redirection feature is enabled.

4.3.5 Load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers

This section describes the features WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS
to LTE and WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE.
4.3.5.1 Overview

If the LDR action of UMTS-to-LTE PS handover is triggered when the UMTS cell is in the
basic congestion state, the RNC enables UL or GUL multi-mode UEs carrying only PS
services to be redirected or handed over to LTE, facilitating inter-RAT load balancing and
improving user experience. For more information about the conditions for triggering basic
congestion and the corresponding LDR actions, see descriptions of load reshuffling in Load
Control Feature Parameter Description.

Figure 4-7 shows the load-based U2L PS redirection or handover process.


Figure 4-7 Load-based PS redirections or handovers from UMTS to LTE

The process shown in Figure 4-7 is illustrated as follows:


 Decision phase: determines whether to allow the UE to be redirected or handed over to
LTE. For details, see 4.3.5.2 Triggering.
 User selection for LDR: selects a user for LDR. For details, see 4.3.5.3 UE Selection for LDR.
 Decision phase: determines whether to allow the UE to be redirected or handed over to
LTE. For details, see 4.3.5.4 UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE.
 Measurement phase: determines whether to start an LTE measurement, deliver the
measurement control message, and process the measurement result. For details, see
4.3.5.5 Measurements.

 Execution phase: determines which procedure to trigger: measurement-based


redirection, blind redirection, or handover. For details, see 4.3.5.6 Decision and Execution.
4.3.5.2 Triggering

When the UMTS cells are in the basic congestion state and an LDR action of UMTS-to-LTE
PS handover is triggered, the RNC determines whether the UE can be redirected or handed
over to LTE.
4.3.5.3 UE Selection for LDR

If the LDR action of UMTS-to-LTE PS handover is triggered by basic congestion, the RNC
selects a UE by performing the following operations:
1. Collect UL or GUL multi-mode UEs carrying only PS services in a UE list.
2. Select UEs from the list that have not performed LDR-triggered UMTS-to-LTE PS
handovers.
3. Rank the selected UEs in descending order of their comprehensive priorities and select
the UEs ranked last N for LDR.
N is configured by UlPSU2LHOUeNum (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the uplink and
DlPSU2LHOUeNum (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the downlink.
UEs with the same comprehensive priorities are randomly selected for LDR actions.
This section assumes that there are five UEs: A, B, C, D, and E. UE A has the lowest
priority, UE E has the highest priority, and UEs B, C, and D have the same priority. If
three of these UEs are selected for LDR actions, the RNC selects UE A and then
randomly selects two from UEs B, C, and D.
For details about comprehensive priorities, see Load Control Feature Parameter Description.
4.3.5.4 UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE

The RNC allows a UE to be redirected or handed over to an LTE cell when all the following
conditions are met. Steps 1 to 4 of the procedure for load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection or handover are the same as steps 1 to 4 of the procedure for coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover. For details, see 4.3.3.3 UE Redirections or Handovers to
LTE.

1. There are no CS RABs among the UE's RABs.


2. All RABs for the UE can be shifted to an LTE cell through a handover or redirection.
3. The UE supports both UMTS and LTE.
4. An LTE network is available.
5. Switches related to load-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperability are turned on.
 The general switch for UMTS-to-LTE PS interoperability is turned on, which is
controlled by HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HoSwitch (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter.

 The LDR actions of UMTS-to-LTE PS handover are enabled.


The related switches are set to on by running the command ADD UCELLLDR or
MOD UCELLLDR command.
Either condition a (for redirection) or b (for handover) is met: Condition a: The
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH check box under the HoSwitch1
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected. Condition b: The
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH check box under the HoSwitch1
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected and the
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH check box under
this parameter is deselected.
6. A UE not subscribing to LTE services is not allowed to perform any redirection or
handover to LTE. Generally, the E-UTRAN Service Handover IE in an RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message from the CN informs the RNC that the UE cannot
be handed over or redirected to LTE. If the CN does not support using this IE to
indicate the UE's capability, the method of the RNC obtaining information about LTE
subscribers depends on related parameter settings:
If PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_LOAD_U2L_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch6 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected, the RNC obtains
information about LTE subscribers as follows: The RNC records subscribers who were
handed over or redirected from LTE and labels these subscribers as LTE subscribers.
Load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers can only be performed on these
subscribers.

NOTE:
When the preceding switch is selected, a number of LTE subscribers camp on UMTS networks during
the initial phase of LTE subscriber information gathering. After the RNC has obtained LTE subscriber
information, the number of LTE subscribers camping on UMTS networks is significantly reduced, and
the success rate of load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers is increased. The RNC obtains
information about LTE subscribers even when load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers do
not take effect.

For the method of identifying a UE redirected or handed over from LTE to UMTS, see
"Identifying a UE Redirected or Handed Over from LTE to UMTS" in section "Anti-
ping-pong Measures."
7. Handover requirements on UE E-UTRA capability information are met if a handover is
required. For details, see 4.3.3.3 UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE.
4.3.5.4.1 Suggestions for LDR Action Configurations

DL/UL LDR Actions

In addition to NoAct(no action), 12 DL LDR actions and 10 UL LDR actions are available, as
listed in Table 4-4.
Table 4-4 DL/UL LDR actions

DL LDR Action UL LDR Action

NoAct(no action) NoAct(no action)

InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover) InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover)

BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction) BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction)

QoSRenego(uncontrolled real-time traff Qos QoSRenego(uncontrolled real-time traff Qos


re-negotiation) re-negotiation)

CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain inter- CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain inter-


rat should be load handover) rat should be load handover)

PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(PS domain inter- PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(PS domain inter-


rat should be load handover) rat should be load handover)

AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate reduction) AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate reduction)

CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(CS domain CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(CS domain


inter-rat should not be load handover) inter-rat should not be load handover)

PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(PS domain PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(PS domain


inter-rat should not be load handover) inter-rat should not be load handover)

PSInterU2LLDHO PSInterU2LLDHO
DL LDR Action UL LDR Action

CodeAdj(Code adjust) N/A

MBMSDecPower(MBMS descend power) N/A

Suggestions for LDR Action Configurations

For this feature, the suggestions for configuring the LDR action of the UMTS-to-LTE PS
handover are as follows:
 Suggestion 1 If N LDR actions excluding NoAct(no action) have been set on the live
network, it is recommended that number (N+1) LDR action be set to UMTS-to-LTE PS
handover.
 Suggestion 2 If no LDR action is available on the live network, it is recommended that
DL and UL LDR actions be set as follows:
 In the downlink, set the first, second, and third LDR actions to
InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover), BERateRed(BE traff rate
reduction), and PSInterU2LLDHO, respectively. Set the remaining LDR actions
to NoAct(no action).
 In the uplink, set the first, second, and third LDR actions to BERateRed(BE traff
rate reduction), InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover), and
PSInterU2LLDHO, respectively. Set the remaining LDR actions to NoAct(no
action).
In feature test and verification scenarios, set the LDR actions according to suggestion 2 or set
the first LDR action in the downlink or uplink to PSInterU2LLDHO. To enable this feature
on the live network, suggestion 2 is recommended.
4.3.5.5 Measurements

If a UE in connected mode supports LTE measurement, the RNC triggers an LTE


measurement. If the UE does not support LTE measurement, the RNC enables the UE to
directly perform blind redirection. For details, see section 4.3.5.6 Decision and Execution.

NOTE:
 When TAC_FUNC is set to Special_User_Enhance and SpecUserFunctionSwitch4 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) is set to SPECUSER_GUL_CM_LIMIT_SWITCH, a UE in the terminal blacklist cannot
perform compressed mode measurement on neighboring GSM, UMTS, and LTE cells simultaneously.
When this switch is turned on and the UE enters the compressed mode, the UE measures first neighboring
GSM and UMTS cells and then neighboring LTE cells.
 When TAC_FUNC is set to Special_User_Enhance and
SPECUSER_FORBID_U2L_MEASUREMENT_SWITCH under SpecUserFunctionSwitch2
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected, UEs in the terminal blacklist cannot perform compressed mode
measurement on neighboring LTE cells.

If the RNC determines that the UE performs an LTE measurement, it sends the UE a
measurement control message instructing the UE to measure the signal quality of the LTE
cells according to the LTE frequencies contained in the message. The same methods are used
by load-based and service-based U2L PS redirections or handovers for selecting frequencies
to be carried in the measurement control messages and processing the measurement results.
For details, see 4.3.4.4 Measurement.
The only difference resides in the parameter settings in step 4 (filtering frequencies based on
the load of neighboring LTE cells), which are listed as follows:
 When the switch for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection based on frequencies
(HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910):
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH) is turned off, the RNC
filters frequencies according to the following rules:
 If both INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITCH under the
ProcessSwitch5 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter and
LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH under the U2LLTELoadSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter are set to ON, the RNC filters out the frequencies of
congested cells (an LTE frequency is filtered out only when all LTE cells working
at this frequency are congested).
 If either of the preceding parameters is set to OFF, the RNC does not filter
frequencies based on the LTE cell load.
 When the switch for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection based on frequencies
(HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910):
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH) is turned on, the RNC
does not filter frequencies based on the LTE cell load.
4.3.5.6 Decision and Execution

Figure 4-8shows how the UE selects the service-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperation mode
(measurement-based redirection, blind redirection, or handover) before performing a
redirection or handover.
Figure 4-8 Procedure for load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover selection

UE Supporting LTE Measurement

The processing mechanism is the same as that for the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection or handover. For details, see 4.3.4.5 Decision and Execution.
The difference between the two procedures resides in a parameter: For the load-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover, the RNC filters out congested cells from the
candidate target cells. This occurs when the LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH
option under the U2LLTELoadSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to ON.

UE Not Supporting LTE Measurement

When the switch for UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection (U2lBlindRedirSwitch (BSC6900,


BSC6910)) and switch for load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection are set to on, the RNC
checks whether the switch for non-neighboring cell-based redirection is on. The subsequent
processing mechanism is the same as that for the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
or handover. For details, see 4.3.4.5 Decision and Execution.
The difference between the two procedures resides in a parameter: For the load-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover, the RNC filters out congested cells from the
candidate target cells. This occurs when the LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH
option under the U2LLTELoadSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to ON.
4.3.5.6.1 Blind PS Redirection Preferred During a Load-Based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection

During a load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection procedure, if a UE does not support LTE


measurement, it can perform a blind redirection. If the UE supports LTE measurement, it
must perform LTE measurement and the RNC will determine whether UE can perform a
redirection or handover according to the measurement result. In the continuous LTE coverage
scenario or UMTS and LTE co-coverage scenario, LTE signals are strong enough and the
success rate of blind UMTS-to-LTE redirections is high. In this case, blind UMTS-to-LTE
redirections can reduce the impacts of measurement in compressed mode.
When the following conditions and the condition for load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection
are met, a blind redirection is preferred even if the UE supports LTE measurement:
 The U2LBlindRedirSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to ON.
 HO_LTE_LOAD_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH under the U2LAlgoSwitch (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter corresponding to the UE's serving operator (CnOpIndex (BSC6900,
BSC6910)) is selected.

4.3.5.7 Anti-ping-pong Measures

To prevent ping-pong redirections between UMTS and LTE cells, the


AntiPinpanLteFddRedrSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is introduced. When it is
set to ON, the RNC checks whether the RRC CONNECTION REQUESET message contains
the Pre-redirection IE before determining whether to implement load-based UMTS-to-LTE
PS redirection or blind redirection:
 Existence of the IE indicates that the UE is not redirected from LTE to UMTS.
Therefore, if the IE exists, the RNC does not perform any special processing.
 Non-existence of the IE indicates that the UE is redirected from LTE to UMTS.
Therefore, if the IE does not exist, the UE cannot be switched to the LTE network
through redirection or blind redirection during the ongoing service (before the current
RRC connection is released).
To prevent ping-pong handovers and redirections between UMTS and LTE cells, the RNC
starts a penalty timer (U2LPunishTimerLenForLoad (BSC6900, BSC6910)) when a UE has
finished its first service after being handed over from LTE to UMTS. The UE cannot perform
any UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection before the timer expires. For the method of
identifying a UE redirected or handed over from LTE to UMTS, see Identifying a UE Redirected or
When U2LPunishTimerLenForLoad (BSC6900, BSC6910) is
Handed Over from LTE to UMTS.
set to 0, the preceding mechanism does not take effect.
4.3.6 Virtual Grid-Based UMTS-to-LTE Interoperation

Virtual grids refer to signal grids. Unlike traditional grids, virtual grids are not divided
geographically, but are divided by measurement results of multiple cells, such as received
signal code power (RSCP). Historical grid-level KPIs are stored in virtual grids for wireless
network performance optimization at the grid level. Figure 4-9 shows an example of virtual
grids.
Figure 4-9 Virtual grids

The virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperation function divides grids according to the
IDs and RSCPs of a maximum of two intra-frequency cells and records the historical grid-
level success rates of UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections in the grids. According to the
historical grid-level success rates of UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections, the LTE
coverage of the grid where the UE is located and whether the UE can perform a UMTS to
LTE interoperation is determined.
Unlike the blind redirection, this function can prohibit the fast return in the grid with poor
LTE coverage, reducing the risk of UE disconnection from the network. Unlike LTE
measurement-based fast return, this function enables blind redirection-based fast return in
grids with good LTE coverage and forbids LTE measurement in grids with poor LTE
coverage, which reduces the impact of LTE measurement in compressed mode.
The common process of virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperation is as follows:
1. After the UE supporting LTE enters the CELL_DCH state in a UMTS cell, the RNC
delivers periodic RSCP measurement control messages to the UE. The measurement
period is specified by U2LNCovRscpPrdTimer (BSC6900, BSC6910).

NOTE:
Different delivery policies are used based on whether the RNC can identify the LTE subscriber.
If the CN supports subscriber identification, it instructs the RNC to deliver the intra-frequency
measurement control message to subscribers through the E-UTRAN Service Handover IE in the RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message.
If the CN does not support subscriber identification, select any of check boxes below. The RNC learns
LTE subscriber information, records subscribers who were handed over or redirected from LTE, and
labels these subscribers as LTE subscribers. Intra-frequency measurement control messages are delivered
only to these subscribers.
 PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SERV_U2L_SWITCH under the PerfEnhanceSwitch6
parameter
 PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_LOAD_U2L_SWITCH under the PerfEnhanceSwitch6
parameter
 PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_COV_U2L_SWITCH under the PerfEnhanceSwitch6
parameter
If the CN cannot identify subscribers and all the three switches are turned off, the RNC delivers intra-
frequency measurement control messages to all UEs that support the LTE mode.

2. After receiving the intra-frequency measurement information reported by the UE, the
RNC performs the following operations:
Sequence the cells in the active set, monitored set, and detected set in intra-frequency
measurement report in a descending order of the RSCP. Select a maximum of two cells
with the highest RSCP. Segment RSCPs in the selected cells by 3 dB. RSCP segment
numbers are obtained, as shown in Table 4-5.
Table 4-5 Mapping of RSCP value ranges and segment numbers

RSCP Value Range RSCP Segment Number

[-115, -112) 0

[-112, -109) 1

[-109, -106) 2

[-106, -103) 3

[-103, -100) 4

[-100, -97) 5

[-97, -94) 6

[-94, -91) 7

[-91, -88) 8

[-88, -85) 9

[-85, -82) 10

[-82, -79) 11

[-79, -76) 12

[-76, -73) 13

[-73, -70) 14

[-70, -67) 15

[-67, -64) 16
RSCP Value Range RSCP Segment Number

[-64, -61) 17

[-61, -58) 18

[-58, -55) 19

[-55, -52) 20

[-52, -49) 21

[-49, -46) 22

[-46, -43) 23

[-43, -40) 24

[-40, -37) 25

[-37, -34) 26

[-34, -31) 27

[-31, -28) 28

[-28, -25) 29

Others NA

Based on the RSCP segmentation, the virtual grid index of the UE is obtained.
According to the virtual grid index of the UE, the virtual grid database is queried to
obtain the historical success rates of UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections of the
grid where the UE is located. Table 4-6 lists the formats of virtual grid data.
Table 4-6 Virtual grid data formats

Virtual Grid Database

Cell 1 ID (RNC ID-Cell ID)

Cell 1 RSCP segment number

Cell 2 ID (RNC ID-Cell ID)

Cell 2 RSCP segment number

Number of successful UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections in the current period

Number of UMTS-to-LTE handover and redirection attempts in the current period

Number of successful UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections in the historical period

Number of UMTS-to-LTE handover and redirection attempts in the historical period

 After performing a UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection in a virtual grid, the


UE records the number of UMTS-to-LTE handover and redirection attempts and
the number of successful UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections in the current
period into the database of the virtual grid.
 To enable the virtual grid information (including the number of UMTS-to-LTE
handover and redirection attempts and the number of successful UMTS-to-LTE
handovers and redirections) to automatically adapt to the change of wireless
networks, the RNC uses smooth filtering to weigh the current and previous virtual
grid information. As a result, the weight of previous information decreases and
approximates to 0. The filtering period is set to one day and starts at 5:00 every
morning. The RNC filters the virtual grid information based on the following
formula: Historical grid information after filtering = α x Current grid information
+ (1 - α) x Previous grid information before filtering. α equals to 0.6. The filtering
function is controlled by VirtualGridFilterBackupSw (BSC6900, BSC6910).
When this switch is turned on, the filtering is performed on the virtual grid.
 The RNC deletes the grid information of the current period after the filtering. If
the number of UMTS-to-LTE handover and redirection attempts in the previous
period of a virtual grid is less than 0.01 after filtering, the RNC deletes the virtual
grid.
 Success rate of grid-level UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections = (Number
of successful UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections in the current period +
Number of successful UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections in the previous
period)/(Number of UMTS-to-LTE handover and redirection attempts in the
current period + Number of UMTS-to-LTE handover and redirection attempts in
the previous period)

NOTE:
 To avoid the loss of virtual grid information, the RNC backs up the information onto the OMU
board at 5:00 every morning and restores the grid information from the OMU in the upgrade and
fault scenarios. To avoid affecting the RNC performance, the RNC restores the virtual grids of one
SPU subsystem every five seconds. All restorations are completed within one hour.
 Each subsystem of the BSC6900 and the BSC6910 can store information of 10000 virtual grids
and 15000 virtual grids, respectively. The virtual grid information is stored into RNC subsystems
at random. If the storage space of a grid is fully occupied, the RNC cannot save the success rates of
new virtual grid UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections. In this case, the RNC does not judge
the virtual grid conditions but performs the original process (fast return or service-based UMTS-to-
LTE PS redirection).
 Virtual grid information can be exported to an .xls file by running the EXP
UVIRTUALGRIDINFO command. In the exported virtual grid information files, the RNC
multiplies the numbers of history UMTS-to-LTE handover and redirection attempts and successful
history UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections by 10000 times to ensure accuracy. Therefore,
you need to divide the displayed value by 10000 to obtain the actual value.
 In the scenario of UMTS and LTE network convergence, RNC ID and cell ID may be modified. As
a result, the virtual grid index may become invalid and corresponding virtual grid information may
be lost. In this case, the RNC will age invalid virtual grid data and learn new virtual grid data.
Benefits of the virtual grid function are affected during this process.

3. After the UE meets the triggering conditions, the RNC determines the process that the
UE is to perform based on the historical success rates of the UMTS-to-LTE handovers
and redirections as follows.
Figure 4-10 Process of selecting the virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperation mode

 If there is no historical virtual grid information in the grid where the UE is located,
the original UMTS-to-LTE process is performed and the virtual grid information
is learned.
 If the success rates of UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections of a grid are
greater than or equal to the threshold specified by U2LGridInfoHighThd
(BSC6900, BSC6910), the LTE signal coverage of the grid is good (defined as class I
grid) and the UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection is directly performed.
 If the success rates of UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections are smaller than
the threshold specified by U2LGridInfoLowThd (BSC6900, BSC6910), the LTE
signal coverage of the grid is poor (defined as class II grid). According to the
ProbaofU2LforClassIIGrid (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter, the RNC randomly
selects a part of UEs to perform LTE measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE
interoperations, which provides learning opportunities for class II virtual grids.
The number of UMTS-to-LTE handover and redirection failures each day must be
less than or equal to 10. If there are over 10 UMTS-to-LTE handover and
redirection failures in a day, other UEs cannot perform any UMTS-to-LTE
interoperations.
 If the success rates of UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections are greater than
or equal to the threshold specified by U2LGridInfoLowThd (BSC6900, BSC6910)
and less than the threshold specified by U2LGridInfoHighThd (BSC6900,
BSC6910), the LTE signal coverage of the grid is considered as moderate (defined
as class III grid) and the original UMTS-to-LTE interoperation process is
performed.

NOTE:
When both the UMTS-to-LTE handover mode and the virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE
interoperation function take effect, the UE performs blind redirection when its grid is defined as a
class I grid and performs the original process (handover or redirection) when the grid does not fall
into any class or is defined as a class II or III grid.

4. If the UE performs a UMTS-to-LTE interoperation process, the execution result is


recorded in the virtual grid of the UE.
 An LTE measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperation is recorded as failed if
the LTE measurement expires, while it is recorded as successful if the LTE
measurement does not expire and the UMTS-to-LTE interoperation has been
performed.
 A UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection is recorded as failed if the UE attempts to
access the original RNC within 30s after the blind redirection and the access
request is not from the LTE network, while it is recorded as successful if the UE
does not make such an attempt within 30s after the blind redirection.
 To accelerate virtual grid learning and obtain stable grid information, results of
other UMTS-to-LTE interoperations will also be recorded in virtual grids. These
interoperations include the UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections or handovers as well as
the UMTS-to-LTE fast returns for SRVCC UEs.

NOTE:
To avoid any impacts on basic functions of the RNC, virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperations are not
performed during the RNC flow control. If the RNC load exceeds the flow control triggering threshold
(DCCCTHD (BSC6900, BSC6910), of which the default value is 85%), no virtual grid-based judgment is made
during the UMTS-to-LTE interoperations. If the RNC load is lower than the clearance threshold
(DCCCRSTTHD (BSC6900, BSC6910), of which the default value is 75%), virtual grid-based judgment is
made during the UMTS-to-LTE interoperations.
5 CSFB

5.1 Overview

When a UE on an LTE network initiates a CS service, the CSFB feature migrates the UE to a
UMTS network so that the UE can perform the CS service on the UMTS network.
As specified in the 3GPP protocol, an LTE-to-UMTS CSFB can be performed through either
a redirection or PS handover:
 During an LTE-to-UMTS CSFB through a redirection, the eNodeB sends an RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message carrying the UARFCN of a UMTS cell to the UE.
The UE accesses the UMTS cell based on the UARFCN and initiates a voice service
again in the UMTS cell.
 During an LTE-to-UMTS CSFB through a PS handover, the RNC receives a PS
handover request and determines whether to reserve resources and admit the UE. If
resources are reserved and the UE is admitted successfully, the eNodeB sends a
handover command to the UE. After accessing the UMTS network, the UE initiates a
voice service again on the UMTS network.
For details about LTE-to-UMTS CSFB, see the LTE document CS Fallback Feature
Parameter Description.
Based on the CSFB feature, Huawei provides the post-CSFB service processing solution and
optimized CSFB process.
 Post-CSFB service processing mainly refers to the UMTS-to-LTE fast return function,
which enables UEs to quickly return to the LTE network after falling back to the UMTS
network and finishing CS services.
 The CSFB process is optimized in the following aspects:
 The CSFB guarantee function is introduced for LTE emergency calls and normal
calls on the UMTS side. By reducing the rate of PS services or allowing resource
preemption, this function reserves resources and ensures successful access for PS
handovers, improving the call success rate.
 A series of CSFB delay reduction measures are introduced on the UMTS side to
solve problems of postponed voice service access and poor user experience, which
is caused by procedures of access, handover, and redirection on the LTE side.
 Ultra-Flash CSFB is introduced as a proprietary CSFB procedure on the UMTS and
LTE sides. This process is applicable when an IMS is not deployed and the
eNodeB, MME, MSC, and RNC are all provided by Huawei. This process prepares
CS resources in advance based on an SRVCC process, thereby reducing CSFB
delay.
5.2 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE

This section describes the WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE feature.
5.2.1 Overview

The Fast Return from UMTS to LTE feature is introduced to reduce the time and improve
user experience. This feature enables a UE that moves from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell
through CSFB to quickly return to the LTE network after the CS service is finished.
This feature applies to the areas that are jointly covered by UMTS and LTE networks and
where the LTE network signal quality is satisfactory. If the LTE network signal quality is
poor, for example, when an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message contains information
about n (a positive integer) LTE frequencies whose signal quality is poor and does not meet
the camping conditions, the UE must spend much time in finding a suitable cell:
 UEs complying with a version earlier than 3GPP Release 10 select a suitable LTE cell
from the LTE cells using n LTE frequencies. The selection lasts for at most 10 seconds.
If no suitable LTE cell is found, these UEs select a suitable LTE cell from the LTE cells
using frequencies supported by these UEs. If a suitable LTE cell is still not found, these
UEs randomly camp on a suitable cell. For details, see section 8.5.2 "Actions when
entering idle mode from connected mode" in 3GPP TS 25.331 V10.8.0.
 UEs complying with 3GPP Release 10 or later select a suitable LTE cell from the LTE
cells using n LTE frequencies. The selection lasts for at most n seconds. If no suitable
LTE cell is found, these UEs select a suitable LTE cell from the LTE cells using
frequencies supported by these UEs. The selection lasts for 4 seconds. If a suitable LTE
cell is still not found, these UEs randomly camp on a suitable cell. For details, see
section 8.5.2 "Actions when entering idle mode from connected mode" in 3GPP TS
25.331 V10.9.0.
Note that the UE cannot process CS or PS services or CS+PS combined services while
searching for a suitable LTE cell.

Functions and Selection Procedure

This feature incorporates the following functions:

 UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return


 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return
 LTE Measurement-Based Fast Return
 RSCP Measurement-Based Fast Return
 Virtual Grid-Based Fast Return
The UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return function and Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return function
are both based on blind redirection. That is, neither UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return nor Enhanced
UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return requires measurement. After the UE finishes the CS service, the
RNC immediately sends an RRC release message to redirect the UE to the LTE network.
Before enabling the Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return function, you must enable the
UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return function. However, before enabling the UMTS-to-LTE Fast
Return function, you do not need to enable the Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return
function.
Among the preceding functions, there are two types of measurement-based fast return: LTE
measurement-based fast return and RSCP measurement-based fast return.
 When LTE measurement-based fast return is enabled, the RNC triggers inter-RAT
measurement of LTE after a CS service is finished and delivers an RRC release message
or handover command to redirect or hand over the UE to LTE only if the measured LTE
signal quality meets the handover threshold. Compared with blind redirection-based fast
return, this type of fast return prevents the out-of-service problem of UEs caused by
LTE coverage holes.
 The RSCP measurement-based fast return function is applicable where UMTS and LTE
networks share a site. This function starts RSCP measurement of the UMTS serving cell
during the CS service of a CSFB UE. If the measured RSCP value reaches a specific
threshold, blind redirection-based fast return can be performed after the CS service is
complete, which improves the success rate of blind redirections and reduces the impact
of LTE measurement in compressed mode.
When virtual grid-based fast return is enabled, the RNC checks the LTE coverage in the grid
based on the success rate of grid-level UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections, and
determines whether to perform fast return. In grids with good LTE coverage, blind
redirection-based fast return is performed. In grids with poor LTE coverage, fast return is not
performed, which increases the success rate of blind redirections and reduces the impact of
LTE measurement in compressed mode.
The following figure shows how the RNC performs the procedure for UMTS-to-LTE fast
return mode selection.
Figure 5-1 Procedure for UMTS-to-LTE fast return mode selection
Table 5-1 describes the parameters associated with UMTS-to-LTE fast return function.
Table 5-1 Parameter list
No. Parameter

1 Cell-level switch: HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under


FastReturnToLTESwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)
RNC-level switch: HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under
HoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)

2 Cell-level switch: HO_CSFB_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH


under FastReturnToLTESwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)
RNC-level switch: HO_CSFB_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH
under HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910)

3 Cell-level switch: HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH


under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
RNC-level switch: HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH
under FastReturnToLTESwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)

4 Cell-level switch: HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH


under FastReturnToLTESwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)
RNC-level switch: HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH
under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910)

5 Cell-level switch: PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH under


FastReturnToLTESwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)
RNC-level switch: PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH under
PerfEnhanceSwitch3 (BSC6900, BSC6910)

6 U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWITCH under
OptimizationSwitch6 (BSC6900, BSC6910)

7 PerfEnhanceSwitch7 (BSC6900, BSC6910):


PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH

In the preceding figure, optimization of the UMTS-to-LTE fast return process and enhanced
UMTS-to-LTE fast return process refers to that the RNC delivers the RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message immediately after receiving an IU RELEASE COMMAND message
from the CS domain. For details, see 5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return.

MFBI-Based UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return

The functions of fast return and redirections or handovers from a UMTS cell to a multi-band
LTE cell are the same. For details, see MFBI-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection or Handover in 4.3.1
Overview.

5.2.2 UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return

The Fast Return from UMTS to LTE feature enables a UE that moves from an LTE cell to a
UMTS cell through CSFB to quickly return to the LTE network after the all services are
finished.
At the cell level, this function is controlled by the
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the
FastReturnToLTESwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MOD
UCELLHOCOMM command.
At the RNC level, this function is controlled by the
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the HoSwitch (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command. When both the
RNC-level and cell-level switches are configured, the setting of the cell-level switch takes
precedence.
The RNC first determines that a UMTS/LTE UE is a CSFB UE if the UE meets either of the
following conditions:
 Condition 1: When the UE is moving from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell through a PS
handover, the RELOCATION REQUEST message contains a "cause" IE whose value is
"CS Fallback triggered (268)" or a "CSFB Information" IE whose value is "CSFB" or
"CSFB High Priority."
 Condition 2: When the UE is moving from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell through
redirection, the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message does not contain the "Pre-
redirection info" IE and the first service that the UE processes after accessing the UMTS
cell is a CS service. For details, see section 8.1.3.3 "RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
message contents to set" in 3GPP 25.331 V9.4.0.
After the UE is identified as a CSFB UE and the UE finishes its CS service in the UMTS cell,
the RNC triggers the RRC connection release procedure if the UE does not have a PS service
ongoing. The RNC includes the information about LTE frequencies in an RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message. For the method of selecting LTE frequencies to be
carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message, see 5.2.6 Selecting Frequencies to Be
Carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE Message. Upon receiving the message, the UE selects a
target cell based on the information and attempts to camp on this cell. (For details about
suitable LTE cell selection, see section 8.5.2 "Actions when entering idle mode from
connected mode" in 3GPP TS 25.331 V9.4.0. For details about a suitable LTE cell, see
chapter 4 "Overall process structure" in 3GPP TS 23.122 V11.4.0.)
5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return

At the cell level, this function is controlled by


PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH under the FastReturnToLTESwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UCELLHOCOMM command.
At the RNC level, this function is controlled by
PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH under the PerfEnhanceSwitch3
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMPARA command. When this function is
configured at both the RNC and cell levels, the cell-level configuration takes effect.
When PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH and PerfEnhanceSwitch7
(BSC6900, BSC6910):PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH (UMTS-to-LTE fast
return optimization switch) are selected, UMTS-to-LTE fast return is triggered only by the
first AMR release of a CSFB UE. If the optimization switch is turned off, a fast return can be
triggered by any AMR or RRC release of the CSFB UE as long as an RRC connection is
active for the UE before it. It is recommended that you turn off the optimization switch in
continuous LTE coverage scenarios and turn on the optimization switch to avoid invalid
measurement in discontinuous LTE coverage scenarios.
The RNC first determines that a UMTS/LTE UE is a CSFB UE if the UE meets any of the
following conditions:
 Condition 1: When the UE is moving from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell through a PS
handover, the RELOCATION REQUEST message contains a "cause" IE whose value is
"CS Fallback triggered (268)" or a "CSFB Information" IE whose value is "CSFB" or
"CSFB High Priority."
 Condition 2: When the UE is moving from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell through a
redirection, the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message does not contain a "Pre-
redirection info" IE. (For details, see section 8.1.3.3 "RRC CONNECTION REQUEST
message contents to set" in 3GPP TS 25.331 V9.4.0.) After the RNC receives an RRC
Connection Setup Complete message, the UE successfully sets up a CS service within
10 seconds.
 Condition 3: When the UE is moving from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell through a
redirection, the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message contains a "CSFB Indication"
IE. (For details, see section 8.1.3.3 "RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message contents
to set" in 3GPP TS 25.331 V9.10.0.)
 Condition 4: After the UE finishes its CS service in a UMTS cell, an IU RELEASE
COMMAND message from the CN to the RNC contains an "End Of CSFB" IE. (For
details, see section 8.5.2 "Successful Operation" in 3GPP TS 25.413 V10.4.0.)
After the UE is identified as a CSFB UE and the UE finishes its CS service in the UMTS cell,
the RNC triggers the RRC connection release procedure regardless of whether or not the UE
has a PS service ongoing. The RNC includes the information about LTE frequencies in an
RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message. For the method of selecting LTE frequencies to
be carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message, see 5.2.6 Selecting Frequencies to Be
Carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE Message. Upon receiving the message, the UE selects a
suitable LTE cell based on the carried LTE frequency information and attempts to camp on
this cell. (For details about suitable LTE cell selection, see section 8.5.2 "Actions when
entering idle mode from connected mode" in 3GPP TS 25.331 V9.4.0. For details about a
suitable LTE cell, see chapter 4 "Overall process structure" in 3GPP TS 23.122 V11.4.0.)

NOTE:
When a UE that has performed a CSFB procedure moves to another RNC and the target RNC becomes the
SRNC, the target RNC determines that the UE has performed a CSFB process and this function can take effect
in one of the following circumstances:
1. An "End Of CSFB" IE is carried in the IU RELEASE COMMAND message sent by the MSC when the
CS service is released.
2. If SRNSwithCSFBIndSw (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the ADD UNRNC command is set to ON on the
source RNC, the source RNC carries the CSFB indication in the "relocation required" IE and sends the
IE to the target RNC through the CN (in this case, the CN must be able to forward the CSFB indication).
If SRNS_WITH_CSFB_IND_ACK_SWITCH under the ProcessSwitch6 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command is selected on the target RNC, the target RNC
regards that the UE has performed a CSFB process when the RNC receives the CSFB indication from the
source RNC.

When PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH and RsvSwitch22 (BSC6900,


BSC6910):RESERVED_SWITCH_22_BIT5 are selected, fast return can be triggered even if
the CS RAB setup fails for the CSFB UE. A UE is identified as a CSFB UE when it meets
any of the following conditions:
Condition 1: When the UE is moving from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell through a PS
handover, the RELOCATION REQUEST message contains a "cause" IE whose value is "CS
Fallback triggered (268)" or a "CSFB Information" IE whose value is "CSFB" or "CSFB
High Priority."
Condition 2: When the UE is moving from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell through a redirection,
the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message contains a "CSFB Indication" IE. (For details,
see section 8.1.3.3 "RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message contents to set" in 3GPP TS
25.331 V9.10.0.)
Condition 3: An IU RELEASE COMMAND message from the CN to the RNC contains an
"End Of CSFB" IE. (For details, see section 8.5.2 "Successful Operation" in 3GPP TS 25.413
V10.4.0.)

NOTE:
A UE can also be identified as a CSFB UE when it meets the following condition: When the UE is moving from
an LTE cell to a UMTS cell through a redirection, the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message does not
contain a "Pre-redirection info" IE. (For details, see section 8.1.3.3 "RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message
contents to set" in 3GPP TS 25.331 V9.4.0.) After the RNC receives an RRC Connection Setup Complete
message, the UE successfully sets up a CS service within 10 seconds. However, this condition requires a
successful CS RAB setup. Therefore, it is not applicable to the scenario where a fast return is triggered in case
of a CS RAB setup failure.

In most cases, if there is a PS service ongoing when the UE finishes its CS service, the RNC
does not deliver the RRC Connection Release message until the CS RAB is released. To
shorten the time taken by the fast return of a CSFB UE to LTE, a mechanism is introduced so
that the RNC delivers the RRC Connection Release message immediately after receiving an
IU RELEASE COMMAND message from the CS domain. This mechanism takes effect
when U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWITCH under the
OptimizationSwitch6 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected.
5.2.4 LTE Measurement-Based Fast Return

5.2.4.1 Overview

The following figure shows the principle of LTE measurement-based fast return.
Figure 5-2 Principle of LTE measurement-based fast return

The principle of LTE measurement-based fast return, as shown in Figure 5-2, is illustrated as
follows:
1. Trigger phase: The RNC decides whether to trigger an LTE measurement-based fast
return. For details, see 5.2.4.2 Triggering.
2. Measurement phase: The RNC decides whether to start an LTE measurement. If an
LTE measurement is needed, it delivers the measurement control message and handles
the measurement result. For details, see 5.2.4.3 Measurement.
3. Execution phase: The RNC decides which procedure (measurement-based redirection
or handover) to trigger to implement the fast return. For details, see 5.2.4.4 Execution.
5.2.4.2 Triggering

If a CSFB UE still has a PS service ongoing after it finishes a CS service, the RNC triggers
an LTE measurement-based fast return when the following conditions are met:
 The UE is identified as a CSFB UE on the UMTS side.
 The UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return feature is enabled.
 Measurement-based fast return after a CSFB UE finishes its voice service is enabled.
A UE is considered as a CSFB UE by the following mechanism only when it meets any of
conditions 1 to 3 described in 5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return.
For settings of the switches for UMTS-to-LTE fast return and enhanced UMTS-to-LTE fast
return, see 5.2.2 UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return and 5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return.
For the measurement-based fast return of a CSFB UE after releasing a voice service, there is
an RNC-level switch and a cell-level switch. The RNC-level switch is
HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900,
BSC6910). The cell-level switch is
HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under
FastReturnToLTESwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910). When both the RNC-level and cell-level
switches are configured, the setting of the cell-level switch takes precedence.
Exceptions:
 To ensure that an LTE measurement-based fast return to the LTE network can be
triggered for a CSFB UE that has no PS service ongoing after it finishes a CS service,
PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under
PerfEnhanceSwitch7 (BSC6900, BSC6910) must be selected in addition to the
preceding conditions.
 For a cell enabled with the MOCN feature, when
PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch7 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected, each operator can
independently clear PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH
under U2LAlgoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) corresponding to their CnOpIndex
(BSC6900, BSC6910) so that CSFB UEs that are not performing PS services after finishing
their voice services will not perform measurement-based fast return to LTE, without
affecting UEs of other operators.
 For a cell enabled with the MOCN feature, when the cell-level or RNC-level switch for
measurement-based fast return to LTE for CSFB UEs is turned on, each operator in the
operator group can independently clear
HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under U2LAlgoSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) corresponding to their CnOpIndex (BSC6900, BSC6910) to turn off
their own switches for measurement-based fast return to LTE for CSFB UEs, without
affecting UEs of other operators.
 When PERFENH_PRIO_LTE_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch9 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected, if some other
measurements such as coverage-based inter-frequency measurement or GSM
measurement are incomplete before a CSFB UE releases its CS service, the UE will
release these incomplete measurements and start LTE measurement after the CS service
is released. If PERFENH_PRIO_LTE_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH is not
selected, a CSFB UE cannot trigger LTE measurement when it releases the CS service
and therefore cannot perform fast return to the LTE network.
5.2.4.3 Measurement

Overview

If the UE supports LTE measurement in connected mode, LTE measurement is triggered in


this phase.
The measurement control message sent by the RNC contains the following LTE-specific
information:
 Reporting mode of measurement reports
Same as service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover, the measurement
report is sent using event 3C.
 Information about to-be-measured neighboring cells or frequencies. For details, see
Selecting the Frequencies Carried in the Measurement Control Message .

 Measured item
Same as service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover. For details, see 4.3.4.4
Measurement.

 Measurement event-related parameters


 If no PS service is ongoing after the voice service is complete:
 The RSRP- or RSRQ-based decision threshold is specified by
SigTargetRatThdRSRP (BSC6900, BSC6910) or SigTargetRatThdRSRQ
(BSC6900, BSC6910).
 U2LTESigMeasTime (BSC6900, BSC6910) specifies the duration of LTE
measurement by the UE.
 If there is a PS service ongoing after the voice service is complete, the LTE
measurement duration is specified by U2LTEMeasTime (BSC6900, BSC6910).
 Other parameters related to measurement events are the same as those used for
service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover. For details, see 4.3.4.4
Measurement.

 The method of processing the measurement result is the same as that used for service-
based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover. For details, see 4.3.4.4 Measurement.

Selecting the Frequencies Carried in the Measurement Control Message


1. Select the initial frequencies to obtain frequency set A.
2. Filter the initial frequencies to obtain frequency set B.
3. Filter frequencies according to information about the operator providing services to the
UE. Set C is obtained.
4. When the UL Unified Overload Control feature is enabled, the RNC filters out LTE
frequencies carrying heavy traffic. Set D is obtained.
5. Determine whether LTE frequencies must be filtered according to the SPID-based
dedicated frequency priorities. If yes, the RNC performs step 6. If no, the RNC
performs step 7.
6. Select LTE frequencies according to SPID-based dedicated frequency priorities. Then
go to step 9.
7. Determine whether LTE frequencies must be filtered according to the IMSI-based
dedicated frequency priorities. If yes, the RNC performs step 8. If no, the RNC
performs step 9.
8. Select LTE frequencies according to IMSI-based dedicated frequency priorities.
9. The RNC selects frequencies based on the setting of the UMTS-to-LTE connected
mode priority switch (HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under HoSwitch1
(BSC6900, BSC6910)).

NOTE:
 Steps 1 to 3 are the same as those in the procedure for selecting frequencies to be included in the RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message during a service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover. For
details, see Selecting the Frequencies Carried in the Measurement Control Message in 4.3.3.4
Measurement.
 Steps 4 to 9 are the same as those in the procedure for selecting frequencies to be included in the RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message. For details, see 5.2.6 Selecting Frequencies to Be Carried in the
RRC CONNECTION RELEASE Message.

5.2.4.4 Execution

UEs cannot perform LTE measurement-based fast return if the measurement conditions are
not met. When the enhanced measurement-based fast return function is enabled
(PERFENH_CSFB_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch9 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected), UEs still cannot perform
blind fast return. When this function is disabled, UEs can perform blind fast return.
The method of executing LTE measurement-based fast return is the same as the method of
executing the UMTS-to-LTE fast return for an SRVCC UE. For details, see 6.3.4 Execution.
5.2.5 RSCP Measurement-Based Fast Return

RSCP measurement-based fast return applies where the LTE and UMTS networks share a
site. This function assesses signal quality of an LTE cell based on the serving UMTS cell's
RSCP. If the RSCP of the serving UMTS cell reaches a specific threshold, the UE is located
at an area with strong LTE signal coverage. Therefore, a CSFB UE in this situation can
perform fast return to LTE through blind redirection after it finishes a CS service. Compared
with the fast return function based on blind redirection, RSCP measurement-based fast return
can improve the success rate of blind redirections. Compared with LTE measurement-based
fast return, this function can reduce the interference caused by measurement in compressed
mode.
A UE is considered as a CSFB UE by the following mechanism only when it meets any of
conditions 1 to 3 described in 5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return.
This function can be enabled through either the RNC-level or cell-level switch. The RNC-
level switch is HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter. The cell-level switch is
HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under
FastReturnToLTESwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910). When both the RNC-level and cell-level
switches are configured, the setting of the cell-level switch takes precedence.
For a cell enabled with the MOCN feature, when the cell-level or RNC-level switch for
RSCP measurement-based fast return to LTE for CSFB UEs is turned on, each operator in the
operator group can independently deselect
HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under U2LAlgoSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) corresponding to their CnOpIndex (BSC6900, BSC6910) to turn off their
own switches for RSCP measurement-based fast return to LTE for CSFB UEs, without
affecting UEs of other operators.
The principle for this function is as follows:
1. After a CSFB UE establishes a CS service, the RNC delivers a periodic RSCP
measurement control message to the UE. The measurement period is specified by
U2LNCovRscpPrdTimer (BSC6900, BSC6910). A UE is considered as a CSFB UE
only when it meets any of conditions 1 to 3 described in 5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast
Return.

2. After receiving an RSCP measurement value reported by the UE, the RNC performs as
follows:
After the CSFB UE finishes the CS service, the RNC checks whether the RSCP measurement
value reported by the UE reaches the RSCP threshold for non-coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirection or handover:
 If the measured RSCP is greater than or equal to this threshold, fast return is directly
performed through blind redirection.
 If the measured RSCP is less than this threshold, the RNC checks whether there is still a
PS service ongoing:
 If there is no PS service, the RNC performs an LTE measurement-based fast return
when the switches for both LTE measurement-based fast return and LTE
measurement-based fast return for a UE finishing its single CS service are turned
on; whereas the RNC directly releases the UE's resources when either of the
switches is turned off.
 If there is a PS service, the RNC checks the setting of the LTE measurement-based
fast return function: If this function is enabled, it performs an LTE measurement-
based fast return. If the function is disabled, the RNC does not perform any fast
return.
The RSCP threshold for non-coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover is
specified by either the cell-level parameter U2LNCovRscpThd (BSC6900, BSC6910) or
RNC-level parameter U2LNCovRscpThd (BSC6900, BSC6910). When both the RNC-level
and cell-level switches are configured, the setting of the cell-level switch takes precedence.

NOTE:
If the UE has not reported an RSCP value before it finishes a CS service, the RNC postpones the decision and
waits for the reported RSCP value. If the RNC fails to receive any reported RSCP value within 2.5 RSCP
measurement periods, it does not perform any fast return.

5.2.6 Selecting Frequencies to Be Carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE Message

The method for selecting frequencies that are to be included in an RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message is as follows.
1. Select the initial frequencies to obtain frequency set A.
For a blind fast return (including UMTS-to-LTE fast return, enhanced UMTS-to-LTE
fast return, and RSCP measurement-based fast return): select all EARFCNs indicated
by EARFCN (BSC6900, BSC6910) configured in the ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO
command with FreqUsePolicyInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) set to Connected_Only or
Both.
For a measurement-based fast return (LTE measurement-based fast return), select
frequencies in the same way as that for service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or
handover. For details, see Selecting the Frequencies Carried in the Measurement Control Message .
2. Filter the initial frequencies to obtain frequency set B. The selection procedure is the
same as that for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover. For details,
see Selecting the Frequencies Carried in the Measurement Control Message .
3. Filter frequencies according to information about the operator providing services to the
UE.
When the UE is in the CELL_DCH state, the RNC does not filter frequencies in set B
and set C equals set B if any of the following conditions a met:
 PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_DCH_OP_SEL_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch4 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command
SET UCORRMPARA is set to OFF.
 HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter
in the MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH is set to ON.
When the UE is in the CELL_DCH state, the RNC obtains set C by collecting all
frequencies of the operator that provides services to the UE from set B if the following
conditions are met:
 PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_DCH_OP_SEL_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch4 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command
SET UCORRMPARA is set to ON.
 HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter
in the MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH is set to OFF.
 The InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML
command SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE is set to OFF.
For a UE in the CELL_DCH state, if all the following conditions are met and an inter-
PLMN handover frequency list has been configured for the UE, the RNC filters LTE
frequencies in set B according to the inter-PLMN handover frequency list to obtain set
C. (The inter-PLMN handover frequency list is configured using the ADD
UINTERPLMNHOLIST command.) If all the following conditions are met but no
inter-PLMN handover frequency list has been configured for the UE using the ADD
UINTERPLMNHOLIST command, the RNC does not perform filtering and set C
equals set B.
 PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_DCH_OP_SEL_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch4 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command
SET UCORRMPARA is set to ON.
 HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter
in the MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH is set to OFF.
 InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the MML command SET
UOPERATORSHARINGMODE is set to ON.
When the UE is in the CCH (CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH) state, the
RNC does not filter frequencies in set B and set C equals set B if any of the following
conditions is met:
 PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_CCH_OP_SEL_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch4 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command
SET UCORRMPARA is set to OFF.
 HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter
in the MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH is set to ON.
When the UE is in the CCH (CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH) state, the
RNC obtains set C by collecting all LTE frequencies of the operator that provides
services to the UE from set B if all the following conditions are met.
 PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_CCH_OP_SEL_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch4 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command
SET UCORRMPARA is set to ON.
 HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter
in the MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH is set to OFF.
 The InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML
command SET UOPERATORSHARINGMODE is set to OFF.
When the UE is in the CCH (CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH) state, an
inter-PLMN handover frequency list has been configured for the UE (the inter-PLMN
handover frequency list is configured using the ADD UINTERPLMNHOLIST
command), and all the following conditions are met, then the RNC filters LTE
frequencies in set B according to the inter-PLMN handover frequency list to obtain set
C. If all the following conditions are met but no inter-PLMN handover frequency list
has been configured for the UE using the ADD UINTERPLMNHOLIST command,
the RNC does not perform filtering and set C equals set B.
 PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_CCH_OP_SEL_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch4 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command
SET UCORRMPARA is set to ON.
 HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter
in the MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH is set to OFF.
 InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the MML command SET
UOPERATORSHARINGMODE is set to ON.
4. When the UL Unified Overload Control feature is enabled, the RNC filters out LTE
frequencies carrying heavy traffic. Set D is obtained.

NOTE:
During a cross-Iur redirection or handover, the SRNC does not filter frequencies of neighboring LTE
cells of the DRNC according to the traffic status of the cells.

5. Determine whether to filter LTE frequencies based on the SPID-based dedicated


frequency priority:
If the following conditions are met, the RNC filters LTE frequencies according to
SPID-based dedicated frequency priorities by performing step 6 and then step 9. If any
of the following conditions is not met, the RNC performs step 7.
 HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected.
 The RNC has obtained the UE's SPID information and SPID-related parameters
have been configured, for example, RatFreqPriorityGroupId (BSC6900,
BSC6910).

 The dedicated priority set (corresponding to RatFreqPriorityGroupId (BSC6900,


BSC6910)) for the UMTS/LTE frequencies is not empty.

NOTE:
For configurations of the SPID-based dedicated priority, see Flexible User Steering Feature
Parameter Description.

6. Select LTE frequencies according to SPID-based dedicated frequency priorities.


The RNC first filters out LTE frequencies with SPID-based dedicated priorities lower
than the priority of the serving UMTS cell from set D. Among the remaining
frequencies, the RNC selects a maximum of four LTE FDD frequencies and four LTE
TDD frequencies according to the SPID-based dedicated priorities. The selected
frequencies are candidate frequencies.
The SPID-based dedicated priority of an LTE frequency is specified by the
DediPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.

NOTE:
 For the frequency of the serving UMTS cell, the SPID-based dedicated priority is used if the SPID-
based dedicated priority is configured, or the absolute priority is used if the SPID-based dedicated
priority is not configured. For a UMTS frequency, the SPID-based dedicated priority is specified
by the DediPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter and the absolute priority is specified by the
SPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
 For an LTE frequency, the SPID-based dedicated priority (specified by the DediPriority
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter) is used if the SPID-based dedicated priority is configured. If the
SPID-based dedicated priority is not configured, the priority to be used depends on the setting of
HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910): When this switch
is turned on, the connected mode priority (specified by the NPriorityConnect (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter) is used. When this switch is turned off, the absolute priority (specified by
the NPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter) is used.
 The SPID-based dedicated priority is not used during cross-Iur handover or redirection.

7. Determine whether to filter LTE frequencies according to the IMSI-based dedicated


frequency priorities.
If the following conditions are met, the RNC filters LTE frequencies according to the
IMSI-based dedicated priorities of the frequencies by performing step 8. If not, the
RNC performs step 9:
 HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected.
 The RNC has obtained the UE's IMSI and the UE's IMSI is included in the IMSI
segment corresponding to ImsiGrpIndex (BSC6900, BSC6910).
 For the IMSI segment that includes the UE's IMSI, related parameters such as
RatFreqPriorityGroupId (BSC6900, BSC6910) have been configured.
 The dedicated priority set (corresponding to RatFreqPriorityGroupId (BSC6900,
BSC6910)) for the UMTS/LTE frequencies is not empty.

NOTE:
For the configuration of parameters related to IMSI-based dedicated frequency priorities, see IMSI-
based Mobility Management for Multiple Operators Feature Parameter Description.

8. Select LTE frequencies according to IMSI-based dedicated frequency priorities.


The RNC obtains set E by collecting the LTE frequencies that meet the following
conditions: The LTE frequencies belong to the frequency priority group (specified by
the RatFreqPriorityGroupId (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter) corresponding to the
UE's IMSI. The U2LConnTargetFreqInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to
TRUE for the LTE frequencies. Priorities of the LTE frequencies are higher than the
serving UMTS cell's priority.

NOTE:
For the frequency of the serving UMTS cell, the IMSI-based dedicated priority is used if the IMSI-based
dedicated priority is configured, or the absolute priority is used if the IMSI-based dedicated priority is
not configured. For a UMTS frequency, the IMSI-based dedicated priority is specified by the
DediPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter and the absolute priority is specified by the SPriority
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.

The RNC then obtains the intersection set of set D and set E. From the intersection set,
the RNC selects a maximum of four LTE FDD frequencies and four LTE TDD
frequencies based on IMSI-based dedicated priorities of the LTE frequencies. The
selected frequencies are candidate frequencies. The IMSI-based dedicated priority of an
LTE frequency is specified by the DediPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
9. The RNC filters the frequencies based on the setting of
HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910):
If the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch is turned off, the RNC first filters
out the LTE frequencies that have lower absolute priorities than the serving cell's
frequency. The RNC then selects a maximum of four LTE FDD frequencies and four
LTE TDD frequencies based on the absolute priorities of the LTE frequencies as
candidate frequencies. The absolute priority of a frequency is specified by the
NPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
If the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch is turned on, the RNC first filters
out the LTE frequencies whose connected-mode priorities are lower than the absolute
priority of the serving cell's frequency. The RNC then selects a maximum of four LTE
FDD frequencies and four LTE TDD frequencies based on the connected-mode
priorities of the LTE frequencies as candidate frequencies. The connected-mode
priority of a frequency is specified by the NPriorityConnect (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter.

NOTE:
The UMTS-to-LTE connection mode priority is not used during cross-Iur handover or redirection.

Special application scenarios:


 If some LTE cells are configured as blacklisted cells using the ADD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO command and
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch3 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMPARA
command is set to ON, the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message contains not only
an LTE frequency but also those blacklisted cells operating in the LTE frequency so that
UEs cannot be handed over to the blacklisted cells based on fast return. If no LTE cells
are configured as blacklisted cells or
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_SWITCH is set to OFF, the
RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message does not contain blacklisted cells operating in
the LTE frequency.
 During cross-Iur handovers or redirections:
 The SRNC carries the frequencies of all neighboring LTE cells for the cells under
the target RNC in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message when the
following conditions are met:
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the HoSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SRNC MML command SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH is set to ON.
HO_IUR_U2L_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter in the SRNC MML command SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH is set to 1. If any of the preceding conditions is not
met, the SRNC does not carry any LTE frequencies in the RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message.
 A DRNC cell is configured with neighboring LTE cells and information about
frequencies of neighboring LTE cells according to the following rules: Among
frequencies of all neighboring LTE cells for a DRNC cell, a maximum of four LTE
FDD frequencies and four LTE TDD frequencies are selected and delivered to the
UE.
 Frequencies of neighboring LTE cells are specified by the LTEArfcn
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command ADD ULTECELL.
 Neighboring LTE cells are configured using the MML command ADD
ULTENCELL.
5.2.7 Virtual Grid-Based Fast Return

When a UE meets the fast return triggering conditions, the RNC determines whether the UE
performs the virtual grid-based fast return function based on the historical success rates of
UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections of the grid where the UE is located. For the
detailed process, see 4.3.6 Virtual Grid-Based UMTS-to-LTE Interoperation.
A UE is considered as a CSFB UE by the following mechanism only when it meets any of
conditions 1 to 3 described in 5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return.
This function can be enabled through either the RNC-level or cell-level switch. The RNC-
level switch is HO_CSFB_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter. The cell-level switch is
HO_CSFB_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under
FastReturnToLTESwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910). When both the RNC-level and cell-level
switches are configured, the setting of the cell-level switch takes precedence.
5.2.8 Fast Return for Supplementary CSFB Services

When supplementary services, such as Unstructured Supplementary Service Data (USSD)


and Location Service (LCS), are not supported in an LTE network, UEs can fall back to a
UMTS network and use these supplementary services.
 USSD enables subscribers to interact with GSM/UMTS networks proactively. It features
simple operation and excellent service scalability. The USSD provides information for
subscribers in an interactive way. In addition to query of their international mobile
subscriber identities (IMSIs) and mobile station international ISDN numbers
(MSISDNs), subscribers can query information such as stock exchange and weather
forecast, and play interactive games.
 The LCS allows mobile network operators to locate mobile stations by using the specific
mobile positioning technology and provides location-related services for mobile
subscribers. The LCS falls into four categories: Commercial LCS, Internal LCS,
Emergency LCS, and Other LCS.
Fast return for supplementary services after CSFB is performed as shown in Figure 5-3.
Figure 5-3 Procedure of fast return for supplementary services after CSFB

1. CSFB UE identification
Procedures of CSFB supplementary services and voice services are the same during the
LTE-to-UMTS fallback, except that CS RABs are not set up for supplementary services
after UEs access the UMTS network. Identification procedure of supplementary
services is the same as Method 1 in section 5.2.2 UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return and Method 1, 3,
and 4 in section 5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return for voice services.
2. Supplementary service identification
Fast return for CSFB services only applies to UEs that start services after falling back
to the UMTS network. After the RNC identifies the CSFB UEs, if
HO_SS_USER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH under
URRCTRLSWITCH.OptimizationSwitch10 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is turned on, the
RNC identifies supplementary CS services established through the NAS message.
Fast return for CSFB services requires certain UE and CN versions to perform CSFB
UE identification. After the switch for supplementary service identification is turned
on, if a UL Release-8 UE is redirected to the UMTS cell, the RRC CONNECTION
REQUEST message does not carry Pre-redirection info, and the RNC establishes
supplementary CS services within 10s after receiving the RRC Connection Setup
Complete message, the RNC identifies the UE as performing a supplementary service
after CSFB.
3. Enabling fast return
After the related switches for fast return are turned on, the implementation procedures
for CSFB supplementary services and voice services are the same. For the frequency
selection procedure, see 5.2.6 Selecting Frequencies to Be Carried in the RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE Message.

NOTE:
 The execution duration for supplementary services lasts only about 3s, so the UEs will not quickly leave
the LTE coverage after the CSFB fallback. Therefore, the UMTS-to-LTE fast return can be performed
only based on blind redirection, instead of LTE measurement. As a result, the impact of measurements in
compressed mode on network performance can be avoided. However, UEs may be disconnected from the
network due to blind redirection if they have left the LTE coverage.
 For a UE that performs PS services in the LTE network and initiates supplementary CS services within
10s after a coverage-based redirection to the UMTS network, if the supplementary service identification
switch is turned on, supplementary service identification is performed according to step 2. The UE may be
mistakenly identified as performing a supplementary service after CSFB. However, this circumstance
rarely occurs. The UE performs the fast return after supplementary services are completed. Therefore, it is
recommended that the supplementary service identification switch not be turned on in overlapped UMTS
and LTE coverage areas.

5.3 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls

This chapter describes the feature WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE
Emergency Calls.
5.3.1 Overview

For CSFB for an emergency call:


 If the UE is to fall back to the UMTS network by using the LTE-to-UMTS PS
redirection, the LTE network will send an RRC Connection Release message to the UE
and the UE re-initiates an emergency call on the UMTS network. CSFB should be
successful once the UE has accessed the UMTS network. The feature WRFD-021104
Emergency Call ensures that emergency calls are granted access to the UMTS network
before other call types.
 If a UE is to fall back to the UMTS network by using the LTE-to-UMTS PS handover,
the RNC performs resource reservation and service admission for the PS service of the
UE. Then the eNodeB instructs the UE to perform an inter-RAT handover for UMTS
network access. After falling back to the UMTS network, the UE re-initiates an
emergency call. CSFB should be successful once resource reservation and service
admission are successful for the PS service on the RNC. The feature WRFD-140102 CS
Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls ensures that resource reservation and
service admission are successful for PS services, by decreasing the PS service rate or
performing resource preemption.

NOTE:
This document only describes resource reservation and service admission for PS services. For details about
implementation of the feature WRFD-021104 Emergency Call, see Load Control Feature Parameter Description.

The HO_L2U_EMGCall_Switch field has been added to the HoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter in the SET UCORRMALGOSwitch command. The feature WRFD-140102 CS
Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls is enabled when this field is selected.
5.3.2 Policy

If a UE is to fall back to the UMTS network by using the LTE-to-UMTS PS handover, the
eNodeB sends the MME a Handover Required message. This message carries a transparent
container, Source RNC to Target RNC Transparent Container, which contains an IE referred
to as CSFB Information. If this IE value is CSFB, it indicates a PS handover caused by CSFB
for a common CS service. If this IE value is CSFB High Priority, it indicates a PS handover
caused by CSFB for an emergency call.
The transparent container is forwarded by the CN to the target RNC. When the target RNC
receives CSFB Information whose value is CSFB High Priority, the RNC determines that an
incoming LTE-to-UMTS PS handover is caused by CSFB for an emergency call. In this case,
the RNC decreases the service rate or performs resource preemption for the PS service. The
specific policy is as follows:
 For a BE PS service, such as a background or interactive service, the RNC attempts to
admit it based on the value of the NRTInitRateforL2U (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter
in the MML command SET UFRC. If the admission attempt fails, the RNC preempts
the resources of low-priority user.
 When the NRTInitRateforL2U (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to OFF, the
data rates and channel types of the PS service are retained during service
admission.
 When the NRTInitRateforL2U (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to DCH8K,
the uplink and downlink of the PS services are carried on the DCH, with the initial
rate of 8 kbit/s.
 When the NRTInitRateforL2U (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to DCH0K,
the uplink and downlink of the PS services are carried on the DCH with an initial
rate of 0 kbit/s.
 When the NRTInitRateforL2U (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to
DCH8KHSDPA, the uplink of the PS service is carried on the DCH with an initial
rate of 8 kbit/s. If the downlink of the PS service is carried on the HSDSCH, the
initial rate is not limited; if it is carried on the DCH, the initial rate is 8 kbit/s.
 For a non-BE PS service, the RNC attempts to admit it based on the GBR. If the
admission attempt fails, the RNC preempts the resources of low-priority user.
 After the PS service admission succeeds, the PS service rate is gradually increased if
there are available resources in the UMTS network.
For a CSFB procedure during which a UE falls back to the UMTS network through an LTE-
to-UMTS PS handover, the CSFB delay can be reduced by increasing the bearing data rate on
the signaling radio bearer (SRB). The bearing data rate is set by CSFBSRBRate (BSC6900,
BSC6910) of the SET UFRC command.

For details about service admission, see Call Admission Control Feature Parameter Description. For
details about resource preemption, see Load Control Feature Parameter Description.
5.4 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Common Calls

5.4.1 Overview

Huawei product provides a CSFB guarantee for LTE emergency calls and common calls.
This reduces admission failures and therefore increases successful handovers for CS services.
To enable CSFB guarantee for LTE common calls, users need to set
PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH under PerfEnhanceSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) to ON by running the SET UCORRMPARA command.
5.4.2 Policy

The RNC determines that an incoming LTE-to-UMTS PS handover is caused by CSFB for a
common call when either of the following conditions is met: The cause value is CS Fallback
triggered (268) in the Relocation Request message received at the RNC; the value of the IE
"CSFB Information" is CSFB in the IE "Source RNC To Target RNC Transparent Container"
of the Relocation Request message. In this case, the RNC decreases the service rate or
performs resource preemption for the PS service. The specific policy is as follows:
 For a non-realtime PS service, the RNC attempts to admit it based on the value of the
NRTInitRateforL2U (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET
UFRC. If the admission attempt fails, the RNC preempts the resources of low-priority
users.
 When the NRTInitRateforL2U (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to OFF, the
data rates and channel types of the PS service are retained during service
admission.
 When the NRTInitRateforL2U (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to DCH8K,
the uplink and downlink of the PS services are carried on the DCH, with the initial
rate of 8 kbit/s.
 When the NRTInitRateforL2U (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to DCH0K,
the uplink and downlink of the PS service are carried on the DCH, with the initial
rate of 0 kbit/s.
 When the NRTInitRateforL2U (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to
DCH8KHSDPA, the uplink of the PS service is carried on the DCH with an initial
rate of 8 kbit/s. If the downlink of the PS service is carried on the HSDSCH, the
initial rate is not limited; if it is carried on the DCH, the initial rate is 8 kbit/s.
 For a real-time PS service, the RNC attempts to admit it based on the GBR. If the
admission attempt fails, the RNC preempts the resources of a low-priority service for the
real-time PS service.
 After the PS service admission succeeds, the PS service rate is gradually increased if
there are available resources in the UMTS network.
If PERFENH_CSFBUSER_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_SWITCH under PerfEnhanceSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to ON, the RNC does not consider the LDR status of the cell when
performing resource admission during the LTE-to-UMTS PS handover for CSFB. Therefore,
the handover preparation success rate increases.
For details about service admission, see Call Admission Control Feature Parameter Description. For
details about resource preemption, see Load Control Feature Parameter Description.
5.5 CSFB Delay Reduction

Compared with a voice service involving only signaling in the UMTS system, a voice service
involving a CSFB process has a longer delay due to some additional signaling procedures
such as the LTE access and handover/redirection procedures. The CSFB delay affects user
experience. To reduce CSFB delay, Huawei introduces a series of measures to the UMTS
system.
Different measures take effect on CSFB UEs identified by different methods.

CSFB UE Identification Methods

Method 1: A UE is considered as a CSFB UE when it meets condition 1 or 3 in the


enhancement of the UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return feature. For details, see 5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-
LTE Fast Return.

Method 2: A UE is considered as a handover-based CSFB UE when it meets condition 1 in


the enhancement of the UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return feature. For details, see 5.2.3 Enhanced
UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return.

Method 3: Some measures take effect for UEs identified by the enhanced CSFB identification
method. This method can identify redirected CSFB UEs that comply with releases earlier
than 3GPP Release 9. An enhanced CSFB-identified UE meets the following conditions:
 Condition a: The RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message carries the V860 structure
but does not carry the Pre-redirection IE. This indicates that the CSFB UE is redirected
from an LTE network.
 Condition b: The value of the DomainIndicator IE in the RRC CONNECTION
REQUEST message is CS-Domain.
 Condition c: The value of the "Establishment cause" IE in the RRC CONNECTION
REQUEST message is Originating Conversational Call, Terminating Conversational
Call, or Emergency Call.
 Condition d: Under UE radio access capability > UE multi-mode/multi-RAT capability
in the RRC CONNECTION SETUP COMPLETE message, the value of the "Support of
E-UTRA FDD" IE is DoesSupportEUTRAFDD or the value of the "Support of E-UTRA
TDD" IE is DoesSupportEUTRATDD, indicating that a UE supports LTE FDD or LTE
TDD.
When some UEs initiate a local area update (LAU) after the fallback to a UMTS network, the
value of the "Establishment cause" IE in the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message is
Registration. When CSFB_RAU_DELAY_FOR_REG_SWITCH under the
optimizationSwitch9 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH
command is set to ON, UEs are considered as CSFB UEs if they meet Condition a, b, and d
in Method 3 and the value of the "Establishment cause" IE in the RRC CONNECTION
REQUEST message is Registration. It is recommended that this switch be turned off
because the UEs that are normally redirected to a UMTS network may be mistakenly
identified as CSFB UEs and the PS service performance may be affected.
Method 4: A UE is a PS redirection-based CSFB UE when it meets the following conditions:
 The UE meets condition d of method 3.
 The UE also meets condition 3 used by the UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return feature to
identify a CSFB UE (for details, see 5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return), or meets
conditions a and b in method 3.
 The first established service is a PS service.

Delay Reduction Measures

 The following delay reduction measures apply to CSFB UEs identified by method 1:
When PSHO_CSFB_UE_CAP_ENQ_DELAY_SWITCH under the
ImprovementSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET
URRCTRLSWITCH is selected, the RNC does not query the UE capability until a 10s
timer has expired or the CS RAB has been set up, which reduces the CSFB delay and
improves user experience. This switch is turned off by default. After being handed over
to a UMTS cell, the UE cannot be handed over or redirected from the UMTS cell to an
LTE cell until the RNC has obtained the UE capability or a 10s timer has expired. If the
sub-switch RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT26 of the supplementary service
identification switch (UALGORSVPARA.RsvSwitch12 (BSC6900, BSC6910)) is
selected, the delayed UE capability query switch does not take effect for UEs that
perform CSFB through PS handovers before supplementary services.
When PERFENH_CSFB_SRB_RATE_OPT_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch4 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET
UCORRMPARA is selected, the SRB rate indicated by the CSFBSRBRate (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter is used during the handover-based or redirection-based LTE-to-
UMTS CSFB. When this option is not selected, the original mechanism is inherited: The
SRB rate of 3.4 kbit/s is used during the handover-based LTE-to-UMTS CSFB and the
SRB rate configured by the MML command SET URRCESTCAUSE is used during
the redirection-based LTE-to-UMTS CSFB.

 The following delay reduction measures apply to CSFB UEs identified by method 4:
When PERFENH_CSFB_1ST_PS_AS_CSPS_COMB_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch4 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMPARA
command and DR_RAB_COMB_DRD_SWITCH under the DrSwitch (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter are set to ON and if a PS service is set up before the CS service
during the LTE-to-UMTS CSFB through PS service redirection, the RNC identifies a
service as a CS+PS combined service in advance and treats the service accordingly
during the intra-RAT DRD. Without the preceding mechanism, two DRD processes are
performed separately for the CS and PS services involved in the CSFB process. With the
preceding mechanism, only one DRD process is required for the CS+PS combined
service, which reduces the CSFB delay and improves user experience. This switch is
turned off by default.

NOTE:
If PERFENH_CSFB_PS_AS_CSPS_ENH_SWITCH is selected under the PerfEnhanceSwitch7
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMPARA command, the delay reduction measures
apply only to the CSFB UEs identified by method 3, and the PS services initiated within 10s after the
relevant RRC connections are set up are treated as CS+PS combined services.

 The following delay reduction measures apply to CSFB UEs identified by method 1 or
3:
When CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_SWITCH under the ImprovementSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH is
selected, the RNC does not transfer a routing area update (RAU) request until the CS
RAB has been set up, the routing area update request transfer timer has expired, or the
RNC has received the direct transfer message (Release message) during a CSFB process
based on an LTE-to-UMTS PS handover or redirection, which reduces the CSFB delay
and improves user experience. If CSFB_UE_DELAY_RAU_ENHANCE_SWITCH is
also turned on, the RNC does not send an RAU request to the CN until it receives the
CONNECT or RELEASE direct transfer message or the RAU request sending timer
expires. This switch is turned off by default.
The routing area update (RAU) request transfer timer is specified by the
CSFBUeDelayRAUTimer (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET
USTATETIMER, whose default value is 5s. The VS.RAU.Req.CSFB.Delay.RNC
(BSC6900, BSC6910) counter measures the number of times that the RNC forwards the
RAU requests from CSFB UEs to the CN at a delayed time. If the sub-switch
RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT26 of the supplementary service identification switch
(UALGORSVPARA.RsvSwitch12 (BSC6900, BSC6910)) is selected, the delayed
sending of routing area update requests does not take effect for UEs that perform CSFB
before performing supplementary services.
If the RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH option under the
URRCTRLSWITCH.PROCESSSWITCH2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected,
the RNC proactively initiates an IMEI-based IDENTITY REQUEST procedure in the
CS domain, which increases the delay. When
CSFB_UE_CS_IMEI_QUERY_DISABLE_SWITCH under the
ImprovementSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET
URRCTRLSWITCH is selected, the RNC does not query the IMEI of a UE that moves
from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell through CSFB through a PS handover or redirection,
which reduces the CSFB delay and improves user experience. This switch is turned off
by default.

NOTE:
If CSFB_DELAY_OPT_ENH_SWITCH under the ImprovementSwitch2 parameter in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command is selected, the measures take effect for CSFB UEs identified by method
1 or 3. If this switch is not selected, the measures take effect only for CSFB UEs identified by method 1.

 The following cell-level delay reduction measures apply to all CSFB UEs:
 When the DeferMcReadInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the ADD
UCELLMEAS or MOD UCELLMEAS command is set to TRUE, the RNC
carries the Deferred measurement control reading support IE in the SIB3. During
the LTE-to-UMTS CSFB through redirections, the UE does not read SIB 11 and
SIB 11bis until it has accessed the network, which accelerates the access process
and reduces the CSFB delay. This switch is turned off by default.
 When PERFENH_SIB3_SCHEDULE_OPT_SWITCHH under
PerfEnhanceSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the MML command SET
UNBMPARA is set to ON, a new scheduling algorithm applies to system
information blocks (SIBs) of UMTS, which shortens the scheduling period of SIB3.
When PERFENH_SIB3_MAX_PEROID_LIMIT_SWITCH under
PerfEnhanceSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to OFF, the maximum
scheduling period of SIB3 is 40,960 ms. When
PERFENH_SIB3_MAX_PEROID_LIMIT_SWITCH is set to ON, the
maximum period of SIB3 is 160 ms. These two methods optimize the scheduling of
SIB3, which quickens UEs' access process and reduce the CSFB delay during the
LTE-to-UMTS CSFB through redirections.
 When PERFENH_DCH_TRCH_OPT_SWITCH under PerfEnhanceSwitch3
(BSC6900, BSC6910) in the MML command SET UCORRMPARA is set to ON,
the RNC optimizes contents of the RB setup message during the LTE-to-UMTS
CSFB through redirections or PS handovers, which quickens message transmission
and reduces the CSFB delay. This switch is turned off by default.
 When SrbRateCovSelSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the MML command SET
USRBRATECOVSEL is set to ON and the cause value of the RRC connection
setup during the LTE-to-UMTS redirection-based CSFB process is in the cause
value set specified by RrcSetupSrbRateSelSet (BSC6900, BSC6910), the RNC
obtains the signal strength by comparing the EcN0 value reported in the RRC
CONNECTION REQUEST message sent by the UE with the values of
RrcSetSrbRateGoodEcNoThd (BSC6900, BSC6910) and
RrcSetSrbRateBadEcNoThd (BSC6900, BSC6910). According to the cell's signal
strength and load status, the RNC adjusts the SRB rate automatically. If the UMTS
cell has strong signals (the EcN0 value is greater than or equal to the value of
RrcSetSrbRateGoodEcNoThd (BSC6900, BSC6910)), the RNC changes the SRB
rate to 27.2 kbit/s to reduce the CSFB access delay.
 After CMP_PS_RBSETUP_DRD_EXIST_IUCS_SWITCH under the
CmpSwitch3 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is deselected, if a UE that performs
CS+PS combined services falls back to the UMTS network but still has an Iu-CS
link, the UE is not allowed to perform DRD for establishing a PS RAB. This
reduces CS delay and ensures user experience by preventing impact on CS RAB
setup of the DRD.
 When CSFB_ACCESS_DELAY_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH under
OptimizationSwitch11 (BSC6900, BSC6910) in the MML command SET
URRCTRLSWITCH is set to ON, the CSFB-related delay counters listed in the
following table are rectified.
Counter Name Counter Description

VS.OrigCall.EstabMeanTime.AMRNB.CSFB.Redir Average access delay for the


(BSC6900, BSC6910) AMRNB calls initiated by the UEs
performing CSFB through
redirections
VS.OrigCall.EstabMeanTime.AMRWB.CSFB.Redir Average access delay for the
AMRWB calls initiated by the UEs
performing CSFB through
redirections

VS.OrigCall.EstabMeanTime.AMRWB.CSFB.PSHO Average access delay for the


(BSC6900, BSC6910) AMRWB calls initiated by the UEs
performing CSFB through
handovers

VS.OrigCall.EstabMeanTime.AMRNB.CSFB.PSHO Average access delay for the


(BSC6900, BSC6910) AMRNB calls initiated by the UEs
performing CSFB through
handovers

 In the following scenarios, the RNC conducts statistics on the CSFB access delay only
when CSFB_ACCESS_DELAY_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH is turned off:
 Scenario 1: A supplementary service is redirected for CSFB from LTE to UMTS
and then set up on the UMTS side. The RRC connection is kept after the
supplementary service is released. Then a CS service is set up.
 Scenario 2: A UE initiates a voice call on the LTE side and falls back to the UMTS
side through an LTE-to-UMTS redirection. Then the RNC performs a call release
when it has not received any Altering message and a CS RAB has not been set up.
The RRC connection is kept and a CS service is set up.
 Scenario 3: A UE successfully initiates a CS service in the best cell under the
DRNC and receives the ringing tone. Then it receives the ringing tone under the
SRNC.
 Scenario 4: A UE initiates an RRC setup or LTE-to-UMTS handover request, in
which the CSFB indicator is contained. The UE sets up a CS service 10s later.
5.5.1 Regarding the First PS BE Service of a Redirection-based CSFB UE as a Combined Service when
Performing DRD for the UE

If a PS service is first set up for a UE who has performed a CSFB to the UMTS network
through redirection, the UE may perform a DRD according to the PS traffic steering policy to
set up the PS service on the frequency that is preferential for PS services. If a CS service is
set up for the UE later, DRD cannot be performed because the DRD switch for combined
services is usually set to off. Therefore, the UE cannot be carried on a frequency that is
preferential for CS services, which may affect the speech quality of the CS service.
When PERFENH_CSFB_1ST_PS_AS_CSPS_COMB_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch4 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET
UCORRMPARA is set to ON, UEs that perform CSFB through redirections are identified
and their first PS BE services are processed as those in CS+PS combined services. In
addition, a CS service performed by the UE is regarded as the highest-priority service for
selection of the target cell during the process of DRD based on traffic steering.
If PERFENH_CSFB_PS_AS_CSPS_ENH_SWITCH under PerfEnhanceSwitch7
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected in the SET UCORRMPARA command, this function is
enhanced. Specifically, an optimized judgment mechanism for the cause values of RRC
connection setup is used based on the existing method of identifying CSFB UEs. In addition,
only a PS service initiated within 10s after the relevant RRC connection is set up and a CS
service are treated as a CS+PS combined service. For the method of identifying CSFB UEs,
see 5.5 CSFB Delay Reduction.
5.6 Ultra-Flash CSFB

and Figure 5-5 show the Ultra-Flash CSFB process for a UE serving as the calling
Figure 5-4
party and a UE serving as the called party, respectively.
Figure 5-4 Ultra-Flash CSFB of a UE serving as the calling party
Figure 5-5 Ultra-Flash CSFB of a UE serving as the called party

Step 1 through step 4: A UE in the LTE network initiates or receives a voice service request.
Therefore, the eNodeB initiates an LTE-to-UMTS handover of combined services through
SRVCC. Using a mechanism, the MME and MSC ensure the successful LTE-to-UMTS
handover.
Step 5: When ULTRA_FLASH_CSFB_SWITCH under the PROCESSSWITCH2
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH is selected,
the RNC identifies the Ultra-Flash CSFB process based on the CSFB information IE in the
CS domain's relocation request message that is sent as a response to the SRVCC-based
handover request. To ensure quick transfer of NAS messages during admission after the UE
is handed over to a UMTS cell, the SRB rate of the UE can be specified by the
UltraFlashCSFBSRBRate (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET
UFRC.
Step 6: The CN sends a handover command to the eNodeB, and the eNodeB delivers the
handover command to the UE.
Step 7: The UE is handed over to a UMTS cell.
Step 8 through step 9: The RNC and UE implement the security mode and processes such as
UTRAN mobility information.
Step 10 through step 13: The UE and MSC exchanges NAS messages with each other to set
up a CS service.
Step 14: The SRB rate is reconfigured to 3.4 kbit/s after the CS service is set up to save
UMTS resources.
The Ultra-Flash CSFB process in Figure 5-1 and Figure 5-2 do not contain the following
procedures:
 Authentication
This procedure is not required because the UE has been authenticated on the LTE side
before it is handed over from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell.
 Encryption
This procedure is not required after a CSFB because the UE has implemented encryption
according to the handover command during the SRVCC handover.
 IMEI query
This procedure is not required after a handover is complete because the MME has sent
the IMEI to the MSC during the SRVCC handover preparation.
 CS resource establishment
This procedure is not required after a handover is complete because CS resources have
been prepared on the UMTS side during the SRVCC procedure. This section only
describes how Ultra-Flash CSFB is implemented on the RAN side.

NOTE:
For implementation of Ultra-Flash CSFB on the LTE side, see CS Fallback Feature Parameter Description for
LTE.

UEs who are performing Ultra-Flash CSFB with a signaling rate of 3.4 kbit/s or 6.8 kbit/s
will perform measurement after being handed over to the UMTS network. If the CN initiates
an RB reconfiguration for the UE in the CS domain during the measurement, the UE's
activation time may expires before the UE receives a reconfiguration message. The RB
reconfiguration activation time offset is specified by the ActTimeOffValForSRVCC
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SET URNCTIMEPAEA command.

6 SRVCC

6.1 Overview
The LTE network supports voice over IP (VoIP) services after the IP multimedia subsystem
(IMS) is deployed. When a UMTS/LTE multi-mode UE in the middle of a VoIP service on
the LTE network moves to the UMTS coverage area, the Single Radio Voice Call Continuity
(SRVCC) feature works to hand over the VoIP service to the CS domain of the UMTS
network. This feature ensures voice service continuity.
When performing the VoIP service on the LTE network, the UE maintains a default PS
connection even if it is not performing PS services. This PS connection also needs to be
handed over to the UMTS network during the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS. Currently, the
UE performing the VoIP service on the LTE network supports the following types of LTE-to-
UMTS handovers:
 CS only SRVCC handover, also known as SRVCC from LTE to UMTS without PS
handover
In a CS only SRVCC handover, the mobility management entity (MME) on the LTE
network suspends the PS service, hands over the VoIP service to the CS domain of the
UMTS network, and then sets up the radio bearer for the PS service. On the UMTS
RAN side, the procedure for the CS only SRVCC handover is identical to that for an
incoming inter-RAT CS handover. A CS only SRVCC handover is allowed only when
SYSHO_CSIN_PERMIT_SWITCH under the RsvdPara1 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter in the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH is selected.
 CS+PS SRVCC handover, also known as SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS
handover
In a CS+PS SRVCC handover (WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS
Handover), the VoIP service is handed over to the CS domain of the UMTS network,
and the PS service is handed over to the PS domain of the UMTS network. On the
UMTS RAN side, the procedure for the CS+PS SRVCC handover is identical to that for
an incoming inter-RAT CS+PS handover.
This section provides details on the CS+PS SRVCC handover. For details about CS only
SRVCC handovers, see LTE document SRVCC Feature Parameter Description.
 SRVCC UEs who are performing CS only or PS+CS services will perform measurement
after being handed over to the UMTS network. If the CN initiates an RB reconfiguration
for the UE in the CS domain during the measurement, the UE's activation time may
expires before the UE receives a reconfiguration message. The RB reconfiguration
activation time offset is specified by the ActTimeOffValForSRVCC (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter in the SET URNCTIMEPAEA command.

 SRVCC UEs who are performing CS only or PS+CS services use default configuration
after being handed over to the UMTS network. The pO3-ForPilotBits IE is set to 0 dB
by default on the UE. If the Pilot power offset parameter in the RNC MML command
SET UFRC is set to a value that is not 0 dB for the NodeB, demodulation capability of
UEs may be affected and call drops may occur. During an inter-RAT handover, the RNC
can configure the pilot power offset on the NodeB by specifying
IRAT_HO_CFG_PRECFG_PARA_OPT_SWITCH under IRatHoCfgSwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910) in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command. If it is set to
ON, the RNC configures the pO3-ForPilotBits IE to 0 dB, which reduces the call drop
rate.
 For a CS only SRVCC UE, when the RESERVED_SWITCH_23_BIT2 option under
the RsvSwitch23 parameter in the SET UALGORSVPARA command is selected, after
receiving the HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message, the RNC immediately
sends a RELOCATION COMPLETE message to the CN. Meanwhile, it buffers the
TMSI reassignment message from the CN. Then, after receiving the SECURITY MODE
COMMAND COMPLETE message from the UE, the RNC sends the TMSI
reassignment message to the UE. In this manner, the handover success rate of SRVCC
UEs is improved. When the option is deselected, the RNC sends the RELOCATION
COMPLETE message to the CN after receiving the HANDOVER TO UTRAN
COMPLETE message, finishing the UE capability query, and receiving the SECURITY
MODE COMMAND COMPLETE message from the UE.
Since LTE networks can provide better user experience, UEs would better return to LTE
networks immediately when they move to LTE coverage areas after finishing voice services
on UMTS networks. To enable fast return of UEs to LTE networks after being handed over to
UMTS networks through SRVCC and finishing voice services on UMTS networks, the
WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User feature is introduced to support fast
return based on measurement.
6.2 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover

Figure 6-1 shows the procedure for the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature.
Figure 6-1 Procedure for the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature

As shown in Figure 6-1, the RNC will start a timer


(USTATETIMER.IRatHoWaitPSRelocReqTmr (BSC6900, BSC6910) or
USTATETIMER.IRatHoWaitCSRelocReqTmr (BSC6900, BSC6910)) when the "Source
RNC To Target RNC Transparent Container" IE in the first Relocation Request message
received by the RNC from the CN contains the "Number of Instance" IE and the value of the
"Number of Instance" IE is 2. The RNC determines which timer to start according to
principles described in the following table.

If in the incoming handover process... Then the RNC starts a timer specified by...

The RNC receives a Relocation Request IRatHoWaitPSRelocReqTmr


message from the CS domain.

The RNC receives a Relocation Request IRatHoWaitCSRelocReqTmr


message from the PS domain.

NOTE:
The timers for the RNC to wait for the RELOCATION REQUEST messages from the PS and CS domains are
specified by the IRatHoWaitPSRelocReqTmr (BSC6900, BSC6910) and IRatHoWaitCSRelocReqTmr
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameters, respectively. The values of the timers must be less than values of the timers
for the CN to wait for the RELOCATION REQUEST messages from the PS and CS domains.

After starting the timer, if the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature is
enabled, the RNC performs the following operations:
1. If the RNC receives a Handover Request message from both the CS and PS domains
before the timer expires, the RNC processes an incoming inter-RAT CS+PS handover.
After receiving the two Handover Request messages, the RNC determines whether to
admit the UE. The resources include power resources, code resources, channel element
(CE) resources, transport resources, and so on. For details, see Call Admission Control
Feature Parameter Description.

 To ensure that the CS service is preferentially admitted, the RNC may reduce the
original access rate of the PS service.
 If the PS service is a real-time (RT) service, the RNC keeps the original
access rate of the RT service.
 If the PS service is a non-real-time (NRT) service: When
NRTInitRateforL2U (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to OFF, the RNC keeps the
original access rate of the NRT service. When NRTInitRateforL2U
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to DCH0K, DCH8K, or DCH8KHSDPA, the
RNC adjusts the access rate of the PS service to the specified value.
 If the PS admission fails during a handover of combined services to UMTS.
When PERFENH_CSPS_IRAT_HO_FAIL_RETRY_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch7 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to ON and the
NRTInitRateforL2U (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is set to OFF, the PS
service is preferentially carried on the HSPA+ channels during a handover of
combined services to UMTS so that the RNC reattempts to admit the PS
service of combined services but with a lower rate if admission of the PS
service fails. The rates will be tried one by one in the following sequence:
HSPA+ -> DCH -> DCH 0K.
 When CSPS_SYS_HO_IN_SMC_SWITCH under OptimizationSwitch8
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected, the RNC delivers two security mode commands,
one for the CS domain and the other for the PS domain, during an LTE-to-UMTS
handover of combined services to ensure that integrity protection is implemented
in both the CS and PS domains. If SYS_HO_RELOC_CMP_OPT_SWITCH is
also selected, the RNC will send the Relocation Complete message after receiving
the Handover to UTRAN Complete message and finishing integrity protection.
This mechanism further increases the handover success rate.
 After a UMTS-to-LTE handover for combined services, the CS encryption
key specified by the encryption key use protocol is required to ensure that
services are properly implemented. Set the
SRVCC_RELOC_IN_USE_CS_KEY_SWITCH under the
OptimizationSwitch4 parameter to ON.

 When SRVCC_RELOC_IN_CIPHER_OPT_SWITCH under the


OptimizationSwitch8 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command is set to ON, combined services are handed
over to the UMTS network. The RNC can select an encryption algorithm
supported by the CS, PS, RNC, and UEs, so that handover failures due to the
incorrect encryption algorithm will not occur and the handover success rate
increases.
2. When L2U_SRVCC_PS_TIMEOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_SWITCH under
PROCESSSWITCH5 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected (the switch for CS only
handover during SRVCC of CS+PS combined services is turned on), the RNC admits
the CS only service if it receives a RELOCATION REQUEST message only from the
CS domain within the duration of a specific timer. When the check box is cleared, the
RNC rejects the admission request in this circumstance. No matter whether the switch
is turned on, the RNC rejects the relocation request if it receives a RELOCATION
REQUEST message only from the PS domain within the duration of the timer.
3. An incoming handover of combined services to a UMTS cell will fail if the number of
admitted CS RABs and PS RABs exceeds the allowed maximum number of RABs for
combined services in a UMTS cell. To improve the handover success rate, you can
select L2U_SRVCC_PS_NUMOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_SWITCH under the
PROCESSSWITCH5 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the MML command SET
URRCTRLSWITCH so that the RNC attempts admission of the CS only service after
an admission failure of the combined services.
4. If an SRVCC process is triggered for an emergency call, the RNC allows the
emergency call to preempt resources from other services. The preemption policy is the
same as that for an emergency call within the UMTS system. For details about resource
preemption of emergency calls, see Load Control Feature Parameter Description.

NOTE:
An AMR service for which an SRVCC process is triggered is regarded as an emergency call if the value
of L2USRVCCEmerCallARP (BSC6900, BSC6910) is not 0 and the ARP value in the Relocation
Request for the AMR service is equal to the value of L2USRVCCEmerCallARP (BSC6900,
BSC6910).
To enable SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover, perform related configurations as
follows:
 Perform SRVCC-related configurations on the LTE side. For details, see SRVCC
Feature Parameter Description in LTE documentation.
 On the UMTS side, select L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH under the
PROCESSSWITCH2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH
command.
The following figure shows the signaling process for the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with
PS Handover feature. For more information about the process of this feature, see section 6.3
"UTRAN (HSPA) and 3GPP GERAN/UTRAN SRVCC" in 3GPP TS 23.216 V11.5.0.
Figure 6-2 Signaling process for SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover

6.3 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User

This section describes the WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User feature.
6.3.1 Overview

If a UE initiates a VoIP service and moves out of the LTE coverage area, it can be handed
over to the UMTS network through SRVCC to continue with the voice service. With the
WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User feature, the UE can return to the LTE
network immediately when it finishes the voice service, improving the user experience.
To avoid that the UE implements a fast return when it is in an LTE coverage hole or in a
weak LTE coverage area, which may lead to a fast return failure, LTE measurement is
required after the UE finishes the voice service. According to the LTE measurement, the
RNC decides whether to allow fast return of the UE to the LTE network.
When PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH under PerfEnhanceSwitch7
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected, a fast return to the LTE network can be triggered by the first
AMR release of a UE that has been handed over to the UMTS network through SRVCC. If
this switch is turned off, a fast return can be triggered by any AMR release of the SRVCC UE
as long as an RRC connection is live for the UE.

Architecture

The following figure shows the principle of the Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User feature.

Figure 6-3 Principle of the Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User feature

The principle of Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User, as shown in Figure 6-3, is illustrated as
follows:
 Triggering phase: The RNC decides whether to trigger a fast return of the SRVCC UE to
the LTE network. For details, see 6.3.2 Triggering Conditions.
 Measurement phase: The RNC decides whether to start an LTE measurement. If an LTE
measurement is needed, it delivers the measurement control message and handles the
measurement result. For details, see 6.3.3 Measurement.
 Decision and execution phase: The RNC decides which procedure (measurement-based
redirection or handover) to trigger to implement the fast return. For details, see 6.3.4
Execution.

MBFI-Based UMTS-to-LTE SRVCC Fast Return

The function of SRVCC fast return and the function of redirection or handover from a UMTS
cell to a multi-band LTE cell are the same. For details, see MFBI-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
Redirection or Handover in 4.3.1 Overview.

6.3.2 Triggering Conditions


If an SRVCC UE still has a PS service ongoing after it finishes a voice service, the RNC
triggers a fast return only when the following conditions are met:
 The Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User feature is enabled.
 The UE is identified as an SRVCC UE on the UMTS side.
The switches for Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User include the RNC-level and cell-level
switches. The RNC-level switch is HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH
under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910). The cell-level switch is
HO_SRVCC_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH under FastReturnToLTESwitch
(BSC6900, BSC6910). When both the RNC-level and cell-level switches are configured, the
setting of the cell-level switch takes precedence.
UEs with CS only services and performing LTE-to-UMTS handovers through SRVCC are
distinguished from UEs with combined services and performing LTE-to-UMTS handovers
through SRVCC based on the conditions that they must meet.
 A UE is identified as the one with a CS only service and performing an LTE-to-UMTS
handover through SRVCC when the UE meets the following conditions:
 This UE is from an LTE cell: The UE sends a Relocation Request message when it
is handed over from the LTE network to the UMTS network and the value of the
"UE History Information" IE in the message is "Last Visited E-UTRAN Cell
Information."
 The UE is performing a CS only service: The value of the "CN Domain Indicator"
IE in the Relocation Request message is CS domain and the value of the
"numberOfIuInstances" IE is 1.
 A UE is identified as the one with combined services and performing an LTE-to-UMTS
handover through SRVCC when the UE meets the following conditions:
 The UE is performing an LTE-to-UMTS handover: In the Relocation Request
message received by the RNC, the "to target RRC Container" in the "Source RNC
To Target RNC Transparent Container" contains the "interRATHandoverInfo" IE.
 The handover request is for two domains: In the Relocation Request message
received by the RNC, the value of the "numberOfIuInstances" IE in the "Source
RNC To Target RNC Transparent Container" is 2.
 The UE is not an Ultra-Flash CSFB UE: The value of the cause IE in the
Relocation Request message is not "CS Fallback triggered(268)" and the message
does not carry the "CSFB Information" IE.
Exceptions:
 However, for an SRVCC UE that has no PS service ongoing after it finishes a voice
service, PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under
PerfEnhanceSwitch7 (BSC6900, BSC6910) must be set to ON in addition to the
preceding conditions so that a fast return to the LTE network will be triggered.
 For a cell enabled with the MOCN feature, when
PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch7 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter, each operator can
independently deselect PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH
under U2LAlgoSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910) corresponding to their CnOpIndex
(BSC6900, BSC6910) so that CSFB UEs that are not performing PS services after finishing
their voice services will not perform measurement-based fast return to LTE, without
affecting UEs of other operators.
 When PERFENH_PRIO_LTE_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch9 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter is selected, If some other
measurements such as coverage-based inter-frequency measurement or GSM
measurement are incomplete before an SRVCC UE releases its CS service, the UE will
release these incomplete measurements and start LTE measurement after the CS service
is released. If PERFENH_PRIO_LTE_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH is not
selected, an SRVCC UE cannot trigger LTE measurement when it releases the CS
service and therefore cannot perform fast return to the LTE network.
6.3.3 Measurement

Overview

If the UE supports LTE measurement in connected mode, LTE measurement is triggered in


this phase. If the UE does not support LTE measurement in connected mode, the process is
terminated.
The process of UMTS-to-LTE fast return for an SRVCC UE is the same as the process of
LTE measurement-based fast return for a CSFB UE. For details, see 5.2.4.3 Measurement.
6.3.4 Execution

After receiving a 3C measurement report, the RNC determines whether to perform a


redirection or handover according to the following rules:
 If there is no PS service after the voice service is complete or the non-neighboring-cell
frequency-based redirection switch
(HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter) is turned on, the RNC performs a redirection.
If the measurement report contains multiple cells and the UMTS-to-LTE connected
mode priority switch (HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter) is turned on, frequencies are sequenced in a descending
order of priority. If two frequencies have the same priority, they are sequenced in a
descending order of signal quality. If the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch
is turned off, frequencies are sequenced in a descending order of signal quality. When
the UL Unified Overload Control feature is enabled, the RNC filters out LTE
frequencies carrying heavy traffic. Finally, a maximum of four FDD LTE frequencies
and four TDD LTE frequencies ranking at the top of the list are selected.
 If the switch for triggering non-neighboring-cell frequency-based redirection when there
is a PS service ongoing after completion of a voice service is turned off, the RNC checks
whether HO_HANDOVER_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH under
HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected:
 If HO_HANDOVER_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH is selected and the
UE supports UMTS-to-LTE handover, the RNC performs a handover.
If the measurement report contains multiple cells and the UMTS-to-LTE connected
mode priority switch (HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1
(BSC6910, BSC6900) parameter) is turned on, frequencies are sequenced in a
descending order of priority. If two frequencies have the same priority, they are
sequenced in a descending order of signal quality. When the UL Unified Overload
Control feature is enabled, the RNC filters out cells carrying heavy traffic. If the
UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch is turned off, frequencies are
sequenced in a descending order of signal quality. The cell corresponding to the
frequency that is ranked at the top of the list is selected as the target cell of
handover.

NOTE:
During a cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE handover:
When selecting target cells, if the switch for considering connected-mode priorities during UMTS-
to-LTE handovers or redirections is turned on, frequencies of the neighboring LTE cells on the
DRNC side are considered to have the lowest priorities.
If the SRNC does not obtain the PCI and TAC information of a neighboring LTE cell under the
DRNC, it will not initiate a handover to the cell.

 If HO_HANDOVER_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH is deselected or the


UE does not support UMTS-to-LTE handover, the RNC performs a redirection.
If the measurement report contains multiple cells and the UMTS-to-LTE connected
mode priority switch (HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1
(BSC6910, BSC6900) parameter) is turned on, frequencies are sequenced in a
descending order of priority. If two frequencies have the same priority, they are
sequenced in a descending order of signal quality. If the UMTS-to-LTE connected
mode priority switch is turned off, frequencies are sequenced in a descending order
of signal quality. When the UL Unified Overload Control feature is enabled, the
RNC filters out cells carrying heavy traffic. Finally, a maximum of four FDD LTE
frequencies and four TDD LTE frequencies ranking at the top of the list are
selected.
If the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch is turned on, the LTE frequency priority
to be used is determined as follows:
 When HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) is selected,
the LTE frequency uses the SPID-based dedicated priority, which is specified by the
DediPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
 When HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter
is not selected and HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch2 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter is selected, the LTE frequency uses the IMSI-based dedicated
priority, which is specified by the DediPriority (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
 When neither HO_SPID_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter nor HO_IMSI_MM_SWITCH under the HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameter is selected, the LTE frequency uses the connected mode priority, which is
specified by the NPriorityConnect (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
For the procedures of UMTS-to-LTE redirection and handover, see 4.3.2 UMTS-to-LTE PS
Redirection and Handover Procedures.

NOTE:
 After LTE measurement is triggered by fast return, the RNC directly releases the RRC connection if the
PS service is released before the RNC receives an LTE measurement report from the UE.
 If both a 3C report for fast return and an SHO event report are generated, the RNC preferentially handles
the SHO event report.

7 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE

This chapter describes the feature WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection
for LTE.
7.1 Overview

In versions earlier than RAN15.0, UMTS and LTE cannot exchange load information even
when the two networks cover the same geographical area.
 The eNodeB does not consider the load status of the target UMTS cell during a CSFB
from LTE to UMTS. If the target UMTS cell is congested, the UE may fail to access the
UMTS network.
 The eNodeB does not consider the load status of the target UMTS cell during a load-
based handover from LTE to UMTS. This may lead to handover preparation failures and
increase the signaling load, and may also increase the possibility that handovers are not
performed in time.
To address these problems, Huawei introduced the RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection
for LTE feature. This feature reports the load status of the target UMTS cells to the eNodeB
through the RAN information management (RIM) procedure. During a CSFB or MLB-based
handover from LTE to UMTS, the eNodeB preferentially selects a UMTS cell that is neither
congested nor overloaded as the target cell, improving the preparation success rate for load
based LTE-to-UMTS handovers and avoiding the ping-pong effect of inter-RAT handovers.
For more information about post-CSFB service processing after a target cell is selected, see
CS Fallback Feature Parameter Description. For more information about service processing
after the target cell is selected during a load-based L2U inter-RAT handover, see LTE
document Inter-RAT Mobility Load Balancing Feature Parameter Description.
7.2 RIM-based Reporting of UMTS Cell Load Status

7.2.1 RIM Procedure

In the RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE feature, the RIM procedure is used to
notify the eNodeB of the load status of target UMTS cells. The RIM messages can be
exchanged using the CN or Huawei eCoordinator depending on the setting of
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH under the PROCESSSWITCH5 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter
in the UTRAN. When RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH is set to OFF, the RIM messages are
exchanged using the CN. When RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH is set to ON and
RIM_SWITCH on the eCoordinator is set to ON, the RIM messages are exchanged using
Huawei eCoordinator.
When RIM messages are exchanged using the CN, the RIM procedure involves the eNodeB,
MME, SGSN, and RNC. Figure 7-1 shows the RIM procedure between the UMTS and LTE
networks.
Figure 7-1 RIM procedure during which the CN is used to exchange RIM messages

When RIM messages are exchanged using the eCoordinator, the RIM procedure involves the
eNodeB, eCoordinator, and RNC. Figure 7-2 shows the RIM procedure between the UMTS and
LTE networks.
Figure 7-2 RIM procedure during which the eCoordinator is used to exchange RIM messages

NOTE:
Huawei eCoordinator can be used to exchange RIM messages of the RIM procedure when the following
conditions are met: The eNodeB and RNC are both provided by Huawei and connected to the same
eCoordinator. The CNs to which the eNodeB and RNC are connected do not support the RIM procedure or are
not enabled with the RIM procedure. To exchange RIM messages using Huawei eCoordinator during the RIM
procedure, the RIM procedure must be enabled on all the involved NEs. Otherwise, these NEs will neither send
nor receive any RIM message to or from the CN.

The RIM procedure supports two information exchange modes: Single Report and Multiple
Report.
 Single Report
In Single Report mode, the information exchange is complete when the target side
responds with a single report upon receiving the initial request from the source side. In
this feature, the source side is the eNodeB, and the target side is the RNC.
 Multiple Report
In Multiple Report mode, the source sends a request, and the target responds with a
report each time the load status changes.
During a CSFB or load-based handover from LTE to UMTS, the RIM procedure uses the
Multiple Report mode to report the load status of target UMTS cells.
For details about the RIM procedure, see section 8c "Signalling procedures between RIM
SAPs" in 3GPP TS 48.018 V11.3.0.
7.2.2 Reporting of UMTS Cell Load Status

When the UMTS cell load is forwarded to the eNodeB through RIM messages sent by the
RNC in Multiple Report mode, INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITCH
under the PROCESSSWITCH (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command is selected on the RNC side.
When the RIM messages are exchanged using Huawei eCoordinator,
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH under the PROCESSSWITCH5 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter
in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command is set to ON on the RNC and RIM_SWITCH is
set to ON on the eCoordinator.
The following describes the RIM procedure on the RNC side:
1. The RNC receives a RAN Information Request message.
 The RNC determines whether to use the Multiple Report mode based on the value
of the PDU Type Extension IE in the RIM PDU Indications IE.
 The RNC checks the value of the RIM Application Identity IE in the message.
When the IE value is SON Transfer, the message aims to request the load status of
UMTS cells.
2. The RNC sends the load status of UMTS cells to the eNodeB through the RIM
message. The number of cell load states that can be reported is specified by the
LoadLevelForLTE (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
When LoadLevelForLTE (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to D3, three cell load states can
be reported. The Overload Flag IE in the message carries the load status information.
The RNC sets this IE based on the following rules:
 When the UMTS cell is in the Normal state, the RIM message does not carry the
Overload Flag IE.
 When the UMTS cell is in the Load Reshuffling (LDR) state, the RNC sets the IE
to congestion.
 When the UMTS cell is in the Overload Control (OLC) state, the RNC sets the IE
to overload.
When LoadLevelForLTE (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to D4, four cell load states can be
reported. The Overload Flag IE in the message carries the load status information. The
RNC sets this IE based on the following rules:
 When the UMTS cell is in the LightLoad state, in which the cell load is smaller
than or equal to the downlink cell power load threshold for the PS CLB state,
which is specified by DlPwrPSClbTrigThd (BSC6900, BSC6910), the RIM
message does not carry this IE.
 When the UMTS cell is in the MidLoad state (between LightLoad and LDR), the
RNC sets the IE to MidLoad.
 When the UMTS cell is in the Load Reshuffling (LDR) state, the RNC sets the IE
to congestion.
 When the UMTS cell is in Overload Control (OLC) state, the RNC sets the IE to
overload.
LoadLevelForLTE (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to D3 by default. For versions
earlier than eRAN7.0, this parameter does not need to be set. For eRAN7.0 and
later versions, this parameter must be set to D4.

NOTE:
When DC-HSDPA carriers are used on the UMTS side, it is recommended that the switch for optimizing
the DC-HSDPA carrier group load decision and broadcasting method be turned on to estimate the UMTS
cell load status more accurately. To turn on this switch, select
PERFENH_DC_HSDPA_GROUP_LOAD_OPT_SWITCH under the PerfEnhanceSwitch2
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter.
If this switch is turned on, the RNC considers the load status of the DC-HSDPA carrier group when
reporting the UMTS cell load to the eNodeB. In this case, when either the UMTS cell or the DC-HSDPA
carrier group is in the LDR or OLC state, the RNC reports "congestion" or "overload" as the UMTS cell
load status.
If this switch is turned off, the RNC considers only the UMTS cell load status but does not consider the
DC-HSDPA carrier group's load status.

3. When the load status of the UMTS cell changes, the RNC notifies the eNodeB of the
new load status through the RIM procedure, in which it sets the Overload Flag IE
according to rules in step 2.

NOTE:
Huawei has extended the value range of the Overload Flag IE. According to 3GPP protocols, this IE has
only one value (overload). Huawei adds another two values (congestion and MidLoad) for the IE.

The interval at which the RNC updates the UMTS cell load status that is transferred to the
eNodeB is set by the parameter LoadUptForLTETimerLen (BSC6900, BSC6910).
The maximum number of RIM messages sent by the RNC per second is set by the parameter
LoadUptForLTEMaxNum (BSC6900, BSC6910).

8 Related Features

8.1 WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1


Prerequisite Features

None

Mutually Exclusive Features

None

Impacted Features

None
8.2 WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE

Prerequisite Features

Feature ID Feature Name Description

LOFD-001033 CS Fallback to The use of this feature depends on the CSFB


UTRAN feature on the LTE side.

Mutually Exclusive Features

None

Impacted Features

Feature ID Feature Name Description

WRFD-160270 Camp & Handover When this feature is enabled together with the
Based on SPID WRFD-160270 Camp & Handover Based on
SPID feature, UMTS-to-LTE fast return
attempts are reduced.

MRFD-101401 UL Unified Video When this feature is enabled together with the
Steering MRFD-101401 UL Unified Video Steering
feature, a UE performing CS+PS combined
services (including a video service) and handed
over to the UMTS network through
SRVCC/CSFB is subject to the following
restriction: After it finishes the CS service, its
fast return to the LTE network is allowed only if
the target cell's rate assessed by the
eCoordinator reaches the video service
satisfaction rate.

8.3 WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE

Prerequisite Features

None
Mutually Exclusive Features

None

Impacted Features

Feature ID Feature Name Description

WRFD-160270 Camp & Handover When this feature is enabled together with the
Based on SPID WRFD-160270 Camp & Handover Based on
SPID feature, UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections are
reduced.

8.4 WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE

Prerequisite Features

None

Mutually Exclusive Features

None

Impacted Features

Feature ID Feature Name Description

WRFD-160270 Camp & Handover When this feature is enabled together with the
Based on SPID WRFD-160270 Camp & Handover Based on
SPID feature, UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections are
reduced.

8.5 WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE

Prerequisite Features

Feature ID Feature Name Description

LOFD-070203 RIM Based LTE The function of selecting a suitable LTE cell
Target Cell Selection based on the LTE load status depends on the
LTE feature: LOFD-070203 RIM Based LTE
Target Cell Selection.

Mutually Exclusive Features

None

Impacted Features
Feature ID Feature Name Description

WRFD-160270 Camp & Handover When this feature is enabled together with the
Based on SPID WRFD-160270 Camp & Handover Based on
SPID feature, UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections are
reduced.

8.6 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE

Prerequisite Features

Feature ID Feature Name Description

LOFD-070203 RIM Based LTE The function of selecting a suitable LTE cell
Target Cell Selection based on the LTE load status depends on the
LTE feature: LOFD-070203 RIM Based LTE
Target Cell Selection.

Mutually Exclusive Features

None

Impacted Features

Feature ID Feature Name Description

WRFD-160270 Camp & Handover When this feature is enabled together with the
Based on SPID WRFD-160270 Camp & Handover Based on
SPID feature, UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections are
reduced.

MRFD-101401 UL Unified Video When this feature is enabled together with the
Steering MRFD-101401 UL Unified Video Steering
feature, a UE performing CS+PS combined
services (including a video service) and handed
over to the UMTS network through
SRVCC/CSFB is subject to the following
restriction: After it finishes the CS service, its
fast return to the LTE network is allowed only if
the target cell's rate assessed by the
eCoordinator reaches the video service
satisfaction rate.

8.7 WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE

Prerequisite Features
Feature ID Feature Name Description

LOFD-070203 RIM Based LTE The function of selecting a suitable LTE cell
Target Cell Selection based on the LTE load status depends on the
LTE feature: LOFD-070203 RIM Based LTE
Target Cell Selection.

Mutually Exclusive Features

None

Impacted Features

Feature ID Feature Name Description

WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling This feature affects the WRFD-020106 Load


Reshuffling feature. The specific impact is as
follows: The load control action of UMTS-to-
LTE PS handover is added.

WRFD-160270 Camp & Handover When this feature is enabled together with the
Based on SPID WRFD-160270 Camp & Handover Based on
SPID feature, UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections are
reduced.

8.8 WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE

Prerequisite Features

Feature ID Feature Name Description

LOFD-070203 RIM Based LTE The function of selecting a suitable LTE cell
Target Cell Selection based on the LTE load status depends on the
LTE feature: LOFD-070203 RIM Based LTE
Target Cell Selection.

Mutually Exclusive Features

None

Impacted Features

Feature ID Feature Name Description

WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling This feature affects the WRFD-020106 Load


Reshuffling feature. The specific impact is as
Feature ID Feature Name Description

follows: The load control action of UMTS-to-


LTE PS handover is added.

WRFD-160270 Camp & Handover When this feature is enabled together with the
Based on SPID WRFD-160270 Camp & Handover Based on
SPID feature, UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections are
reduced.

MRFD-101401 UL Unified Video When this feature is enabled together with the
Steering MRFD-101401 UL Unified Video Steering
feature, a UE performing CS+PS combined
services (including a video service) and handed
over to the UMTS network through
SRVCC/CSFB is subject to the following
restriction: After it finishes the CS service, its
fast return to the LTE network is allowed only if
the target cell's rate assessed by the
eCoordinator reaches the video service
satisfaction rate.

8.9 WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover

Prerequisite Features

Feature ID Feature Name Description

LOFD-001022 SRVCC to UTRAN The SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS


Handover feature depends on the feature
LOFD-001022 SRVCC to UTRAN, which must
be activated before you can use the SRVCC
from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature.

Mutually Exclusive Features

None

Impacted Features

None
8.10 WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE

Prerequisite Features

None

Mutually Exclusive Features

None
Impacted Features

None
8.11 WRFD-160271 Ultra-Flash CSFB

Prerequisite Features

Feature ID Feature Name Description

LOFD-070202 Ultra-Flash CSFB This feature depends on the Ultra-Flash CSFB


feature on the LTE side.

TDLOFD-070202 Ultra-Flash CSFB This feature depends on the Ultra-Flash CSFB


feature on the LTE side.

Mutually Exclusive Features

None

Impacted Features

None
8.12 WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User

Prerequisite Features

Feature ID Feature Name Description

LOFD-001022 SRVCC to UTRAN The use of this feature depends on the SRVCC
feature on the LTE side.

Mutually Exclusive Features

None

Impacted Features

None

9 Impact on the Network

9.1 WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1

9.1.1 System Capacity


No impact.
9.1.2 Network Performance

A UE in the CELL_FACH or CELL_PCH state keeps an RRC connection with the RNC.
When this kind of UE initiates a UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection, the RNC is not aware of the
cell reselection and the call drop rate is affected. Therefore, it is recommended that network
performance be evaluated without counting the call drop rate of UEs in the CELL_FACH or
CELL_PCH state after UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection is enabled.
If the CN can carry the "Out of Utran" IE in the Iu Release Command message, the CN can
thus notify the RNC that the UE in the CELL_FACH or CELL_PCH state has reselected an
LTE cell. After receiving the message, the RNC immediately releases RRC resources of the
UE and counts this release attempt as a normal one, which does not affect the call drop rate of
UEs in the CELL_FACH or CELL_PCH state.
When L2U_MLB_HO_IN_DED_PRIO_SWITCH under the HoSwitch2 (BSC6900,
BSC6910) parameter is selected, UEs that have been handed over or redirected from LTE to
UMTS cannot reselect LTE cells within a short period, ensuring appropriate load balancing
between LTE and UMTS cells.
9.2 WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE

9.2.1 System Capacity

Virtual grid-based fast return enables handling of intra-frequency measure reports and virtual
grid data queries. Therefore, the CPU usage of the SPU boards on the BSC6900 and the GPU
boards on the BSC6910 increases by a maximum of 4%. If the main control subsystem is
reset during the virtual grid data backup, virtual grid control information may be
reconstructed. As a result, the CPU usage of the main control subsystem increases by 2%.
The reconstruction of virtual grid control information lasts 10 minutes. In addition, the added
periodic intra-frequency measurement reports slightly increase the uplink actual cell load.
9.2.2 Network Performance

This feature reduces the cell reselection delay within 500 ms from 8s, thereby improving user
experience.
Measurement-based fast return prevents the out-of-service problem of UEs due to LTE
coverage holes. However, compared with blind redirection-based fast return, measurement-
based fast return has a longer delay because it requires inter-RAT measurement after a UE
finishes the CS service.
RSCP measurement-based fast return can improve the success rate of blind redirections and
reduce the impact of LTE measurement in compressed mode.
Since this feature can prevent the out-of-service problem of UEs, there will be more online
CSFB UEs and the value of the VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.FastReturn.Blind (BSC6900,
BSC6910) counter will be increased after this feature is enabled.

When virtual grid-based fast return is enabled, the RNC checks the LTE coverage in the grid
based on the success rate of grid-level UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections, and
determines whether to perform fast return. In grids with good LTE coverage, blind
redirection-based fast return is performed. In grids with poor LTE coverage, no fast return is
performed.
 Compared with blind redirection-based fast return, this function forbids fast return in
grids with poor LTE coverage, which reduces the risk of UE disconnection from the
network.
 Compared with LTE measurement-based fast return, this function enables blind
redirection-based fast return in grids with good LTE coverage and forbids LTE
measurement in grids with poor LTE coverage, which reduces the impact of LTE
measurement in compressed mode on cell throughput and call drop rate.
 In a UMTS cell with poor LTE coverage, UMTS-to-LTE fast return is restricted and the
values of the VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.FastReturn.Blind (BSC6900, BSC6910) and
VS.U2L.FastReturn.Redirect.CSFBUE (BSC6900, BSC6910) counters will reduce.
 In a UMTS cell with poor LTE coverage, measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return
is learned and the values of the VS.U2LTEHO.MeasCtrl.Num (BSC6900, BSC6910) and
VS.U2LTEHO.MeasTimeOut.Num (BSC6900, BSC6910) counters will increase.
 In a UMTS cell with good LTE coverage, blind redirection-based UMTS-to-LTE fast
return is triggered and the value of the VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.FastReturn.Blind
(BSC6900, BSC6910) counter will increase.
9.3 WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE

9.3.1 System Capacity

No impact.
9.3.2 Network Performance

When the UMTS signal quality is poor but the LTE signal quality is good, this feature allows
the UE to be redirected to the LTE network, which ensures the continuity of PS services.
Compared with PS handover, PS redirection increases the duration of service interruptions.
When the blind redirection switch is turned on in an area with poor LTE network coverage,
call drops may occur.
9.4 WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE

9.4.1 System Capacity

No impact.
9.4.2 Network Performance

When the UMTS signal quality is poor but the LTE signal quality is good, this feature allows
the UE to be handed over to the LTE network, which ensures the continuity of PS services.
Compared with PS redirection, PS handover shortens the duration of service interruptions but
imposes more requirements for the CN.
9.5 WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE

9.5.1 System Capacity

No impact.
9.5.2 Network Performance
When UEs or the network does not support PS handovers from UMTS to LTE, this feature
redirects the UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs to LTE. The redirection has the following benefits:
 Improved user experience
 Reduced loads on the UMTS network
 The target LTE cell is selected based on the cell load, which prevents ping-pong
handovers between UMTS and LTE. However, the target LTE cell selected during a
UMTS-to-LTE redirection may not have strong signals, affecting the success rate of
UMTS-to-LTE redirections. To improve the success rate of UMTS-to-LTE redirections
in this case, increase the threshold for signal strength of neighboring LTE cells by
setting the TargetRatThdRSRP (BSC6900, BSC6910) and TargetRatThdRSRQ
(BSC6900, BSC6910) parameters in the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV,
ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV, or MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV.
 When measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection is enabled,
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_LOAD_BLACKLIST_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch7 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter can be selected to prohibit UEs
from being redirected to congested cells, improving the redirection success rate.
In areas with weak LTE coverage, UEs enter the compressed mode more frequently, thereby
increasing the call drop rate. The impact on the call drop rate is noticeable only when a large
number of UEs initiate LTE signal quality measurement at the same time. If there are only
few UEs processing PS services in a cell, the PS throughput of a UE decreases by about 30%
after the UE enters the compressed mode. If many UEs are processing PS services in a cell,
the impact on these UEs' PS throughput is not significant when the UEs enter the compressed
mode.
Compared with PS handover, PS redirection increases the duration of service interruptions.
When the blind redirection switch is turned on in an area with poor LTE network coverage,
call drops may occur.
9.6 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE

9.6.1 System Capacity

No impact.
9.6.2 Network Performance

This feature hands over UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs from UMTS to LTE. This feature has
the following benefits:
 Improved user experience
 Reduced loads on the UMTS network
 The target LTE cell is selected based on the cell load, which improves the success rate
of UMTS-to-LTE handover preparations and prevents ping-pong handovers between
UMTS and LTE. However, the target LTE cell selected during a UMTS-to-LTE
redirection may not have strong signals, affecting the success rate of UMTS-to-LTE
redirections. To improve the success rate of UMTS-to-LTE redirections in this case,
increase the threshold for signal strength of neighboring LTE cells by setting the
TargetRatThdRSRP (BSC6900, BSC6910) and TargetRatThdRSRQ (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
parameters in the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV, ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV, or MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV.
In areas with weak LTE weak coverage, UEs enter the compressed mode more frequently,
thereby increasing the call drop rate. The impact on the call drop rate is noticeable only when
a large number of UEs initiate LTE signal quality measurement at the same time. If there are
only few UEs processing PS services in a cell, the PS throughput of a UE decreases by about
30% after the UE enters the compressed mode. If many UEs are processing PS services in a
cell, the impact on these UEs' PS throughput is not significant when the UEs enter the
compressed mode.
9.7 WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE

9.7.1 System Capacity

No impact.
9.7.2 Network Performance

This feature allows some PS UEs in UMTS cells to be redirected to LTE cells when UMTS
cells are in the basic congestion state. This method relieves the congestion in the current
UMTS cell and decreases user admission failures. As a result, the overall UMTS and LTE
network performance is enhanced. For example, the RRC congestion rate declines.
The target LTE cell is selected based on the cell load, which reduces ping-pong handovers
and redirections between UMTS and LTE. However, the target LTE cell selected during a
UMTS-to-LTE redirection may not have strong signals, affecting the success rate of UMTS-
to-LTE redirections. To improve the success rate of UMTS-to-LTE redirections in this case,
increase the threshold for signal strength of neighboring LTE cells by setting the
TargetRatThdRSRP (BSC6900, BSC6910) and TargetRatThdRSRQ (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameters in the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV, ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV, or MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV.
When measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection is enabled,
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_LOAD_BLACKLIST_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch7 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter can be selected to prohibit UEs from
being redirected to congested cells, improving the redirection success rate.
A penalty timer can be started for UEs that have been handed over or redirected from LTE to
UMTS. Such UEs are prohibited from performing load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or
handover within the duration of the timer to reduce ping-pong handovers or redirections
between UMTS and LTE cells.
9.8 WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE

9.8.1 System Capacity

No impact.
9.8.2 Network Performance

This feature allows some PS UEs in UMTS cells to be handed over to LTE cells when the
UMTS cells are in the basic congestion state. This method relieves the current UMTS cell
and decreases user admission failures. As a result, the overall UMTS and LTE network
performance is enhanced. For example, the RRC congestion rate declines.
The target LTE cell is selected based on the cell load, which reduces ping-pong handovers
and redirections between UMTS and LTE. However, the target LTE cell selected during a
UMTS-to-LTE redirection may not have strong signals, affecting the success rate of UMTS-
to-LTE redirections. To improve the success rate of UMTS-to-LTE redirections in this case,
increase the threshold for signal strength of neighboring LTE cells by setting the
TargetRatThdRSRP (BSC6900, BSC6910) and TargetRatThdRSRQ (BSC6900, BSC6910)
parameters in the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV, ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV, or MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV.
A penalty timer can be started for UEs that have been handed over or redirected from LTE to
UMTS. Such UEs are prohibited from performing load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or
handover within the duration of the timer to reduce ping-pong handovers or redirections
between UMTS and LTE cells.
9.9 WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls

9.9.1 System Capacity

No impact.
9.9.2 Network Performance

This feature increases the success rate of LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers caused by CSFB for
LTE emergency calls.
When the target UMTS cell is congested, too many CSFB requests caused by LTE
emergency calls may preempt the UMTS resources, increasing the call drop rate on the
UMTS network.
9.10 WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover

9.10.1 System Capacity

No impact.
9.10.2 Network Performance

For the PS service, compared with the CS only SRVCC handover, this feature reduces the
interruption duration of the PS service. Tests in the lab show that a PS service is interrupted
for 4s to 5s during a CS only SRVCC handover and for 500 ms to 1s during an SRVCC with
a PS handover.
For SRVCC of the CS+PS services, this feature reduces the access rate of the PS service to
improve the access success rate of the CS service.
For SRVCC of an emergency call, this feature allows the emergency call to preempt
resources of other services and therefore ensures the access success rate of the emergency
call.
The SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature enables PS services to be carried
on HSPA+ channels after being handed over to the UMTS network. It helps improve user
experience.
The SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature enables admission of the PS RB
with a reduced rate when the UMTS load is relatively high. It helps increase the SRVCC
handover preparation success rate.
With this feature enabled, if the timer for an incoming relocation request message from the
PS domain expires after the RNC receives an incoming relocation request message from the
CS domain, the RNC allows the incoming relocation of the CS domain. This mechanism
improves the SRVCC handover preparation success rate.
9.11 WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE

9.11.1 System Capacity

No impact.
9.11.2 Network Performance

This feature increases the preparation success rates of load-based LTE-to-UMTS handovers
and LTE-to-UMTS CSFB when UMTS cells are congested or overloaded, and also reduces
inter-RAT ping-pong effects.
9.12 WRFD-160271 Ultra-Flash CSFB

System Capacity

No impact.

Network Performance

Compared with the standardized CSFB process, this feature reduces the LTE-to-UMTS
CSFB delay by 1s, improving user experience.
9.13 WRFD-171223 Fast Return to LTE for SRVCC User

System Capacity

None

Network Performance

This feature reduces the time required for UEs to return to the LTE network from the serving
UMTS network, improving user experience.
Compressed mode LTE measurement is started after an SRVCC UE finishes its voice service.
If the UE is located in an LTE coverage hole or weak LTE coverage area at this moment, the
compressed mode LTE measurement fails. This problem may deteriorate the UMTS
network's KPIs such as the call drop rate.
LTE measurement is triggered after an SRVCC UE (without any PS service) finishes its
voice service. If the RNC receives a 3C measurement report for LTE during setup of the new
PS RB, a fast return will be triggered for the SRVCC UE, resulting in the failure of the new
PS RB setup. However, this type of procedure overlapping rarely happens and its impact can
be ignored.

10 Engineering Guidelines

10.1 WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1


After WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 is enabled, cell reselection
from a UMTS cell to a multi-band LTE cell can also be enabled. For details about
engineering guidelines for UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection, see 10.14 MFBI-Based UMTS-to-LTE
Interoperability.

10.1.1 When to Use Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1

This feature is recommended for the areas that are jointly covered by LTE networks and
UMTS networks.
10.1.2 Deployment

This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-
020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1. For details about how to configure this
feature on the LTE side, see the related documents provided by the LTE equipment vendor.

Requirements

 Other Features
None
 Hardware
None
 License

Feature ID Feature License Control License NE License Sales


Name Item Control Allocation Unit
Name for
Multiple
Operators

WRFD- Mobility LQW1ULM01RES Mobility BSC6900 Method 2 per


020126 Between Between and Mbps
UMTS and UMTS and BSC6910
LTE LTE Phase
Phase1 1 (per
Mbps)

 For details about how to activate a license, see License Management Feature Parameter
Description.

 If RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, the licensed resource is allocated among the
primary and secondary operators according to the method listed in the License
Allocation for Multiple Operators column.
 Method 2: It is recommended that the license allocation proportion of a feature be
consistent with that of the license item "PS throughput only-kbps". The licensed values
can be set by running the RNC MML command SET LICENSE. If the
FeatureResAssignMode parameter in this command is set to AutoAssign, the licensed
values are automatically allocated among the primary and secondary operators. If the
FeatureResAssignMode parameter in this command is set to ManualAssign, you also
need to specify the related license parameters to implement manual license allocation.
 Other Requirements
 The UE must comply with 3GPP Release 8 or later and support both UMTS and
LTE.
 To support absolute priority-based cell reselection of UEs in the CELL_FACH
state, UEs must comply with 3GPP Release 11 or later, support both UMTS and
LTE, and support measurement-based cell reselection in the CELL_FACH state.
 To support the optimized procedure of releasing a UE after an inter-RAT cell
reselection, the CN needs to support the function of carrying the "Out of UTRAN"
IE in the Iu Release Command message.
 The LTE network supports this feature.

Data Preparation

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

SIB SibCfgBitMap To activate this feature, select SIB19 Radio network


Switch (BSC6900, under this parameter. plan (internal)
BSC6910)

Absolute SPriority Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
priority (BSC6900, plan (internal)
level of BSC6910)
the
serving
cell

E-UTRA EARFCN Set this parameter as planned. Radio network


Absolute (BSC6900, plan (internal)
Radio BSC6910)
Frequenc
y
Channel
Number

Absolute NPriority Set this parameter as planned. If UEs Radio network


Priority (BSC6900, preferentially camp on LTE cells, set the plan (internal)
Level of BSC6910) absolute priorities of the E-UTRA
the E- frequencies higher than the absolute
UTRA priority of the serving cell.
Frequenc
y

Frequenc FreqUsePolicyIn Set this parameter as planned. Use this Radio network
y Use d (BSC6900, parameter to configure the neighboring plan (internal)
Policy BSC6910) LTE frequencies that can be used only by
Indicator UEs in idle mode.

This NodeBProtclVer It is recommended that this parameter be Radio network


paramete (BSC6900, set to R8 or later. plan (internal)
r BSC6910)
specifies
the
Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

NodeB
protocol
version.

Optimizat OptimizationSwi If the optimized procedure for releasing a Default


ion tch6 (BSC6900, UE after an inter-RAT cell reselection value/Recomme
Switch6 BSC6910) needs to be supported, select nded value
OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_S
WITCH under this parameter.

HandOve HoSwitch2 If the function of cell reselection based on Engineering


r Switch2 (BSC6900, MLB-based dedicated priorities needs to design
BSC6910) be enabled, select
L2U_MLB_HO_IN_DED_PRIO_SWITCH
under this parameter.

Process PROCESSSWIT To enable the UMTS-to-LTE quick cell Default


Control CH4 (BSC6900, reselection function, select value/Recomme
Switch 4 BSC6910) FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELEC nded value
T_SWITCH under this parameter.

If the function of UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection of UEs in the CELL_FACH state needs to
be enabled, set parameters in the following table.

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

FACH CellFachPrioReselSwitch To enable this function, you Default


Absolute (BSC6900, BSC6910) need to turn on this switch. value/Recommen
Priority- ded value
based Cell
Reselect
SW

FACH CellFachMeasLayer To allow UEs in the Default


Absolute (BSC6900, BSC6910) CELL_FACH state to reselect value/Recommen
Priority- only the cells of higher-priority ded value
based frequencies, set this
Measure parameter to
Layer HIGH_PRIO_LAYERS. To
allow UEs in the CELL_FACH
state to reselect cells of all
frequencies, set this
parameter to ALL_LAYERS.

FACH FACHMeasInd (BSC6900, To enable this function, set Radio network


Measurem BSC6910) this parameter to plan (internal)
ent INTER_RAT or
Indicator INTER_FREQ_AND_INTER_
RAT.
Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

RSRQ RSRQSwitch (BSC6900, To use RSRQ-based UMTS- Default


Delivery in BSC6910) to-LTE cell reselection for value/Recommen
SIB19 UEs in CELL_FACH state, ded value
Switch turn on this switch.

Reserved RsvSwitch6 (BSC6900, This parameter controls Default


Switch 6 BSC6910): whether the RNC selects the value/Recommen
RESERVED_SWITCH_6_ RSRP as the measurement ded value
BIT12 quantity for cell reselection for
UEs in CELL_FACH state.

Activation (Using MML Commands)

1. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLSIBSWITCH or MOD


UCELLSIBSWITCH with the SIB19 check box under the SIB Switch parameter
selected.

NOTE:
The RNC sends SIB19 messages to UEs if the cell is configured with information about the frequencies
of neighboring LTE cells and the SIB19 check box under the SIB Switch parameter is selected. The
SIB19 message contains the neighboring LTE cell list and LTE cell reselection parameters.

2. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLSELRESEL or MOD


UCELLSELRESEL with the Absolute priority level of the serving cell parameter
set to an appropriate value. The default value is recommended.
3. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO or MOD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO. In this step, specify the E-UTRA Absolute Radio
Frequency Channel Number and Absolute Priority Level of the E-UTRA
Frequency parameters based on the network plan.

NOTE:
Frequencies of different RATs cannot be configured with the same priority.

4. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO or MOD


UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO. In this step, specify the Frequency Use Policy
Indicator parameter based on the network plan.
5. Run the RNC MML command ADD UNODEB or MOD UNODEB with the NodeB
Protocol Version parameter set to R8 or a later version.
6. On the LTE side, configure the related parameters to activate this feature.
For details about how to activate this feature on the LTE side, see the related
documents provided by the LTE equipment vendor. If Huawei LTE equipment is used,
see Mobility Management in Connected Mode Feature Parameter Description for
eRAN.
7. (Optional) To enable the UMTS-to-LTE quick cell reselection function, run the RNC
MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH with
FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWITCH under the Process Control
Switch 4 parameter selected.
8. (Optional) To enable the optimized procedure of releasing a UE after an inter-RAT cell
reselection, run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH with
OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_SWITCH under the Optimization
Switch6 parameter selected.

NOTE:
When the CN has not delivered an SRNS context request and this function has been enabled, the RNC
will immediately release radio resources upon receiving an IU Release Command message containing the
"OUT of UTRAN" IE. When the CN has delivered an SRNS context request, the RNC regards that the
UE has moved to the LTE cell and will release radio resources immediately after receiving the IU
Release Command message, regardless of whether this function has been enabled.

9. (Optional) To enable UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection of UEs in the CELL_FACH state,


perform the following operations:
a. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLSELRESEL or MOD
UCELLSELRESEL with FACH Absolute Priority-based Cell Reselect SW
set to ON to enable absolute priority-based measurement and reselection in the
CELL_FACH state.
b. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLSELRESEL or MOD
UCELLSELRESEL with FACH Absolute Priority-based Measure Layer set
to an appropriate value.
c. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLMEAS or MOD UCELLMEAS,
with FACH Measurement Indicator set to INTER_RAT or
INTER_FREQ_AND_INTER_RAT.
d. To perform the function of RSRQ-based cell reselection for UEs in CELL_FACH
state, run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO or MOD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO with the RSRQ Delivery in SIB19 Switch
parameter set to TRUE.
e. To perform the function of RSRP-based cell reselection for UEs in CELL_FACH
state, run the RNC MML command SET UCELLALGORSVPARA with
RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT12 under the Reserved Switch 6 parameter
selected, and run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO
with RSRQ Delivery in SIB19 Switch set to OFF.
10. (Optional) To enable the function of cell reselection based on MLB-based dedicated
priorities, run the MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
L2U_MLB_HO_IN_DED_PRIO_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch2
parameter selected.

MML Command Examples

//Activating Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1


MOD UCELLSIBSWITCH: CellId=1, SibCfgBitMap=SIB19-1;
MOD UCELLSELRESEL: CellId=1, QualMeas=CPICH_ECNO, QrxlevminExtSup=FALSE,
NonhcsInd=NOT_CONFIGURED, ThdPrioritySearch1=2, ThdPrioritySearch2=2,
Spriority=4;
MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1, NPriority=7,
FreqUsePolicyInd=Both, BlacklstCellNumber=D0;
MOD UNODEB: IDTYPE=BYID, NodeBId=1, NODEBPROTCLVER=R8;
//Enabling the UMTS-to-LTE quick cell reselection function
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWITCH-1;

//Enabling the optimized procedure of releasing a UE after an inter-RAT


cell reselection
SET URRCTRLSWITCH:
OptimizationSwitch6=OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the UEs in the CELL_FACH state to perform cell reselection to
LTE
MOD UCELLSELRESEL: CellId=1, CellFachPrioReselSwitch=ON;
MOD UCELLSELRESEL: CellId=1, CellFachMeasLayer=HIGH_PRIO_LAYERS;
MOD UCELLMEAS: CellId=1,
InterFreqInterRatMeasInd=INTER_FREQ_AND_INTER_RAT,
FACHMeasInd=INTER_FREQ_AND_INTER_RAT;
//Enabling the function of RSRQ-based cell reselection for UEs in
CELL_FACH state
MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000, RSRQSwitch=TRUE;
//Enabling the function of RSRP-based cell reselection for UEs in
CELL_FACH state
MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000, RSRQSwitch=FALSE;
SET UCELLALGORSVPARA: CellId=1,RsvSwitch6=RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT12-1;
//Enabling the function of cell reselection based on MLB-based dedicated
priorities
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch2=L2U_MLB_HO_IN_DED_PRIO_SWITCH-1;

Activation (Using the CME)

1. On the UMTS side:


Method 1:

NOTE:
Perform a single configuration first and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the
parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging
out of the parameter setting interface.

a. Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

b. (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification


center)
To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification
wizard. For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the
CME batch modification center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain
online help.
Method 2:
This feature can be batch activated using the CME. For detailed operations, see
the following section in the CME product documentation or online help:
Managing the CME > CME Guidelines > Enhanced Feature Management >
Feature Operation and Maintenance.
2. On the LTE side, configure the related parameters to activate this feature.
For details about how to activate this feature on the LTE side, see the related
documents provided by the LTE equipment vendor. If Huawei LTE equipment is used,
see Mobility Management in Connected Mode Feature Parameter Description for
eRAN.

Activation Observation

1. In the Navigation Tree pane on the RNC LMT, click the Trace tab. In the displayed
Trace Navigation Tree pane, double-click UMTS Services. On the unfolded list,
double-click Uu Interface Trace. In the displayed Uu Interface Trace dialog box,
select RRC_SYS_INFO_TYPE19 to trace Uu interface SIB19 message.
Figure 10-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box

2. Analyze the traced messages.


 If the SIB19 message has been traced on the Uu interface, as shown in Figure 10-2,
this feature has been activated.
 If the SIB19 message is not traced on the Uu interface, this feature is not activated.
Figure 10-2 SIB19 message tracing

3. (Optional) In the Uu interface tracing data, check whether there is a "cell-fach-meas-


ind" IE in the SIB19 message. If so, UEs in the CELL_FACH state can perform cell
reselections to the LTE network.
4. (Optional) Observe the data traced over the Uu interface. If the SIB19 message does
not carry LTE frequencies whose value of FreqUsePolicyInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) is
"connected mode only", the frequency use policy has taken effect.
5. Observe signaling messages on the UE side. If the UE in the CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, URA_PCH state or IDLE mode reselects an LTE cell and sends an RRC
CONNECTION REQUEST message in the LTE cell to perform the Tracking Area
Update process after receiving SIB19, the UE has completed the UMTS-to-LTE cell
reselection.
6. (Optional) If a UE in the CELL_FACH/CELL_PCH/URA_PCH state reselects the LTE
network and the CN supports the function of sending the "Out of UTRAN" IE in the Iu
Release Command message, check whether the RNC has delivered an RRC release
message. If the RNC has not delivered the message, the optimized procedure of
releasing a UE after an inter-RAT cell reselection has been enabled.
7. (Optional) Trace and check UTRAN Mobility Information (UMI) messages delivered
by the RNC. If the UMI messages carry dedicated priorities and timers, the enhanced
function of cell reselection for UEs who have performed LTE-to-UMTS MLB-based
handovers has been enabled.

Deactivation (Using MML Commands)

1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLSIBSWITCH with the SIB19 check box
under the SIB Switch parameter cleared.
2. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO and set
FreqUsePolicyInd to Both.

Deactivation (Using the CME)

NOTE:
Perform a single configuration first and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters
of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter
setting interface.

1. Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.
2. (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)
To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification
wizard. For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME
batch modification center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.

MML Command Examples

//Deactivating Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1


MOD UCELLSIBSWITCH: CellId=1, SibCfgBitMap=SIB19-0;
//Setting the use policy for the neighboring LTE frequencies
MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000, FreqUsePolicyInd=Both;

10.1.3 Performance Monitoring

After this feature is enabled, monitor network performance by observing the following
counters.

Counter Name Object Type Function Subset Counter


Description

VS.U2L.OutOfUTRAN.CellResel.PCH CELL U2LTE.HO.Cell Number of


(BSC6900, BSC6910) Times PCH
UEs Leave
UTRAN
Through Cell
Reselection

VS.U2L.OutOfUTRAN.CellResel.FACH CELL U2LTE.HO.Cell Number of


(BSC6900, BSC6910) Times FACH
UEs Leave
UTRAN
Through Cell
Reselections

The following table lists the counter can be used to observe the performance of the function
of cell reselection based on MLB-based dedicated priorities.

Counter Name Counter Description

VS.UMI.DedicatedPri.UMTS.High (BSC6900, This counter provides the numbers of times


BSC6910) that UMTS is configured as the highest-
priority frequencies in the SPID-based or the
MLB-based dedicated priority information in
a cell.

10.2 WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE

This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the feature WRFD-140226 Fast
Return from UMTS to LTE. For details about how to configure this feature on the LTE side,
see the LTE document CS Fallback Feature Parameter Description.
After WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE is enabled, the redirection or handover
for UEs in connected mode from a UMTS cell to a multi-band LTE cell can also be
performed. For details about engineering guidelines for UMTS-to-LTE redirections or
handovers, see 10.14 MFBI-Based UMTS-to-LTE Interoperability.
10.2.1 When to Use Fast Return from UMTS to LTE

This feature is applicable to the areas that are covered by both LTE networks (not supporting
CS services) and UMTS networks. In these areas, UEs on LTE networks fall back to UMTS
networks through CSFB to process CS services.
 If the LTE network does not provide continuous coverage, it is recommended that the
LTE measurement-based fast return function be enabled. If the LTE network provides
continuous coverage, the blind fast return function is recommended.
 Measurement-based fast return: If no neighboring LTE cell is configured, the non-
neighboring-cell-based redirection function must be enabled. If LTE neighboring
cells have been configured, either the neighboring-cell-based redirection or non-
neighboring-cell-based redirection function can be enabled.
 Blind fast return: This type of fast return is implemented through non-neighboring-
cell-based redirection irrespective of whether the non-neighboring-cell-based
redirection switch has been turned on.
 It is recommended that the RSCP measurement-based fast return function be enabled in
LTE and UMTS co-site scenarios.
 The applicable scenarios and gains of the virtual grid-based fast return function are as
follows:
 The virtual grid-based fast return function is recommended in scenarios where the
following conditions are met:
 The blind redirection-based U2L fast return function has been enabled.
 The U2L blind redirection failure rate is higher than 5%.
 The number of U2L fast returns per day in each cell is greater than 1000 in
average.
 The virtual grid-based fast return function is recommended in scenarios where the
following conditions are met:
 The LTE measurement-based U2L fast return function has been enabled.
 The number of U2L fast returns per day in each cell is greater than 1000 in
average.
 The gains of this function are not obvious when the U2L blind redirection failure
rate is lower than 5%. The virtual grid-based U2L fast return function learns
information from historical data. If there are fewer than 1000 U2L fast returns per
day in a cell, the gains of this function decrease.
UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection failure rate =
VS.U2LTEHO.Redir.FailOutNum/(VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.FastReturn.Blind
+ VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Sevice.Blind +
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Load.Blind +
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Coverage.EmergBlind)
NOTE:
1. This function requires the intra-frequency periodical measurement report and the measurement
results are reported every 2s. If a UE moves a long distance in an intra-frequency measurement
report period, the virtual grid decision may be inaccurate. Therefore, it is recommended that this
function be disabled in a fast-moving scenario.
2. The success rate of grid-level UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections is not specific for LTE
frequency bands and operators. Each virtual grid stores one number of UMTS-to-LTE handover and
redirection attempts and one number of successful UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections. If
there are multiple LTE frequency bands or different LTE coverage provided by multiple operators,
the accuracy of virtual grids may be affected and it is recommended that virtual grid-based fast
return be not enabled.

10.2.2 Required Information

Collect the following information before deploying this feature:


 Information about areas where UMTS and LTE coexist and areas where UMTS and
LTE coverage overlap
 Whether the LTE feature LOFD-001033 CS Fallback to UTRAN is activated on the
LTE side
 Duration for a UE to return to LTE from UMTS. The duration starts when the UE
receives an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message from the UTRAN and ends when
the UE initiates an RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message in the EUTRAN. The
duration is in the UE logs.
 Virtual grid-based fast return evaluates scenarios and benefits based on the values of
VS.U2LTEHO.Redir.PingPongNum (BSC6900, BSC6910) and
VS.U2LTEHO.Redir.FailOutNum (BSC6900, BSC6910), which are obtained by
selecting REC_FAST_RETURN_IN_PREV_PINGPONG_SWITCH under the
OptimizationSwitch9 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command.
10.2.3 Planning

None
10.2.4 Deployment

Requirements

 Other Features
The LTE feature LOFD-001033 CS Fallback to UTRAN has been activated on the LTE
side. For details about how to activate this feature, see LTE document CS Fallback
Feature Parameter Description.
 Requirements for other NEs as well as for network equipment and transmission devices
from other vendors
 UE
The UE supports both UMTS and LTE.
If the handover-based fast return to LTE needs to be supported, the UE needs to
support UMTS-to-LTE handover.
 Other NEs
If CS fallback based on a PS handover needs to be supported, the cause value in the
handover request message must be "CS Fallback triggered" on the LTE side or the
handover request message contains the "CSFB Information" IE and the IE's value is
"CSFB" or "CSFB High Priority."
 CN
The IU release command message sent by the MSC includes a CSFB indication.
If the handover-based fast return to LTE needs to be supported, the SGSN needs to
support UMTS-to-LTE handover.
 License
For details about how to activate a license, see License Management Feature Parameter
Description.

If RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, the licensed value is allocated among the primary
and secondary operators according to the value of the License Allocation for Multiple
Operators parameter.

Feature ID Feature License Control License NE License Sales


Name Item Control Item Allocation Unit
Name for
Multiple
Operators

WRFD- Fast Return LQW1FRULRESE Fast Return BSC6900 Method 1 per Erl
140226 from UMTS from UMTS and
to LTE to LTE (per BSC6910
Erl)

WRFD- Fast Return LQW1FRULRESM Fast Return BSC6900 Method 2 per


140226 from UMTS from UMTS and Mbps
to LTE to LTE (per BSC6910
Mbps)

Method 1: It is recommended that the license allocation proportion of a feature be


consistent with that of the license item "Voice Erlang-Erlang". The licensed values can
be set by running the RNC MML command SET LICENSE. If the
FeatureResAssignMode parameter in this command is set to AutoAssign, the licensed
values are automatically allocated among the primary and secondary operators. If the
FeatureResAssignMode parameter in this command is set to ManualAssign, you also
need to specify the related license parameters to implement manual license allocation.
Method 2: It is recommended that the license allocation proportion of a feature be
consistent with that of the license item "PS throughput only-kbps". The licensed values
can be set by running the RNC MML command SET LICENSE. If the
FeatureResAssignMode parameter in this command is set to AutoAssign, the licensed
values are automatically allocated among the primary and secondary operators. If the
FeatureResAssignMode parameter in this command is set to ManualAssign, you also
need to specify the related license parameters to implement manual license allocation.
Data Preparation

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

HandOve HoSwitch Select Default


r Switch (BSC6900, BSC6910) HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SW value/Recom
ITCH under this parameter to enable the mended value
UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return function at the
RNC level.

Performa PerfEnhanceSwit Select Default


nce ch3 (BSC6900, PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SW value/Recom
Enhance BSC6910) ITCH under this parameter to enable the mended value
ment Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return
Switch 3 function at the RNC level.

Fast FastReturnToLTE Select Default


Return Switch (BSC6900, HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SW value/Recom
To LTE BSC6910) ITCH under this parameter to activate the mended value
Switch feature at the cell level.
Select
PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SW
ITCH under this parameter to enable the
enhancement to this feature at the cell
level.

Fast U2LFastReturnErl In RAN sharing or MOCN scenarios, the Radio network


Return sum of Erlangs of all operators, including plan (internal)
from the primary and secondary operators,
UMTS to cannot be greater than the allocated value
LTE- in the license file.
Erlang In other scenarios, no special
configurations are required.

Fast U2LFastReturnKb In RAN sharing or MOCN scenarios, the Radio network


Return ps sum of PS traffic of all operators, including plan (internal)
from the primary and secondary operators,
UMTS to cannot be greater than the allocated value
LTE-kbps in the license file.
In other scenarios, no special
configurations are required.

HandOve HoSwitch2  If the LTE system supports extended Radio network


r Switch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) frequency bands (26 to 31), select plan (internal)
HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH
under this parameter to support
UMTS-to-LTE interoperations on the
extended frequency bands.
 Select
HO_U2L_BASE_UE_LTE_MEAS_CA
P_SWITCH under this parameter to
support filtering of frequencies
Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

according to UE capabilities during


fast return.

LTE U2LTESigMeasTi The default value is recommended. Radio network


Measure me (BSC6900, plan (internal)
ment BSC6910)
Duration
with Only
Signaling

U2L SigTargetRatThd This parameter is applicable to single- Radio network


RSRP RSRP (BSC6900, signaling scenarios and the default value is plan (internal)
Threshol BSC6910) recommended.
d with
Only
Signaling

U2L SigTargetRatThd This parameter is applicable to single- Radio network


RSRQ RSRQ (BSC6900, signaling scenarios and the default value is plan (internal)
Threshol BSC6910) recommended.
d with
Only
Signaling

Performa PerfEnhanceSwit To enable the measurement-based fast Radio network


nce ch7 (BSC6900, return to LTE after the completion of a plan (internal)
Enhance BSC6910) single CS service, select
Switch 7 PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RET
URN_SWITCH under this parameter.

HandOve HoSwitch1 To enable the handover-based fast return Engineering


r Switch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) to LTE after a CSFB UE finishes its voice design
service, select
HO_HANDOVER_FAST_RETURN_TO_LT
E_SWITCH under this parameter.

Optimizat OptimizationSwit To enable the optimized fast return Radio network


ion ch6 (BSC6900, procedure of a CSFB UE to LTE, select plan (internal)
Switch6 BSC6910) U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI
_SWITCH under this parameter.

Fast FastReturnToLTE To turn on the cell-level switch for Radio network


Return Switch (BSC6900, measurement-based fast return to LTE plan (internal)
To LTE BSC6910) after the release of a CSFB UE's call, select
Switch HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETU
RN_SWITCH under this parameter.

HandOve HoSwitch1 To turn on the RNC-level switch for Radio network


r Switch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) measurement-based fast return to LTE plan (internal)
after the release of a CSFB UE's call, select
HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETU
RN_SWITCH under this parameter.
Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

HandOve HoSwitch1 To turn on the RNC-level switch for RSCP Radio network
r Switch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) measurement-based fast return to LTE plan (internal)
after the release of a CSFB UE's call, select
HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETUR
N_SWITCH under this parameter.

Fast FastReturnToLTE To turn on the cell-level switch for RSCP Radio network
Return Switch (BSC6900, measurement-based fast return to LTE plan (internal)
To LTE BSC6910) after the release of a CSFB UE's call, select
Switch HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETUR
N_SWITCH under this parameter.

U2L U2LAlgoSwitch In a UMTS cell enabled with the MOCN Radio network
Algorithm (BSC6900, BSC6910) feature, plan (internal)
Switch PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RET
URN_SWITCH under this parameter can
be cleared for an operator who does not
need to use the function of measurement-
based UMTS-to-LTE fast return after a CS
only service is released.
In a UMTS cell enabled with the MOCN
feature,
HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETU
RN_SWITCH under this parameter can be
cleared for an operator who does not need
to use the function of LTE-measurement-
based fast return after a CSFB UE finishes
its voice service.
In a UMTS cell enabled with the MOCN
feature,
HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETUR
N_SWITCH under this parameter can be
cleared for an operator who does not need
to use the function of RSCP measurement-
based fast return after a CSFB UE finishes
its voice service.

HandOve HoSwitch2 Select HO_IUR_U2L_HO_SWITCH under Radio network


r Switch2 (BSC6900, BSC6910) this parameter to enable the function of plan (internal)
cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
Select HO_IUR_PLMN_FILTER_SWITCH
under this parameter to enable the SRNC
to filter the LTE frequencies or neighboring
cells under the DRNC based on the PLMN
information during a cross-Iur UMTS-to-
LTE redirection or handover.

Iur LTE IurLTECellInfoSwi Set this parameter to ON to enable the Radio network
Cell tch (BSC6900, function of cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE plan (internal)
Informati BSC6910) handovers.
Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

on
Switch

Performa PerfEnhanceSwit Select Radio network


nce ch7 (BSC6900, PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITC plan (internal)
Enhance BSC6910) H under this parameter to enable the
Switch 7 function of measurement-based UMTS-to-
LTE fast return.

RSCP U2LNCovRscpPr This parameter is required for enabling Radio network


Measure dTimer (BSC6900, RSCP-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return or plan (internal)
Timer for BSC6910) virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return.
Non- The default value is recommended.
coverage
-based
U2L

RSCP Cell-level This parameter is required for enabling Radio network


Threshol parameter: RSCP-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return or plan (internal)
d for U2LNCovRscpTh virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return.
Non- d (BSC6900, The default value is recommended.
coverage BSC6910)
-based RNC-level
U2L parameter:
U2LNCovRscpTh
d (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Virtual VirtualGridFilterBa To enable RNC-level virtual grid-based fast Radio network


Grid ckupSw return, set this parameter to ON. plan (internal)
Filter and
Backup
Switch

Virtual HoSwitch2 To enable RNC-level virtual grid-based fast Radio network


Grid- return, select plan (internal)
Based HO_CSFB_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETUR
Fast N_SWITCH.
Return
FastReturnToLTE To enable cell-level virtual grid-based fast Radio network
Switch return, select plan (internal)
HO_CSFB_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETUR
N_SWITCH.

U2L U2LGridInfoLowT This parameter is required for enabling Radio network


Virtual hd virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return. plan (internal)
Grid The default value is recommended.
Informati
on Low
Threshol
d
Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

U2L U2LGridInfoHigh This parameter is required for enabling Radio network


Virtual Thd virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return. plan (internal)
Gird The default value is recommended.
Informati
on High
Threshol
d

Probabilit ProbaofU2LforCla This parameter is required for enabling Radio network


y of U2L ssIIGrid virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return. plan (internal)
for Class The default value is recommended.
II Grid

Frequenc FreqUsePolicyInd Set this parameter as planned. Use this Radio network
y Use (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter to configure the neighboring LTE plan (internal)
Policy frequency that can only be used in
Indicator connected mode.

Optimizat OptimizationSwit After Radio network


ion ch10 (BSC6900, U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI plan (internal)
Switch10 BSC6910) _SWITCH is enabled, it is recommended
that RRC_REL_REDIR_OPT_SWITCH
under OptimizationSwitch10 be selected
to ensure the accurate measurement of
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.FastReturn.Bl
ind.

HandOve HoSwitch1  When UMTS-to-LTE fast return is Radio network


r Switch1 (BSC6900, BSC6910) enabled and target frequencies are plan (internal)
sorted based on the LTE frequency
priorities in connected mode, select
HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH
under the HoSwitch1 parameter.
When this switch is selected, the
values of UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO:
NPriorityConnect of all configured
neighboring LTE frequencies cannot
be 0.
 If the operator has not configured
neighboring LTE cells, select
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUT
E_FREQ_SWITCH under the
parameter list.

Optimizat OptimizationSwit It is recommended that Radio network


ion ch10 (BSC6900, HO_SS_USER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH under plan (internal)
Switch10 BSC6910) Optimization Switch10 be selected for
UMTS-to-LTE fast return after CSFB
supplementary services (such as USSD
and LCS) are completed. When this switch
is selected, the RNC can identify the LTE-
Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

to-UMTS CSFB supplementary service UEs


and perform fast return after supplementary
services are completed.

Reserved RsvSwitch22 To allow triggering of the fast return for a Radio network
Switch (BSC6900, BSC6910) CSFB UE even when a CS RAB fails to be plan (internal)
22 established for the CSFB UE, select the
RESERVED_SWITCH_22_BIT5 option
under this parameter.

Precautions

None

Activation (Using MML Commands)

To activate UMTS-to-LTE fast return, perform the following steps:


1. (Optional) In RAN sharing or MOCN scenarios, run the RNC MML command SET
LICENSE. In this step, set the value of Fast Return from UMTS to LTE-Erlang and
Fast Return from UMTS to LTE-kbps for the primary and secondary operators.
2. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLSELRESEL or MOD
UCELLSELRESEL. In this step, set Absolute priority level of the serving cell to an
appropriate value.
3. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO or MOD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO. In this step, set E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency
Channel Number and Absolute Priority Level of the E-UTRA Frequency to
appropriate values.

NOTE:
The value of Absolute priority level of the serving cell must be less than that of Absolute Priority
Level of the E-UTRA Frequency.

4. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO or MOD


UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO to configure the frequency use policy indicator based on
the network plan.
5. (Optional) To turn on the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch, run the RNC
MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and select
HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under HandOver Switch1. Run the RNC MML
command MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO and specify the connected mode
priorities of LTE frequencies.
6. If the LTE system supports extended frequency bands (26 to 31), run the RNC MML
command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch2 parameter
selected.
7. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and select
HO_U2L_BASE_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH under HandOver Switch2 to
enable the function of filtering frequencies based on the UE capability during fast
return.
To activate the UMTS-to-LTE fast return and enhanced UMTS-to-LTE fast return functions,
perform the following steps:
1. Run the cell- or RNC-level command to activate the UMTS-to-LTE fast return and
enhanced UMTS-to-LTE fast return functions.
 Run the cell-level command to enable the UMTS-to-LTE fast return and enhanced
UMTS-to-LTE fast return functions as follows:
a. To enable the UMTS-to-LTE fast return function on the cell level, run the
RNC MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM or MOD
UCELLHOCOMM with
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH selected under Fast
Return To LTE Switch.
b. To enable the enhanced UMTS-to-LTE fast return function on the cell level,
run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM or MOD
UCELLHOCOMM with
PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH selected under Fast
Return To LTE Switch.
 Run the RNC-level command to enable the UMTS-to-LTE fast return and
enhanced UMTS-to-LTE fast return functions as follows:
a. To enable the UMTS-to-LTE fast return function on the RNC level, run the
RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH selected under
HandOver Switch.
b. To enable the enhanced UMTS-to-LTE fast return function on the RNC
level, run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA with
PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH selected under
Performance Enhancement Switch 3.

NOTE:
When both RNC-level and cell-level parameters related to UMTS-to-LTE fast return and enhanced
UMTS-to-LTE fast return are configured, configurations of cell-level parameters take precedence.

2. Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH with


U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWITCH selected under
Optimization Switch6 to shorten the time taken by UMTS-to-LTE fast return of CSFB
UEs.
3. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA with the
RESERVED_SWITCH_22_BIT5 option under the Reserved Switch 22 parameter
selected. In this manner, a fast return can be triggered for a CSBF UE even when a CS
RAB fails to be established for the CSFB UE.
To activate LTE measurement-based fast return, perform the following steps:
1. Repeat the preceding steps to enable the UMTS-to-LTE fast return function.
2. Enable the LTE measurement-based fast return function by running the cell- or RNC-
level command as follows:
 Run the cell-level command to enable the LTE measurement-based fast return
function.
Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM or MOD
UCELLHOCOMM with
HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH selected from Fast
Return To LTE Switch.
 Run the RNC-level command to enable the LTE measurement-based fast return
function.
Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH selected under
HandOver Switch1.

3. NOTE:
4. When both RNC-level and cell-level parameters related to LTE measurement-based fast return are
configured, configurations of cell-level parameters take precedence.

5. (Optional) If no neighboring LTE cell is configured, you must enable the non-
neighboring-cell-based redirection function by selecting
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the HandOver
Switch1 parameter in the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH.
6. (Optional) In a UMTS cell enabled with the MOCN feature, if an operator does not
require the function of measurement-based fast return to LTE, run the RNC MML
command ADD UCELLOPERALGOSWITCH with
HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under U2L Algorithm
Switch cleared for the corresponding operator.
7. (Optional) To enable the fast return function of CSFB UEs with only signaling
connections, run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA with
PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH selected under
Performance Enhance Switch 7.
8. (Optional) In a UMTS cell enabled with the MOCN feature, if an operator does not
require the function of measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return after CS only
service releases, run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLOPERALGOSWITCH
with PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under U2L
Algorithm Switch cleared for the corresponding operator.
9. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV with LTE
Measurement Duration with Only Signaling and U2L RSRP Threshold with Only
Signaling or U2L RSRQ Threshold with Only Signaling set to appropriate values.
10. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and select
HO_HANDOVER_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH under the HandOver
Switch1 parameter to enable the handover-based fast return to LTE cells.
11. (Optional) Enable the function of cross-Iur service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
a. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH on the source
RNC with HO_IUR_U2L_HO_SWITCH and
HO_IUR_PLMN_FILTER_SWITCH selected under HandOver Switch2.
b. Run the RNC MML command ADD UNRNC on the target RNC with Iur LTE
Cell Information Switch set to ON.
12. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA and select
PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH under the Performance Enhance
Switch 7 parameter to enable the optimized function of UMTS-to-LTE fast return.
13. (Optional) Run the SET UCORRMPARA command with
PERFENH_CSFB_FR_OVERLAP_RB_RECONFIG_SW under the Performance
Enhance Switch 10 parameter selected to enable measurement-based CSFB fast return
during an RB reconfiguration for CSFB UEs.

(Optional) To activate the RSCP measurement-based fast return function, perform the
following steps:
1. Repeat the preceding steps to enable the UMTS-to-LTE fast return function.
2. Enable the RSCP measurement-based fast return function by running the cell- or RNC-
level command as follows:
 Run the cell-level command to enable the RSCP measurement-based fast return
function.
Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM or MOD
UCELLHOCOMM with
HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH selected from Fast
Return To LTE Switch.
 Run the RNC-level command to enable the RSCP measurement-based fast return
function.
Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH selected under
HandOver Switch1.
3. Run the cell-level MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV or MOD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV or run the RNC MML command SET
UU2LTEHONCOV with the RSCP Threshold for Non-coverage-based U2L
parameter set to an appropriate value. This parameter specifies the RSCP threshold for
the function of RSCP measurement-based fast return. The default value -90 is
recommended.
4. Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV with the RSCP Measure
Timer for Non-coverage-based U2L parameter set to an appropriate value. This
parameter specifies the RSCP measurement period for the function of RSCP
measurement-based fast return. The default value D2000 is recommended.
5. (Optional) In a UMTS cell enabled with the MOCN feature, if an operator does not
require the function of RSCP measurement-based fast return to LTE, run the RNC
MML command ADD UCELLOPERALGOSWITCH with
HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under U2L Algorithm
Switch cleared for the corresponding operator.
NOTE:
When both RNC-level and cell-level parameters related to RSCP measurement-based fast return are configured,
configurations of cell-level parameters take precedence.

To activate the virtual grid-based fast return function, perform the following steps:
1. Repeat the preceding steps to enable the UMTS-to-LTE fast return function.
2. Run the RNC MML command SET UVIRTUALGRID and set Virtual Grid Filter
and Backup Switch to ON.
3. Enable the virtual grid-based fast return function by running the cell- or RNC-level
command as follows:
 Cell level
Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM or MOD
UCELLHOCOMM with
HO_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_BASED_GRID_SWITCH selected under the
Fast Return To LTE Switch parameter.
 RNC level
Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
HO_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_BASED_GRID_SWITCH selected under the
HandOver Switch2 parameter.
4. Run the ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV or MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV
command and configure the high threshold and low threshold for successful UMTS-to-
LTE handovers and redirections based on virtual grids by specifying U2L Virtual
Gird Information High Threshold and U2L Virtual Grid Information Low
Threshold. The default values 99% and 1% are recommended.
5. Run the RNC-level SET UVIRTUALGRID command and configure the probability
of virtual grid-based fast return for Class II grids by specifying Probability of U2L for
Class II Grid. The default value 5% is recommended.
(Optional) To enable fast return for CSFB supplementary services, perform the
following steps:
After enabling UMTS-to-LTE fast return and enhanced UMTS-to-LTE fast return, perform
the following operations:
Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH with
HO_SS_USER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH under the Optimization Switch10 parameter
selected.

MML Command Examples

//Activating UMTS-to-LTE fast return


//Setting the number of Fast Return from UMTS to LTE-Erlang of all
operators and the number of Fast Return from UMTS to LTE-kbps of all
operators in RAN sharing or MOCN scenarios
SET LICENSE: SETOBJECT=UMTS, OperatorType=PRIM,
FEATURERESASSIGNMODE=ManualAssign, U2LFastReturnErl=1000,
U2LFastReturnKbps=100000;
SET LICENSE: SETOBJECT=UMTS, OperatorType=SEC,
FEATURERESASSIGNMODE=ManualAssign, U2LFastReturnErl=1000,
U2LFastReturnKbps=100000;
//Configuring the absolute priority for a cell
MOD UCELLSELRESEL: CellId=1, SPriority=4;
//Configuring E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number and Absolute
Priority Level of the E-UTRA Frequency for the cell
ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000, NPriority=7, ThdToHigh=2,
ThdToLow=2, EMeasBW=D6, EQrxlevmin=-70, EDetectInd=TRUE,
BlacklstCellNumber=D0;
//Configuring the selection policy for the neighboring LTE frequencies
MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000, NPriority=7,
FreqUsePolicyInd=Both;
//(Optional) Turning on the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch and
configuring the connected mode priority of E-UTRA frequencies
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH-1;
MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000, NPriorityConnect=7;
//Enabling interoperability between UMTS frequency bands and LTE extended
frequency bands 26 to 31 when the LTE system supports these extended
frequency bands
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch2=HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the function of filtering LTE frequencies based on the UE
capability
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch2=HO_U2L_BASE_UE_LTE_MEAS_CAP_SWITCH-1;
//Activating the UMTS-to-LTE fast return and enhanced UMTS-to-LTE fast
return functions
//Activating the feature and enabling the feature enhancement at the cell
level
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=1,FastReturnToLTESwitch=
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH-1;
//Activating the feature and enabling the feature enhancement at the RNC
level
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1;
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch3=PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Turning on the switch for optimized fast return of CSFB UEs
to LTE
SET
URRCTRLSWITCH:OptimizationSwitch6=U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Allowing the fast return to be triggered for a CSFB UE even
when the CS RAB fails to be established for the CSFB UE
SET UALGORSVPARA:RsvSwitch22= RESERVED_SWITCH_22_BIT5-1;

//Activating the LTE measurement-based fast return function


//Performing the following configurations after enabling the UMTS-to-LTE
fast return function
//Turning on the cell-level switch for LTE measurement-based fast return
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=1,
FastReturnToLTESwitch=HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the RNC-level switch for LTE measurement-based fast return
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Enabling non-neighboring-cell-based redirection if no
neighboring LTE cell is configured
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH-1;
//Performing the following configurations for an operator that does not
require the LTE measurement-based fast return function in a UMTS cell
enabled with MOCN
ADD UCELLOPERALGOSWITCH: CellId=1, CnOpIndex=2,
U2LAlgoSwitch=HO_CSFB_BASED_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-0;
//Turning on the switch for measurement-based fast return to LTE after a
CS service is released
SET UCORRMPARA:
PerfEnhanceSwitch7=PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1;
//Performing the following configurations for an operator that does not
require the measurement-based fast return function for CSFB UEs with only
signaling connections in a UMTS cell enabled with MOCN
ADD UCELLOPERALGOSWITCH: CellId=1, CnOpIndex=2,
U2LAlgoSwitch=PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-0;
//Setting the time and RSRP/RSRQ thresholds for LTE measurement when the
UE has only signaling connections
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2LTESigMeasTime=3, SigTargetRatThdRSRP=36,
SigTargetRatThdRSRQ=20;
//(Optional) Selecting HO_HANDOVER_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH under the
HandOver Switch1 parameter
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_HANDOVER_FAST_RETURN_TO_LTE_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the function of cross-Iur service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers
//Setting the following parameter on the source RNC
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch2=HO_IUR_U2L_HO_SWITCH-
1&HO_IUR_PLMN_FILTER_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the following parameter on the target RNC
ADD UNRNC: NRncId=1, SHOTRIG=CS_SHO_SWITCH-1, HHOTRIG=ON,
IurLTECellInfoSwitch=ON;
//(Optional) Turning on the UMTS-to-LTE fast return function switch
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch7=PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Activating the RSCP measurement-based fast return function
//Performing the following optional configurations after enabling the
UMTS-to-LTE fast return function
//Turning on the cell-level switch for RSCP measurement-based fast return
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=1, FastReturnToLTESwitch=
HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the RNC-level switch for RSCP measurement-based fast return
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1= HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1;
//Perform the following settings for an operator that does not require the
RSCP measurement-based fast return to LTE function in a UMTS cell enabled
with the MOCN feature
ADD UCELLOPERALGOSWITCH: CellId=1, CnOpIndex=2,
U2LAlgoSwitch=HO_CSFB_BASED_RSCP_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-0;
//Configuring RSCP measurement reporting period
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2LNCovRscpPrdTimer=D2000;
//Configuring the RSCP threshold for the RSCP measurement-based fast
return function at the cell level
ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1, U2LNCovRscpThd=-90;
//Configuring the RSCP threshold for the RSCP measurement-based fast
return function at the RNC level
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2LNCovRscpThd=-90;
//Configuration of the virtual grid-based fast return function
//Performing the following configurations after enabling the UMTS-to-LTE
fast return function
//Turning on Virtual Grid Filter and Backup Switch
SET UVIRTUALGRID: VirtualGridFilterBackupSw=ON;
//Enabling the virtual grid-based fast return function at the cell level
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=1, FastReturnToLTESwitch=
HO_CSFB_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the virtual grid-based fast return function at the RNC level
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch2= HO_CSFB_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1;
//If the non-coverage-based U2L handover or redirection function is
enabled, configure the U2L virtual gird information high and low
thresholds for cell-level virtual grid-based fast return as follows:
MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1, U2LGridInfoHighThd=99,
U2LGridInfoLowThd=1;
//If the non-coverage-based U2L handover or redirection function is not
enabled, configure the U2L virtual gird information high and low
thresholds for cell-level virtual grid-based fast return as follows:
ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1, U2LGridInfoHighThd=99,
U2LGridInfoLowThd=1;
//Configuring Probability of U2L for Class II Grid using RNC-level virtual
grid-based fast return
SET UVIRTUALGRID: ProbaofU2LforClassIIGrid=5;
//(Optional) Configuring the supplementary service UE identification
switch
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch10=HO_SS_USER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH-1;

Activation (Using the CME)

NOTE:
Perform a single configuration first and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters
of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter
setting interface.

1. Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence in Table 10-1. For
instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration
Operation Guide.

2. (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)
To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification
wizard. For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME
batch modification center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.

NOTE:
In RAN sharing or MOCN scenarios, licenses cannot be operated on the CME. Therefore, you need to
run the RNC MML command SET LICENSE. In this step, set the value of Fast Return from UMTS to
LTE-Erlang and Fast Return from UMTS to LTE-kbps for the primary and secondary operators.

Table 10-1 Configuring parameters on the CME

SN MO NE Parameter Parameter ID Configurab


Name le in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center

1 UCELLSELRESEL RN Absolute SPriority (BSC6900, Yes


C priority level BSC6910)
SN MO NE Parameter Parameter ID Configurab
Name le in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center

of the
serving cell

2 UCELLNFREQPRIOINF RN E-UTRA EARFCN (BSC6900, No


O C Absolute BSC6910)
Radio
Frequency
Channel
Number

Absolute NPriority (BSC6900,


Priority BSC6910)
Level of the
E-UTRA
Frequency

3 UCORRMALGOSWITC RN HandOver HoSwitch (BSC6900, Yes


H C Switch BSC6910)

4 UCORRMALGOSWITC RN HandOver HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, Yes


H C Switch1 BSC6910)

5 UCORRMPARA RN Performanc PerfEnhanceSwitch3 Yes


C e (BSC6900, BSC6910)
Enhanceme
nt Switch 3

6 UCELLHOCOMM RN Fast Return FastReturnToLTESwit Yes


C To LTE ch (BSC6900, BSC6910)
Switch

8 URRCTRLSWITCH RN Optimizatio OptimizationSwitch6 Yes


C n Switch6 (BSC6900, BSC6910)

9 UCELLOPERALGOSWI RN U2L U2LAlgoSwitch Yes


TCH C Algorithm (BSC6900, BSC6910)
Switch

10 UCORRMALGOSWITC RN HandOver HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, Yes


H C Switch2 BSC6910)

11 UNRNC RN Iur LTE Cell IurLTECellInfoSwitch Yes


(Optiona C Information (BSC6900, BSC6910)
l) Switch

12 UCORRMPARA RN Performanc PerfEnhanceSwitch7 Yes


(Optiona C e Enhance (BSC6900, BSC6910)
l) Switch 7
SN MO NE Parameter Parameter ID Configurab
Name le in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center

13 UU2LTEHONCOV RN RSCP U2LNCovRscpThd Yes


(Optiona C Threshold (BSC6900, BSC6910)
l) for Non-
coverage-
based U2L

14 UCELLU2LTEHONCOV RN RSCP U2LNCovRscpThd Yes


(Optiona C Threshold (BSC6900, BSC6910)
l) for Non-
coverage-
based U2L

15 UU2LTEHONCOV RN RSCP U2LNCovRscpPrdTim Yes


(Optiona C Measure er (BSC6900, BSC6910)
l) Timer for
Non-
coverage-
based U2L

16 UVIRTUALGRID RN Virtual Grid VirtualGridFilterBackup Yes


(Optiona C Filter and Sw
l) Backup
Switch

17 UCELLU2LTEHONCOV RN U2L Virtual U2LGridInfoHighThd Yes


(Optiona C Gird (BSC6900, BSC6910)
l) Information
High
Threshold

18 UCELLU2LTEHONCOV RN U2L Virtual U2LGridInfoLowThd Yes


(Optiona C Grid (BSC6900, BSC6910)
l) Information
Low
Threshold

19 UVIRTUALGRID RN Probability ProbaofU2LforClassII Yes


(Optiona C of U2L for Grid (BSC6900, BSC6910)
l) Class II
Grid

20 UCELLNFREQPRIOINF RN Frequency FreqUsePolicyInd Yes


(Optiona O C Use Policy (BSC6900, BSC6910)
l) Indicator

Activation Observation
With this feature activated, if a UE that has fallen back to UMTS from LTE has released the
CS service in the UMTS cell, the RNC sends the UE an RRC Connection Release message.
The Redirection info IE in this message carries the information about the frequency used by
the neighboring LTE cell, as shown in Figure 10-3.
Figure 10-3 RRC Connection Release message tracing

Perform the following operations to observe whether virtual grid-based fast return takes
effect:
 Run the EXP UVIRTUALGRIDINFO command to export virtual grid data. If the
exported .xls files have at least one row of grid data, and the value of U2L Attempt
Number (Current) or U2L Attempt Number (History) is not 0, this function takes
effect.
 Observe the blind redirection-based fast return to LTE for CSFB UEs triggered by
virtual girds specified by VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.FastReturn.GridBlind
(BSC6900, BSC6910). If the value of this counter is not 0, this function takes effect.

Deactivation (Using MML Commands)

Deactivate the feature at the cell and RNC levels as follows:


 At the cell level:
Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHOCOMM and clear the
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH check box under the Fast Return To
LTE Switch parameter.
 At the RNC level:
Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and clear the
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH check box under the HandOver
Switch parameter.
In the preceding configurations, cell-level configurations take precedence over RNC-level
configurations.
Deactivate virtual grid-based fast return at the cell and RNC levels as follows:
 Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHOCOMM and clear the
HO_CSFB_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under Fast Return To LTE
Switch.
 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and clear the
HO_CSFB_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under HandOver Switch2.

NOTE:
 When both RNC-level and cell-level parameters related to virtual grid-based fast return are configured,
configurations of cell-level parameters take precedence.
 When deactivating virtual grid-based fast return, you are advised to turn on Virtual Grid Filter and Backup
Switch so that the RNC can continue to filter, back up, and restore existing virtual grid data.

MML Command Examples

//Deactivating the feature at the cell level


MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=1, FastReturnToLTESwitch=
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-0;
//Deactivating the feature at the RNC level
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-0;
//Disabling the virtual grid-based fast return function at the cell level
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=1,
FastReturnToLTESwitch=HO_CSFB_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-0;
//Disabling the virtual grid-based fast return function at the RNC level
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch2=HO_CSFB_BASED_GRID_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-0;

NOTE:
When deactivating virtual grid-based fast return, you are advised to turn on Virtual Grid Filter and Backup
Switch so that the RNC can continue to filter, back up, and restore existing virtual grid data.

Deactivation (Using the CME)

NOTE:
Perform a single configuration first and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters
of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter
setting interface.

1. Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence in Table 10-2. For
instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration
Operation Guide.

2. (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)
To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification
wizard. For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME
batch modification center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
Table 10-2 Configuring parameters on the CME

SN MO NE Parameter Parameter ID Configurable


Name in CME
Batch
Modification
Center

1 UCORRMALGOSWITCH RNC HandOver HoSwitch (BSC6900, Yes


Switch BSC6910)

2 UCELLHOCOMM RNC Fast FastReturnToLTESwitch Yes


Return To (BSC6900, BSC6910)
SN MO NE Parameter Parameter ID Configurable
Name in CME
Batch
Modification
Center

LTE
Switch

3 UCORRMALGOSWITCH RNC HandOver HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, Yes


Switch2 BSC6910)

10.2.5 Performance Monitoring

In the UE logs, check the duration for a UE to return to LTE from UMTS. The duration starts
when the UE transmits or receives a Disconnect message after processing a CS service and
ends when the UE initiates an RRC Connection Request message in the E-UTRAN.
If the duration shortens after the feature is activated, the feature has brought positive gains.
The following table lists counters indicating performance of UMTS-to-LTE fast return.

Counter Name Measureme Function Counter


nt Object Subset Description

VS.U2L.FastReturn.Redirect.CSFBUE (BSC6900, CELL U2LTE.HO.C Number of


BSC6910) ell U2L
Redirectio
ns
Triggered
by Fast
Return of
CSFB UEs
for Cell

VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.FastReturn.Blind CELL U2LTE.HO.C Number of


(BSC6900, BSC6910) ell UMTS to
LTE Blind
Redirectio
ns
Through
Fast
Return for
Cell

VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.AttRelocPrepOutPS.CSF CELL U2LTE.HO.C Number of


BUE (BSC6900, BSC6910) ell Preparatio
n Attempts
for U2L PS
Handovers
Triggered
by Fast
Return of
Counter Name Measureme Function Counter
nt Object Subset Description

CSFB UEs
for Cell

VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.SuccRelocPrepOutPS.C CELL U2LTE.HO.C Number of


SFBUE (BSC6900, BSC6910) ell Successful
Preparatio
ns for U2L
PS
Handovers
Triggered
by Fast
Return of
CSFB UEs
for Cell

VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.AttOutPS.CSFBUE CELL U2LTE.HO.C Number of


(BSC6900, BSC6910) ell U2L PS
Handover
Attempts
Triggered
by Fast
Return of
CSFB UEs
for Cell

VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.SuccOutPS.CSFBUE CELL U2LTE.HO.C Number of


(BSC6900, BSC6910) ell Successful
U2L PS
Handovers
Triggered
by Fast
Return of
CSFB UEs
for Cell

After measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return is enabled, the RNC also starts LTE
measurement after receiving a Disconnect message. LTE measurement in this case risks a call
drop because it requires delivery of the RB reconfiguration and measurement control
messages. When the coverage is normal, a UE has proactively ended the voice services, not
resulting in an actual call drop and therefore not affecting user experience. The number of
call drops of UEs in disconnected mode can be measured using the following counter.

Counter Name Measuremen Function Subset Counter


t Object Description

VS.RAB.AbnormRel.CS.Disconnec UCELL RAB.RelAbnormal.Cel Number of CS


t (BSC6900, BSC6910) l RABs
Abnormally
Released by
the RNC After
Counter Name Measuremen Function Subset Counter
t Object Description

the RNC
Receives the
DISCONNEC
T Message for
Cell

CSFB fast return handover preparation success rate =


VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.SuccRelocPrepOutPS.CSFBUE (BSC6900,
BSC6910)/VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.AttRelocPrepOutPS.CSFBUE (BSC6900, BSC6910)

CSFB fast return handover success rate = VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.SuccOutPS.CSFBUE


(BSC6900, BSC6910)/VS.U2LHO.FastReturn.AttOutPS.CSFBUE (BSC6900, BSC6910)
The virtual grid-based fast return function is learned and the learning results are inaccurate
within three days after this function is enabled. Therefore, it is recommended that data
recorded within at least three days be excluded for benefit evaluation using the counters
below.
 The U2L blind redirection failures decrease after the blind redirection-based fast return
function takes effect on the live network. UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection failure rate =
VS.U2LTEHO.Redir.FailOutNum/(VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.FastReturn.Blind +
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Sevice.Blind + VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Load.Blind +
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Coverage.EmergBlind)
 If LTE measurement-based fast return takes effect on the live network, the following
counter values will change:
 The number of LTE measurements (VS.U2LTEHO.MeasCtrl.Num) decreases.
 The number of timed-out LTE measurements (VS.U2LTEHO.MeasTimeOut.Num)
decreases.
 In scenarios with a large number of LTE measurements and high-throughput UEs,
decreasing LTE measurements can increase cell throughput and reduce call drop
rates.
10.2.6 Parameter Optimization

After the Virtual Grid-Based Fast Return function is enabled, if it is found that there are only
a small number of Class I and Class II grids, which causes the feature gains fail to reach the
expectation, the following command can be used to modify related parameters. This method
improves system performance and the Internet access experience of most UEs at the expense
of experience of some UEs.
//Adjusting the upper and lower thresholds for cell-level U2L virtual grid
information
MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1, U2LGridInfoHighThd=95,
U2LGridInfoLowThd=5;

10.2.7 Troubleshooting

N/A
10.3 WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE
After WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE is enabled, the redirection or handover
for UEs in connected mode from a UMTS cell to a multi-band LTE cell can also be
performed. For details about engineering guidelines for UMTS-to-LTE redirections or
handovers, see 10.14 MFBI-Based UMTS-to-LTE Interoperability.
10.3.1 When to Use Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE

This feature is recommended in scenarios where UMTS and LTE are deployed together and
UMTS coverage is weaker than LTE coverage. For example, you can deploy this feature in
areas where UMTS and LTE are deployed at one site and share sectors and the LTE band is
lower than the UMTS band.
You are advised to determine whether to enable the UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or
handover based on whether the CN supports this feature and proportion of UEs supporting
this feature when deploying this feature.
If the CN does not support the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, you are advised to enable only
the UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection. If the CN supports the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover:
 If few UEs support the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, you are advised to enable only the
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection.
 If most UEs support the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, you are advised to enable both the
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection and handover. In this case, the UEs supporting handovers
will use the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover and the UEs not supporting handovers will use
the UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection.
 If operators do not configure neighboring LTE cells, you are advised to enable the
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection.

NOTE:
To enable the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, you need to first configure the neighboring LTE cell.

10.3.2 Required Information

Before activating Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE, collect the following
information:
 Information about areas where UMTS and LTE are deployed together and areas where
UMTS and LTE coverage overlaps
 Information about UMTS/LTE dual-mode UEs
 The CN supports UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections.
 Parameter settings of events 2D and 2F. For details about events 2D and 2F, see "Event
2D/2F" in section 4.3.3.4 Measurement.
10.3.3 Planning

None
10.3.4 Deployment

Requirements

 Other features
None
 Hardware
None
 License
Table 10-3 BSC6900&BSC6910

Feature ID Feature License Control License Item Supported License Sales


Name Item ID in the DSP NE Type Allocation Unit
LICUSAGE for Multiple
Command Operators
Output

WRFD- Coverage LQW1CPRULRES Coverage BSC6900 Method 2 per


150219 Based PS based PS and Mbps
Redirection Redirection BSC6910
from UMTS from UMTS
to LTE to LTE (per
Mbps)

For the supplementary descriptions of the license, see the license descriptions in
Requirements of 10.1.2 Deployment.

 Other requirements
 The UE must support 3GPP Release 8 or later.
 The CN must support UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections.
 The SGSN is able to obtain subscription data of the UE from the HLR or HSS. If
the UE does not subscribe to LTE services, the SGSN must use the E-UTRAN
Service Handover IE in the RAB Assignment Request message to inform the RNC
that the UE cannot be redirected to the LTE network the SGSN. This information is
sent through the E-UTRAN Service Handover IE in the RAB Assignment Request
message. If the SGSN cannot send the E-UTRAN Service Handover IE, the
operator must enable UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections for all UMTS/LTE multi-
mode UEs in the network.

Data Preparation

lists the data to be prepared for deploying Coverage Based PS Redirection from
Table 10-4
UMTS to LTE.
Table 10-4 Data preparation

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


Name

LTE Cell SuppPSHOFlag Set this parameter to NotSupport. Radio network


Supportin (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
g PS HO
Indicator
Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

Blind HO BlindFlag (BSC6900, Neighboring-cell-based blind redirection Default


Neighbori BSC6910) takes effect only when this parameter is value/Recom
ng Cell set to TRUE. mended value
Flag

E-UTRA EARFCN (BSC6900, Radio network plan Radio network


Absolute BSC6910) plan (internal)
Radio
Frequenc
y
Channel
Number

Absolute NPriority (BSC6900, Radio network plan Radio network


Priority BSC6910) plan (internal)
Level of
the E-
UTRA
Frequenc
y

LTE LTEReportMode Set this parameter to the default value. Default


Report (BSC6900, BSC6910) value/Recom
Mode mended value

RSCP UsedFreqThdRSCP Set this parameter only when Default


Threshol (BSC6900, BSC6910) LTEMeasQuanOf3A (BSC6900, value/Recom
d for BSC6910) is set to RSRP. mended value
Used
Frequenc
y

Ec/No UsedFreqThdEcNo Set this parameter only when Default


Threshol (BSC6900, BSC6910) LTEMeasQuanOf3A (BSC6900, value/Recom
d for BSC6910) is set to RSRQ. mended value
Used
Frequenc
y

Measure LTEMeasQuanOf3A Set this parameter to the default value. N/A


ment (BSC6900, BSC6910)
Quantity
for Event
3A in
LTE

3A Event Hystfor3A (BSC6900, Set this parameter to the default value. Default
Hysteresi BSC6910) value/Recom
s mended value

3A Event TrigTime3A (BSC6900, Set this parameter to the default value. Default
Trigger BSC6910) value/Recom
mended value
Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

Delay
Time

Layer 3 U2LTEFilterCoef Set this parameter to the default value. Default


Filter (BSC6900, BSC6910) value/Recom
Coefficie mended value
nt for
LTE
Measure
ment

LTE U2LTEMeasTime Set this parameter to the default value. Default


Measure (BSC6900, BSC6910) value/Recom
ment mended value
Timer
Length

RSRP TargetRatThdRSRP Set this parameter to the default value. Default


Threshol (BSC6900, BSC6910) value/Recom
d During mended value
PS
Handove
r to LTE

RSRQ TargetRatThdRSRQ Set this parameter to the default value. Default


Threshol (BSC6900, BSC6910) value/Recom
d During mended value
PS
Handove
r to LTE

LTE LTEPeriodReportInte Set this parameter only when Default


Period rval (BSC6900, LTEReportMode (BSC6900, BSC6910) is value/Recom
Reportin BSC6910) set to PERIODICAL_REPORTING. mended value
g Interval Do not set this parameter to
NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, because
UE behaviors are unpredictable when
this parameter is set to
NON_PERIODIC_REPORT. If the value
of this parameter is too small, the
measurement results are reported too
frequently, increasing the signaling
burden on the RNC. If this parameter
value is too large, the UTRAN cannot
detect changes in the LTE cell signal
quality in time, delaying UMTS-to-LTE
redirection and resulting in call drops.
The default value is recommended.

LTE HystforPeriodLTE Set this parameter only when Default


Period (BSC6900, BSC6910) LTEReportMode (BSC6900, BSC6910) is value/Recom
Reportin set to PERIODICAL_REPORTING. mended value
Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

g HO The default value is recommended.


Hysteresi
s

Service- EUTRANSHIND To enable UMTS-to-LTE redirection of Radio network


Based (BSC6900, BSC6910) certain PS services, set this parameter plan (internal)
Handove to
r to LTE HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PER
Allowed FORM.

HandOve HoSwitch (BSC6900, When activating this feature, select Default


r Switch BSC6910) HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under this value/Recom
parameter. mended value

HandOve HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, When activating this feature, select Engineering


r Switch1 BSC6910) HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWIT design
CH under this parameter.

U2L U2LBlindRedirSwitc Turn on this switch if UMTS and LTE Default


Blind h (BSC6900, BSC6910) are deployed at one site and share value/Recom
Redirect sectors and the LTE band is lower than mended value
Switch the UMTS band.

Anti- U2LBlindRedirPingp Set this parameter to the default value. Default


Pingpong ongTimer (BSC6900, value/Recom
Timer for BSC6910) mended value
U2L
Blind
Redirecti
on

HandOve HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, To enable non-neighboring-LTE-cell- Engineering


r Switch1 BSC6910) based redirection, select design
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE
_FREQ_SWITCH under this parameter.

MC- McHsdpaLteCMPerm Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
HSDPA issionInd (BSC6900, plan (internal)
and LTE BSC6910)
CM
Coexist
Indicator

PS Rate PsSwitch (BSC6900, You are advised to select the Radio network
Negotiati BSC6910) PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWI plan (internal)
on TCH check box under this parameter
Switch when EHSPACMPermissionInd,
HsdpaCMPermissionInd, or
McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd is set
to FALSE. After this switch is turned on,
the call drop rate is reduced, but user
experience of PS services deteriorates.
Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

HandOve HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, If the LTE system supports extended Radio network
r Switch2 BSC6910) frequency bands (26 to 31), select plan (internal)
HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH
under this parameter to support
interoperations from UMTS to these
extended LTE frequency bands.

Performa PerfEnhanceSwitch6 To prevent non-LTE subscribers from Radio network


nce (BSC6900, BSC6910) performing coverage-based UMTS-to- plan (internal)
Enhance LTE redirections or handovers, which
ment may result in redirection or handover
Switch 6 failures, select
PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_COV_
U2L_SWITCH under this parameter to
allow coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or handovers only on LTE
subscribers.

Frequenc FreqUsePolicyInd Set this parameter as planned. Use this Radio network
y Use (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter to configure the neighboring plan (internal)
Policy LTE frequency that can only be used in
Indicator connected mode.

Precautions

After the Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE feature is enabled and event
2D is triggered, a UE not supporting LTE measurements in connected mode does not perform
coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections. In this case:
 If a GSM network or inter-frequency UMTS network is deployed, the UE measures the
signal quality of the neighboring GSM cells or inter-frequency neighboring UMTS cells.
 If no GSM network or inter-frequency UMTS network is deployed, the UE is not
redirected to the LTE network until event 1F is triggered.
Event 1F indicates that the UMTS signals are weak and call drops may occur. Therefore,
the UE is shifted to the LTE network through a blind redirection when event 1F is
triggered. It is recommended that the trigger threshold for event 1F be set to the same
value as that for event 2D in areas where no GSM and inter-frequency UMTS networks
are deployed.

Activation (Using MML Commands)

1. Configure neighboring LTE cells or LTE frequencies based on the network plan.
 If the neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection or blind redirection is allowed,
configure LTE cells as the neighboring cells of the UMTS cell. The procedure is
as follows:
b. If an LTE cell has not been configured, run the RNC MML command ADD
ULTECELL to configure LTE cells with LTE Cell Supporting PS HO
Indicator set to NotSupport(NotSupport).

NOTE:
 You can run the MOD ULTECELL command instead of the ADD ULTECELL command
in sub-step 1 if LTE cells have been configured.
 Set the CnOpGrpIndex parameter in the ADD ULTECELL command to the index of a
group that includes operators of LTE cells. If the group includes only operators of UMTS
cells, UMTS-to-LTE handovers will fail.
 If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH in the LST
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is deselected
(HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH-0), the RNC uses
neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirections or blind redirections. The service-, coverage-, and
load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover features share the
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH switch.

c. If a neighboring LTE cell or blind neighboring LTE cell has not been configured,
run the RNC MML command ADD ULTENCELL to configure neighboring
LTE cells. When configuring a blind neighboring LTE cell, set Blind HO
Neighboring Cell Flag to TRUE.

NOTE:
If a neighboring LTE cell has been configured, you can run the MOD ULTENCELL command to
reconfigure the neighboring LTE cell in sub-step 2.

 If non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection or blind redirection is allowed, you


need to configure LTE frequencies. The procedure is as follows: Run the RNC
MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO to add information about the
priorities of frequencies for neighboring LTE cells of the UMTS cell.
2. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO or MOD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO to configure the frequency use policy indicator based on
the network plan.
3. Based on Table 10-4, run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHOCOV to set RNC-
level parameters related to the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE measurement algorithm.
The RNC sends these parameters to the UE through a measurement control message.
4. (Optional) If parameters related to the measurement algorithm need to be independently
set for a cell, run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV to set cell-
level parameters related to the service-based UMTS-to-LTE measurement algorithm
based on Table 10-4.

NOTE:
If related parameters have been configured for a cell, you can run the MOD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV
command to modify them.
If the cell-level and RNC-level measurement-related parameters are both available, the cell-level
measurement-related parameters prevail. If the cell-level parameters are unavailable, the cell uses the
RNC-level parameters.
5. Run the RNC MML command MOD UTYPRABBASIC to modify the basic
information about a typical RAB. In this step, set Service-Based Handover to LTE
Allowed to HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM to allow UMTS-to-LTE
PS redirections or blind redirections.
6. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable coverage-
based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections or blind redirections. In this step, select
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch parameter and
HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch1
parameter.
7. (Optional) To enable non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection, run the RNC MML
command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the HandOver
Switch1 parameter selected.

NOTE:
To implement neighboring-cell-based redirection, ensure that the switch for non-neighboring-LTE-cell-
based redirection is turned off. If the cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE redirection function needs to be enabled,
select HO_IUR_U2L_REDIR_SWITCH (switch for cross-Iur U2L redirection) under HandOver
Switch1 in the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH.

8. (Optional) For terminals that do not support LTE measurement, run the RNC MML
command MOD UCELLHOCOMM to enable the blind redirection to LTE for a
specific cell. In this step, U2L Blind Redirect Switch is set to ON.
9. (Optional) To avoid ping-pong redirections, run the RNC MML command SET
UHOCOMM with U2LBlindRedirPingpongTimer (BSC6900, BSC6910) set to an
appropriate value to so that a penalty timer is started for UEs that attempt to access the
UMTS network again within 30 seconds after shifting from UMTS to LTE through
blind redirections.
10. (Optional) If the DC-HSDPA feature is enabled, run the RNC MML command SET
UCMCF with MC-HSDPA and LTE CM Coexist Indicator set to TRUE.
11. (Optional) If EHSPACMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910),
HsdpaCMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910), or
McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to FALSE, run the RNC
MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with the
PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH check box under PS Rate
Negotiation Switch selected.
12. If the LTE system supports extended frequency bands (26 to 31), run the RNC MML
command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch2 parameter
selected.
13. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA with the
PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPAGING check box under
Performance Enhancement Switch 5 selected to prohibit UEs from attempting
UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers when they are performing CS paging
procedures.
14. (Optional) When RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, run the RNC MML command
SET LICENSE with the Coverage based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE-kbps
parameter specified for the primary and secondary operators.
15. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA with
PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_COV_U2L_SWITCH under the Performance
Enhancement Switch 6 parameter selected to allow coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or handovers only on LTE subscribers.

MML Command Examples

//Adding an LTE cell


ADD ULTECELL: LTECellIndex=1, LTECellName="LTECELL1", EUTRANCELLID=1,
MCC="460", MNC="01", TAC=10, CnOpGrpIndex=1, CellPHYID=100, LTEBand=10,
LTEArfcn=4150, SuppPSHOFlag=NotSupport;
//Adding a neighboring LTE cell
ADD ULTENCELL: RNCId=1, CellId=1, LTECellIndex=1;
//Adding a blind neighboring LTE cell
ADD ULTENCELL: RNCId=1, CellId=2, LTECellIndex=2, BlindFlag=TRUE;
//Setting the information about the priorities of LTE frequencies
ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1, NPriority=7;
//Setting the selection policy for the neighboring LTE frequency
ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000, NPriority=5,
FreqUsePolicyInd=Both;
//Setting RNC-level parameters related to measurements for the coverage-
based UMTS-to-LTE redirections
SET UU2LTEHOCOV: LTEReportMode=EVENT_TRIGGER, UsedFreqThdRSCP=-107,
LTEMeasQuanOf3A=RSRP, Hystfor3A=4, TrigTime3A=D0, U2LTEFilterCoef=D3,
U2LTEMeasTime=30, TargetRatThdRSRP=36, TargetRatThdRSRQ=20;
//Setting cell-level parameters related to measurements for the coverage-
based UMTS-to-LTE redirections
ADD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV: CellId=1, LTEReportMode=EVENT_TRIGGER,
LTEMeasQuanOf3A=RSRP, UsedFreqThdRSCP=-107, Hystfor3A=4, TrigTime3A=D0,
U2LTEFilterCoef=D3, U2LTEMeasTime=30, TargetRatThdRSRP=36,
TargetRatThdRSRQ=20;
//Modifying the basic information about a typical RAB RabIndex40-121
MOD UTYPRABBASIC: RabIndex=40, EUTRANSHIND=HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM;
//Turning on the general switch for UMTS-to-LTE interoperation and switch
for coverage based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1,
HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the switch for non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the blind redirection switch
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=2, U2LBlindRedirSwitch=ON;
//Setting the timer during which blind redirections to an LTE network are
prevented
SET UHOCOMM: U2LBlindRedirPingpongTimer=60;
//Enabling the function of preventing the service rate increase in
compressed mode
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PsSwitch=PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling DC-HSDPA UEs to support measurement of LTE cells in compressed
mode
SET UCMCF:McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd=TRUE;
//Prohibiting UEs from attempting U2L redirection or handover when they
are performing CS paging procedures
SET UCORRMPARA:
PerfEnhanceSwitch5=PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPAGING-1;
//When the LTE system supports extended frequency bands (26 to 31)
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch2=HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH-1;

//Turning on the switch for LTE subscriber information learning and the
switch for allowing only LTE subscribers to perform coverage-based U2L
handover or redirection when the RNC cannot obtain LTE subscriber
information from the CN
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch6=PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_COV_U2L_SWITCH-
1;

Activation (Using the CME)

NOTE:
Perform a single configuration first and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters
of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter
setting interface.

1. Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence in Table 10-5. For
instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration
Operation Guide.

2. (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)
To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification
wizard. For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME
batch modification center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
Table 10-5 Configuring parameters on the CME

SN MO NE Parameter Name Parameter ID Configu


rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center

1 ULTECELL R LTE Cell Index LTECellIndex Yes


N (BSC6900, BSC6910)
NOTE: C
LTE Cell Name LTECellName
This MO is required
if neighboring-LTE-
(BSC6900, BSC6910)
cell-based
redirection or blind
LTE Cell Identity EUTRANCELLID
redirection is (BSC6900, BSC6910)
allowed.
Mobile Country Code MCC (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Mobile Network Code MNC (BSC6900,


BSC6910)
SN MO NE Parameter Name Parameter ID Configu
rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center

Tracking Area Code TAC (BSC6900,


BSC6910)

Operator Group Index CnOpGrpIndex


(BSC6900, BSC6910)

LTE Physical Cell Identity CellPHYID (BSC6900,


BSC6910)

LTE Cell Frequency Band LTEBand (BSC6900,


BSC6910)

LTE Cell Downlink LTEArfcn (BSC6900,


Frequency BSC6910)

LTE Cell Supporting PS HO SuppPSHOFlag


Indicator (BSC6900, BSC6910)

ULTENCELL R RNC ID RNCId (BSC6900, No


N BSC6910)
NOTE: C
Cell ID CellId (BSC6900,
This MO is required
BSC6910)
if neighboring-LTE-
cell-based
redirection or blind
LTE Cell Index LTECellIndex
redirection is (BSC6900, BSC6910)
allowed.
Blind HO Neighboring Cell BlindFlag (BSC6900,
Flag BSC6910)

UCELLNFREQP R Absolute Priority Level of the NPriority (BSC6900, No


RIOINFO N E-UTRA Frequency BSC6910)
C
NOTE: E-UTRA Absolute Radio EARFCN (BSC6900,
Frequency Channel Number BSC6910)
This MO is required
if non-neighboring-
LTE-cell-based
redirection or blind
redirection is
allowed.

2 UU2LTEHOCOV R LTE Report Mode LTEReportMode Yes


N (BSC6900, BSC6910)
C
RSCP Threshold for Used UsedFreqThdRSCP
Frequency (BSC6900, BSC6910)
SN MO NE Parameter Name Parameter ID Configu
rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center

Ec/No Threshold for Used UsedFreqThdEcNo


Frequency (BSC6900, BSC6910)

Measurement Quantity for LTEMeasQuanOf3A


Event 3A in LTE (BSC6900, BSC6910)

3A Event Hysteresis Hystfor3A (BSC6900,


BSC6910)

3A Event Trigger Delay Time TrigTime3A


(BSC6900, BSC6910)

Layer 3 Filter Coefficient for U2LTEFilterCoef


LTE Measurement (BSC6900, BSC6910)

LTE Measurement Timer U2LTEMeasTime


Length (BSC6900, BSC6910)

RSRP Threshold During PS TargetRatThdRSRP


Handover to LTE (BSC6900, BSC6910)

RSRQ Threshold During PS TargetRatThdRSRQ


Handover to LTE (BSC6900, BSC6910)

LTE Period Reporting LTEPeriodReportIn


Interval terval (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

LTE Period Reporting HO HystforPeriodLTE


Hysteresis (BSC6900, BSC6910)

3 UCELLU2LTEH R Parameters to be configured are the same as those Yes


(Optio OCOV N in the UU2LTEHOCOV MO.
nal) C
NOTE:
This MO is required
if the measurement-
related parameters
need to be
configured for a
specific cell.

4 UTYPRABBASI R Service-Based Handover to EUTRANSHIND No


C N LTE Allowed (BSC6900, BSC6910)
C

5 UCORRMALGO HandOver Switch HoSwitch (BSC6900, Yes


SWITCH BSC6910)
SN MO NE Parameter Name Parameter ID Configu
rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center

R HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1


N (BSC6900, BSC6910)
C

6 UCORRMALGO R HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1 Yes


(Optio SWITCH N (BSC6900, BSC6910)
nal) C
NOTE:
This MO is required
if non-neighboring-
LTE-cell-based
redirection or blind
redirection is
allowed.

7 UCELLHOCOM R U2L Blind Redirect Switch U2LBlindRedirSwit Yes


(Optio M N ch (BSC6900,
nal) C BSC6910)
NOTE:
This MO is required
if UMTS-to-LTE
blind redirection is
to be enabled for a
specific cell.

8 UCORRMALGO R PS Rate Negotiation Switch PsSwitch (BSC6900, Yes


(Optio SWITCH N (PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS BSC6910)
nal) C _OPT_SWITCH selected
under this parameter)

9 UCMCF R MC-HSDPA and LTE CM McHsdpaLteCMPer Yes


(Optio N Coexist Indicator missionInd
nal) C

10 UHOCOMM R Anti-Pingpong Timer for U2L U2LBlindRedirPing Yes


(Optio N Blind Redirection pongTimer
nal) C (BSC6900, BSC6910)

11 UCELLNFREQP R Frequency Use Policy FreqUsePolicyInd Yes


(optio RIOINFO N Indicator (BSC6900, BSC6910)
nal) C

Activation Observation

For details about activation observation, see section 10.3.5 Performance Monitoring.
Deactivation (Using MML Commands)

1. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to disable coverage-


based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections. In this step, clear
HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch1
parameter.

MML Command Examples

//Deactivating Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE


SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH-0;

Deactivation (Using the CME)

NOTE:
When configuring the WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE on the CME,
perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters
of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter
setting interface.

1. Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence in Table 10-6. For
instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration
Operation Guide.

2. (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)
To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification
wizard. For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME
batch modification center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
Table 10-6 Configuring parameters on the CME

SN MO NE Parameter Parameter Configurable


Name ID in CME
Batch
Modification
Center

1 UCORRMALGOSWITCH RNC HandOver HoSwitch1 Yes


Switch1 (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

10.3.5 Performance Monitoring

The following counters have been introduced to accommodate this feature.

Counter Name Measureme Measurement Description


nt Object Unit

VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Coverage (BSC6900, CELL U2LTE.HO.Ce Number of


BSC6910) ll Coverage-
based
Counter Name Measureme Measurement Description
nt Object Unit

UMTS to
LTE PS
Redirection
s for Cell

VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Coverage.EmergBl CELL U2LTE.HO.Ce Number of


ind (BSC6900, BSC6910) ll Coverage-
based
UMTS to
LTE PS
Emergency
Blind
Redirection
s for Cell

After this feature is enabled, observe the values of the following counters:
 VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Coverage (BSC6900, BSC6910)
If the value of this counter is not 0, the event-2D-triggered coverage-based UMTS-to-
LTE PS redirection takes effect.
 VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Coverage.EmergBlind (BSC6900, BSC6910)
If the value of this counter is not 0, the event-1F-triggered coverage-based UMTS-to-
LTE PS blind redirection takes effect.
10.3.6 Parameter Optimization

N/A
10.3.7 Troubleshooting

N/A
10.4 WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE

After WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE is enabled, the redirection or handover
for UEs in connected mode from a UMTS cell to a multi-band LTE cell can also be
performed. For details about engineering guidelines for UMTS-to-LTE redirections or
handovers, see 10.14 MFBI-Based UMTS-to-LTE Interoperability.
10.4.1 When to Use Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE

See section 10.3.1 When to Use Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE.
10.4.2 Required Information

See 10.3.2 Required Information. The eNodeB, MME, and SGSN must support UMTS-to-LTE PS
handover.
10.4.3 Planning

None
10.4.4 Deployment
Requirements

 Other features
None
 Hardware
None
 License
Table 10-7 BSC6900&BSC6910

Feature ID Feature License Control License Item NE License Sales


Name Item in the DSP Allocation Unit
LICUSAGE for Multiple
Command Operators
Output

WRFD- Coverage LQW1CPHULRES Coverage BSC6900 Method 2 per


150220 Based PS Based PS and Mbps
Handover Handover BSC6910
from UMTS from UMTS
to LTE to LTE (per
Mbps)

For the supplementary descriptions of the license, see the license descriptions in
Requirements of 10.1.2 Deployment.

 Other requirements
 The eNodeB, MME, SGSN, and UE support UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
 The UE supports 3GPP Release 8 or later. It also supports LTE measurements.
 The SGSN supports 3GPP Release 8 or later and UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers. It
can obtain subscription data of the UE from the HLR or HSS. If the UE does not
subscribe to LTE services, the SGSN must be able to inform the RNC that the UE
cannot be handed over to the LTE network. This information is sent through the E-
UTRAN Service Handover IE in the RAB Assignment Request message. If the
SGSN cannot send the E-UTRAN Service Handover IE, the operator must enable
UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers for all UMTS/LTE multimode UEs in the network.
 The neighboring LTE cell has been configured. For details about how to configure
a neighboring LTE cell, see BSC6900 UMTS Initial Configuration Guide or
BSC6910 UMTS Initial Configuration Guide.

Data Preparation

lists the data to be prepared for deploying Coverage Based PS Handover from
Table 10-8
UMTS to LTE.
Table 10-8 Data to prepare before activating Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

LTE Cell SuppPSHOFlag Set this parameter to Support. Radio network


Supportin (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
g PS HO
Indicator

LTE LTEReportMode Set this parameter to the default value. Default


Report (BSC6900, BSC6910) value/Recom
Mode mended value

RSCP UsedFreqThdRSCP Set this parameter only when Default


Threshol (BSC6900, BSC6910) LTEMeasQuanOf3A (BSC6900, value/Recom
d for BSC6910) is set to RSRP. mended value
Used
Frequenc
y

Ec/No UsedFreqThdEcNo Set this parameter only when Default


Threshol (BSC6900, BSC6910) LTEMeasQuanOf3A (BSC6900, value/Recom
d for BSC6910) is set to RSRQ. mended value
Used
Frequenc
y

Measure LTEMeasQuanOf3A Set this parameter to the default value. Default


ment (BSC6900, BSC6910) value/Recom
Quantity mended value
for Event
3A in
LTE

3A Event Hystfor3A (BSC6900, Set this parameter to the default value. Default
Hysteresi BSC6910) value/Recom
s mended value

3A Event TrigTime3A (BSC6900, Set this parameter to the default value. Default
Trigger BSC6910) value/Recom
Delay mended value
Time

Layer 3 U2LTEFilterCoef Set this parameter to the default value. Default


Filter (BSC6900, BSC6910) value/Recom
Coefficie mended value
nt for
LTE
Measure
ment

LTE U2LTEMeasTime Set this parameter to the default value. Default


Measure (BSC6900, BSC6910) value/Recom
ment mended value
Timer
Length
Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

RSRP TargetRatThdRSRP Set this parameter to the default value. Default


Threshol (BSC6900, BSC6910) value/Recom
d During mended value
PS
Handove
r to LTE

RSRQ TargetRatThdRSRQ Set this parameter to the default value. Default


Threshol (BSC6900, BSC6910) value/Recom
d During mended value
PS
Handove
r to LTE

LTE LTEPeriodReportInte Set this parameter only when Default


Period rval (BSC6900, LTEReportMode (BSC6900, BSC6910) is value/Recom
Reportin BSC6910) set to PERIODICAL_REPORTING. mended value
g Interval Do not set this parameter to
NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, upon
which the UE behavior is not defined. If
this parameter value is too small, the
measurement results are reported too
frequently, increasing the signaling
burden on the RNC. If this parameter
value is too large, the UTRAN cannot
detect changes in the LTE cell signal
quality in time, delaying UMTS-to-LTE
handover and resulting in call drops.
The default value is recommended.

LTE HystforPeriodLTE Set this parameter only when Default


Period (BSC6900, BSC6910) LTEReportMode (BSC6900, BSC6910) is value/Recom
Reportin set to PERIODICAL_REPORTING. mended value
g HO The default value is recommended.
Hysteresi
s

Service- EUTRANSHIND Set this parameter to Radio network


Based (BSC6900, BSC6910) HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PER plan (internal)
Handove FORM if UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers
r to LTE are allowed for certain PS services.
Allowed

HandOve HoSwitch (BSC6900, Select HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH Default


r Switch BSC6910) under this parameter to activate the value/Recom
feature. mended value

HandOve HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, Select Engineering


r Switch1 BSC6910) HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH design
under this parameter to activate the
feature.
Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

HandOve HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, Deselect Engineering


r Switch1 BSC6910) HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE design
_FREQ_SWITCH under this parameter
when you activate the feature.

MC- McHsdpaLteCMPerm Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
HSDPA issionInd (BSC6900, plan (internal)
and LTE BSC6910)
CM
Coexist
Indicator

PS Rate PsSwitch (BSC6900, You are advised to select the Radio network
Negotiati BSC6910) PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWI plan (internal)
on TCH check box under this parameter
Switch when EHSPACMPermissionInd,
HsdpaCMPermissionInd, or
McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd is set
to FALSE. After this switch is turned on,
the call drop rate is reduced, but user
experience of PS services deteriorates.

HandOve HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, If the LTE system supports extended Radio network
r Switch2 BSC6910) frequency bands (26 to 31), select plan (internal)
HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH
under this parameter to support UMTS-
to-LTE interoperations on the extended
frequency bands.

HandOve HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, Select HO_IUR_U2L_HO_SWITCH Radio network


r Switch2 BSC6910) under this parameter to enable the plan (internal)
function of cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE
handovers.
Select
HO_IUR_PLMN_FILTER_SWITCH
under this parameter to enable the
SRNC to filter the LTE frequencies or
neighboring cells under the DRNC
based on the PLMN information during
a cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE redirection or
handover.

Iur LTE IurLTECellInfoSwitch To enable the function of cross-Iur Radio network


Cell (BSC6900, BSC6910) UMTS-to-LTE handovers, set this plan (internal)
Informati parameter to ON.
on
Switch

Optimizat OptimizationSwitch5 Select Radio network


ion (BSC6900, BSC6910) U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_ERAB_SWI plan (internal)
Switch 5 TCH under this parameter to enable the
Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
Name

function of data forwarding during


UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
To reduce the U2L PS service user-
plane interruption time, you need to
select
PS_U2L_USER_PLANE_DELAY_OPT
_SWITCH under this parameter.

Performa PerfEnhanceSwitch6 Select Radio network


nce (BSC6900, BSC6910) PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_COV_ plan (internal)
Enhance U2L_SWITCH under this parameter to
ment allow coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
Switch 6 redirections or handovers only on LTE
subscribers. In this way, non-LTE
subscribers are prevented from
performing coverage-based UMTS-to-
LTE redirections or handovers.

Thd for U2LPhyChFailNum To enable the function of preventing Default


Cov U2L (BSC6900, BSC6910) frequent retries after a UMTS-to-LTE PS value/Recom
HO Fail handover failure, set this parameter to a mended value
by Phy non-zero value.
CH Fail

Inter- PenaltyTimeForPhyC This parameter specifies the length of a Default


RAT HO hFail (BSC6900, penalty timer for inter-RAT handover value/Recom
Physical BSC6910) failures due to physical channel failures. mended value
Channel The default setting is recommended.
Failure
Penalty
Timer

Frequenc FreqUsePolicyInd Set this parameter as planned. Use this Radio network
y Use (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter to configure the neighboring plan (internal)
Policy LTE frequency that can only be used in
Indicator connected mode.

Process PROCESSSWITCH To make the function of data forwarding Radio network


Control (BSC6900, BSC6910) from the RNC to the eNodeB be plan (internal)
Switch independent from the lossless SRNS
relocation capability of the UE, select
U2L_DATA_FORWARDING_PROC_S
WITCH under this parameter.

Precautions

None

Activation (Using MML Commands)


1. Run the RNC MML ADD ULTECELL to configure LTE cells with LTE Cell
Supporting PS HO Indicator set to Support(Support).

NOTE:
You can run the MOD ULTECELL command to modify the configuration if an LTE cell has been
configured. Set the CnOpGrpIndex parameter in the ADD ULTECELL command to the index of a
group that includes operators of LTE cells. If the group includes only operators of UMTS cells, UMTS-
to-LTE handovers will fail.

2. If a neighboring LTE cell has not been configured, run the RNC MML command ADD
ULTENCELL to configure a neighboring LTE cell.
3. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO or MOD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO to configure the frequency use policy indicator based on
the network plan.
4. Based on Table 10-8, run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHOCOV to set RNC-
level parameters related to the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE measurement algorithm.
The RNC sends the parameter settings to the UE through a measurement control
message.
5. (Optional) If parameters related to the measurement algorithm for a cell need to be
independently set, run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV to set
cell-level parameters related to the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE measurement
algorithm based on Table 10-8.

NOTE:
You can run the MOD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV command instead of the ADD
UCELLU2LTEHOCOV command in step 4 if the related parameters have been configured for the cell.
If the cell-level and RNC-level measurement-related parameters are both available, the cell-level
measurement-related parameters prevail. If the cell-level measurement-related parameters are
unavailable, the cell uses the RNC-level measurement-related parameters.

6. Run the RNC MML command MOD UTYPRABBASIC with Service-Based


Handover to LTE Allowed set to HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM
to allow UMTS-to LTE PS handover.
7. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable coverage-
based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections or blind redirections. In this step, select
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch parameter and
HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch1 parameter.
8. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the HandOver
Switch1 parameter deselected to turn off the switch for non-neighboring-LTE-cell-
based redirection.
9. (Optional) If the DC-HSDPA feature is enabled, run the RNC MML command SET
UCMCF with MC-HSDPA and LTE CM Coexist Indicator set to TRUE.
10. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHOCOV to enable the
function of preventing frequent retries after a UMTS-to-LTE PS handover failure. In
this step, set Thd for Cov U2L HO Fail by Phy CH Fail and Inter-RAT HO
Physical Channel Failure Penalty Timer to appropriate values.
11. (Optional) If EHSPACMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910),
HsdpaCMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910), or
McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to FALSE, run the RNC
MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with the
PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH check box under PS Rate
Negotiation Switch selected.
12. If the LTE system supports extended frequency bands (26 to 31), run the RNC MML
command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch2 parameter
selected.
13. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA with
PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPAGING under Performance
Enhancement Switch 5 selected to prohibit UEs from attempting UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or handovers when they are performing CS paging procedures.
14. (Optional) When RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, run the RNC MML command
SET LICENSE to set the Coverage based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE-kbps
parameter for the primary and secondary operators.
15. (Optional) Enable the function of cross-Iur service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
a. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH on the source
RNC with HO_IUR_U2L_HO_SWITCH and
HO_IUR_PLMN_FILTER_SWITCH under HandOver Switch2 selected.
b. Run the RNC MML command ADD UNRNC on the target RNC with Iur LTE
Cell Information Switch set to ON.
16. Enable the function of data forwarding during UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
a. Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH with
U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_ERAB_SWITCH under Optimization Switch 5
selected to enable a RANAP RELOCATION REQUIRED message to carry the
E-RAB IE.
b. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH with
PS_U2L_USER_PLANE_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH under the Optimization
Switch 5 parameter selected to turn on the U2L PS service user-plane
interruption time reduction switch.
c. When the direct tunnel function is enabled on the RNC, the following operations
must also be performed:
i. Run the RNC MML command ADD ADJNODE to configure the adjacent
node LTE S-GW for the RNC.
ii. Run the RNC MML command ADD IPRT to configure a route between
the RNC and the LTE S-GW.
iii. Run the following RNC MML commands separately for a BSC6900 and a
BSC6910 to configure a UP data channel between the RNC and LTE S-
GW: ADD IPPATH and ADD IPPOOL.
NOTE:
When the direct tunnel function is not enabled on the RNC, only the routes and UP data channels
between the LTE S-GW and SGSN need to be configured on the CN side.

d. Run the RNC MML command SET UUPCTRLSWITCH with


U2L_DATA_FORWARDING_PROC_SWITCH under the Process Control
Switch parameter selected so that the lossless SRNS relocation capability of the
UE does not need to be considered during data forwarding.
17. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA with
PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_COV_U2L_SWITCH under the Performance
Enhancement Switch 6 selected parameter to allow coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or handovers only on LTE subscribers.

MML Command Examples

//Adding an LTE cell


ADD ULTECELL: LTECellIndex=1, LTECellName="LTECELL1", EUTRANCELLID=1,
MCC="460", MNC="01", TAC=10, CnOpGrpIndex=1, CellPHYID=100, LTEBand=10,
LTEArfcn=4150, SuppPSHOFlag=Support;
//Adding a neighboring LTE cell
ADD ULTENCELL: RNCId=1, CellId=1, LTECellIndex=1;
//Configuring the selection policy for the neighboring LTE frequencies
ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000, NPriority=5,
FreqUsePolicyInd=Both;
//Setting RNC-level parameters related to measurements for the coverage-
based UMTS-to-LTE redirections
SET UU2LTEHOCOV: LTEReportMode=EVENT_TRIGGER, UsedFreqThdRSCP=-107,
LTEMeasQuanOf3A=RSRP, Hystfor3A=4, TrigTime3A=D0, U2LTEFilterCoef=D3,
U2LTEMeasTime=30, TargetRatThdRSRP=36, TargetRatThdRSRQ=20;
//Setting cell-level parameters related to measurements for the coverage-
based UMTS-to-LTE redirections
ADD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV: CellId=1, LTEReportMode=EVENT_TRIGGER,
LTEMeasQuanOf3A=RSRP, UsedFreqThdRSCP=-107, Hystfor3A=4, TrigTime3A=D0,
U2LTEFilterCoef=D3, U2LTEMeasTime=30, TargetRatThdRSRP=36,
TargetRatThdRSRQ=20;
//Modifying the basic information about a typical RAB RabIndex40-121
MOD UTYPRABBASIC: RabIndex=40, EUTRANSHIND=HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM;
//Turning on the general switch for UMTS-to-LTE interoperability and
coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover switch
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1,
HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH-1;
//Disabling non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirections
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH-0;
//Enabling the function of preventing the service rate increase in
compressed mode
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PsSwitch=PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling DC-HSDPA UEs to support measurement of LTE cells in compressed
mode
SET UCMCF:McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd=TRUE;
//Prohibiting UEs from attempting U2L redirection or handover when they
are performing CS paging procedures
SET UCORRMPARA:
PerfEnhanceSwitch5=PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPAGING-1;
//Enabling the function of preventing frequent retries after a UMTS-to-LTE
PS handover failure
SET UU2LTEHOCOV: U2LPhyChFailNum=3, PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail=30;
//Enabling interoperability between UMTS frequency bands and LTE extended
frequency bands 26 to 31 when the LTE system supports these extended
frequency bands
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch2=HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the function of data forwarding during UMTS-to-LTE handovers
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch5=U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_ERAB_SWITCH-1;
SET UUPCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=U2L_DATA_FORWARDING_PROC_SWITCH-1;
//When the direct tunnel function is enabled on the RNC, the following
operations must also be performed:
//Adding an adjacent node (LTE S-GW) for the RNC
ADD ADJNODE: ANI=1, NAME="SGW", NODET=IUPS, SGSNFLG=NO, TRANST=IP;
//Configuring a route between the RNC and the LTE S-GW
ADD
IPRT:SRN=0,SN=16,DSTIP="10.161.0.1",DSTMASK="255.255.255.255",NEXTHOPTYPE=
Gateway,NEXTHOP="162.0.43.254",PRIORITY=HIGH;
//Configuring a UP data channel between the BSC6900 and the LTE S-GW
ADD IPPATH: ANI=1118, PATHID=3, ITFT=IUPS, PATHT=QoS,
IPADDR="53.100.61.1", PEERIPADDR="10.161.0.1", PEERMASK="255.255.255.0",
TXBW=1000, RXBW=1000, VLANFLAG=DISABLE, PATHCHK=ENABLED,
ECHOIP="10.161.0.1";
//Configuring a UP data channel between the BSC6910 and the LTE S-GW
ADD IPPOOL: IPPOOLINDEX=0, MODE=ETHL3, IPPOOLNAME="IPPOOLNAME";
//(Optional) Turning on the U2L PS service user-plane interruption time
reduction switch
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch5=PS_U2L_USER_PLANE_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH-
1;
//Enabling the function of cross-Iur service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers
//Setting the following parameters on the source RNC side, with the
address specified based on the actual plan
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch2=HO_IUR_U2L_HO_SWITCH-
1&HO_IUR_PLMN_FILTER_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the following parameters on the destination RNC side, with the
address specified based on the actual plan
ADD UNRNC: NRncId=1, SHOTRIG=CS_SHO_SWITCH-1, HHOTRIG=ON,
ServiceInd=SUPPORT_PS, IurLTECellInfoSwitch=ON;

//Turning on the switch for allowing only LTE subscribers to perform


coverage-based U2L handover or redirection when the CN cannot obtain LTE
subscription information from UEs
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch6=PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_COV_U2L_SWITCH-
1;

Activation (Using the CME)

NOTE:
Perform a single configuration first and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters
of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter
setting interface.

1. Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.
2. (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)
To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification
wizard. For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME
batch modification center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.

Activation Observation

Check the value of the VS.U2LHO.AttRelocPrepOutPS.Coverage (BSC6900, BSC6910).


This counter provides the number of attempts for outgoing coverage-triggered UMTS-to-LTE
PS handovers for a cell. If the counter value is not 0, the feature has taken effect.

Deactivation (Using MML Commands)

Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to disable coverage-based


UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers. In this step, clear HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH under
the HandOver Switch1 parameter.

MML Command Examples

//Deactivating Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE


SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH-0;

Deactivation (Using the CME)

NOTE:
Perform a single configuration first and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters
of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter
setting interface.

1. Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

2. (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)
To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification
wizard. For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME
batch modification center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
10.4.5 Performance Monitoring

The following counters have been introduced to accommodate this feature.

Counter Name Measuremen Measurement Description


t Object Unit

VS.U2LHO.AttOutPS.Coverage (BSC6900, CELL U2LTE.HO.Cel Number of


BSC6910) l Measurement
-based U2L
PS Handover
Attempts
Triggered by
Poor
Counter Name Measuremen Measurement Description
t Object Unit

Coverage for
Cell

VS.U2LHO.SuccOutPS.Coverage (BSC6900, CELL U2LTE.HO.Cel Number of


BSC6910) l Successful
Measurement
-based U2L
PS
Handovers
Triggered by
Poor
Coverage in a
Cell

VS.U2LHO.AttRelocPrepOutPS.Coverage CELL U2LTE.HO.Cel Number of


(BSC6900, BSC6910) l Preparation
Attempts for
Outgoing
Coverage-
triggered U2L
PS
Handovers for
Cell

VS.U2LHO.SuccRelocPrepOutPS.Coverag CELL U2LTE.HO.Cel Number of


e (BSC6900, BSC6910) l Successful
Preparations
for Outgoing
Coverage-
triggered U2L
PS
Handovers for
Cell

The following table lists performance counters related to cell-level handover failures.

Counter Name Measureme Measurement Description


nt Object Unit

VS.U2LTEHO.FailOutPS.NoReply (BSC6900, CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of


BSC6910) LL Failed
UMTS-to-
LTE PS
Handovers
Due to Iu
Release
Command
Timeout for
Cell
Counter Name Measureme Measurement Description
nt Object Unit

VS.U2LTEHO.FailOutPS.CfgUnSupp CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of


(BSC6900, BSC6910) LL Failed
UMTS-to-
LTE PS
Handovers
for Cell
(Configuratio
n
Unsupported
)

VS.U2LTEHO.FailOutPS.PhyChFail CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of


(BSC6900, BSC6910) LL Failed
UMTS-to-
LTE PS
Handovers
for Cell
(Physical
Channel
Failure)

VS.U2LTEHO.FailOutPS.Abort (BSC6900, CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of


BSC6910) LL Abnormally
Terminated
Outgoing
UMTS-to-
LTE PS
Handovers
for Cell

VS.U2LTEHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.NoResA CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of


vail (BSC6900, BSC6910) LL Abnormally
Terminated
Outgoing
UMTS-to-
LTE PS
Handovers
for Cell

VS.U2LTEHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.TgtFail CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of


(BSC6900, BSC6910) LL Failed
Preparations
for Outgoing
UMTS-to-
LTE PS
Handovers
for Cell
(Relocation
Failure in
Target
CN/RNC or
Counter Name Measureme Measurement Description
nt Object Unit

Target
System)

VS.U2LTEHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.ReloUnS CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of


upp (BSC6900, BSC6910) LL Failed
Preparations
for Outgoing
UMTS-to-
LTE PS
Handovers
for Cell
(Relocation
not
supported in
Target RNC
or Target
system)

VS.U2LTEHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.TgtHigh CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of


Load (BSC6900, BSC6910) LL Failed
Preparations
for Outgoing
UMTS-to-
LTE PS
Handovers
for Cell
(Traffic Load
In The
Target Cell
Higher Than
In The
Source Cell)

VS.U2LTEHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.TAlExp CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of


(BSC6900, BSC6910) LL Failed
Preparations
for Outgoing
UMTS-to-
LTE PS
Handovers
for Cell
(TRELOCall
oc expiry)

VS.U2LTEHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.UnKnow CELL U2LTE.HO.CE Number of


RNC (BSC6900, BSC6910) LL Failed
Preparations
for Outgoing
UMTS-to-
LTE PS
Handovers
Counter Name Measureme Measurement Description
nt Object Unit

for Cell
(Unknown
Target RNC)

The following table lists counters related to neighboring cells of coverage-based UMTS-to-
LTE PS handovers.

Counter Name Measurement Measurement Description


Object Unit

VS.IRATHO.AttRelocPrepOutPS.LCELL NCELL IRATHO.Lcell Number of


(BSC6900, BSC6910) Attempts for U2L
PS Handovers
per LTE Cell

VS.IRATHO.SuccRelocPrepOutPS.LCELL NCELL IRATHO.Lcell Number of


(BSC6900, BSC6910) Successful
Preparations for
U2L PS
Handovers per
LTE Cell

VS.IRATHO.AttOutPS.LCELL (BSC6900, NCELL IRATHO.Lcell Number of U2L


BSC6910) PS Handover
Attempts per
LTE Cell

VS.IRATHO.SuccOutPS.LCELL (BSC6900, NCELL IRATHO.Lcell Number of


BSC6910) Successful U2L
PS Handover
per LTE Cell

The following table lists counters related to neighboring cells of handover failures.

Counter Name Measureme Measuremen Description


nt Object t Unit

VS.IRATHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.NoResAvail.L NCELL IRATHO.Lc Number of


CELL (BSC6900, BSC6910) ell Failed
Preparations
for U2L PS
Handovers
per LTE Cell
(No
Resource
Available)

VS.IRATHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.TgtFail.LCELL NCELL IRATHO.Lc Number of


(BSC6900, BSC6910) ell Failed
Preparations
for U2L PS
Counter Name Measureme Measuremen Description
nt Object t Unit

Handovers
per LTE Cell
(Relocation
Failure in
Target
CN/RNC or
Target
System)

VS.IRATHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.ReloUnSupp.L NCELL IRATHO.Lc Number of


CELL (BSC6900, BSC6910) ell Failed
Preparations
for U2L PS
Handovers
per LTE Cell
(Relocation
not
supported in
Target RNC
or Target
system)

VS.IRATHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.TgtHighLoad. NCELL IRATHO.Lc Number of


LCELL (BSC6900, BSC6910) ell Failed
Preparations
for U2L PS
Handovers
per LTE Cell
(Traffic Load
In The
Target Cell
Higher Than
In The
Source Cell)

VS.IRATHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.UnKnowRNC. NCELL IRATHO.Lc Number of


LCELL (BSC6900, BSC6910) ell Failed
Preparations
for U2L PS
Handovers
per LTE Cell
(Unknown
Target RNC)

VS.IRATHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.TAlExp.LCELL NCELL IRATHO.Lc Number of


(BSC6900, BSC6910) ell Failed
Preparations
for U2L PS
Handovers
per LTE Cell
Counter Name Measureme Measuremen Description
nt Object t Unit

(TRELOCall
oc expiry

VS.IRATHO.FailOutPS.CfgUnSupp.LCELL NCELL IRATHO.Lc Number of


(BSC6900, BSC6910) ell Failed U2L
PS
Handovers
per LTE Cell
(Configuratio
n
Unsupported
)

VS.IRATHO.FailOutPS.PhyChFail.LCELL NCELL IRATHO.Lc Number of


(BSC6900, BSC6910) ell Failed U2L
PS
Handovers
per LTE Cell
(Physical
Channel
Failure)

VS.IRATHO.FailOutPS.Abort.LCELL (BSC6900, NCELL IRATHO.Lc Number of


BSC6910) ell Abnormally
Terminated
U2L PS
Handovers
per LTE Cell

VS.IRATHO.FailOutPS.NoReply.LCELL NCELL IRATHO.Lc Number of


(BSC6900, BSC6910) ell Failed U2L
PS
Handovers
due to Iu
Release
Command
Timeout per
LTE Cell

Preparation success rate of outgoing coverage-triggered U2L PS handovers =


VS.U2LHO.SuccRelocPrepOutPS.Coverage (BSC6900,
BSC6910)/VS.U2LHO.AttRelocPrepOutPS.Coverage (BSC6900, BSC6910)

Success rate of outgoing coverage-triggered U2L PS handovers =


VS.U2LHO.SuccOutPS.Coverage (BSC6900, BSC6910)/VS.U2LHO.AttOutPS.Coverage
(BSC6900, BSC6910)
If the handover preparation success rate and the handover success rate increase, this feature
has brought positive gains.
10.4.6 Parameter Optimization

N/A
10.4.7 Troubleshooting

N/A
10.5 WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE

After WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE is enabled, the redirection or handover
for UEs in connected mode from a UMTS cell to a multi-band LTE cell can also be
performed. For details about engineering guidelines for UMTS-to-LTE redirections or
handovers, see 10.14 MFBI-Based UMTS-to-LTE Interoperability.
10.5.1 When to Use Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE

This feature is recommended in the scenario where UMTS and LTE are deployed together. In
different scenarios, you are advised to use this feature in different manners, which are as
follows:
 Scenario with continuous LTE coverage: A service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
or handover can be performed blindly or according to the measurement result.
 LTE and UMTS co-coverage scenario: It is recommended that this feature be used
together with both the following functions: Service-Based UMTS-to-LTE PS
Redirection or Handover Based on Periodic RSCP Measurement Service-Based UMTS-
to-LTE PS Redirection or Handover Based on LTE Measurement or Service-Based
UMTS-to-LTE Blind PS Redirection or Handover
 Scenario where the LTE coverage is not continuous and LTE and UMTS do not provide
the same coverage: Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover requiring
LTE measurement is recommended.
 It is recommended that the virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection function be
enabled in cells with a high proportion of failed UMTS-to-LTE blind redirections or
cells with a high proportion of LTE measurements and LTE measurement expiry times
to UMTS-to-LTE redirections. A higher proportion indicates greater benefits of this
function.

NOTE:
 This function requires the intra-frequency periodical measurement report and the measurement
results are reported every 2s. If a UE moves a long distance in an intra-frequency measurement
report period, the virtual grid decision may be inaccurate. Therefore, this function is not
recommended in a fast-moving scenario.
 The grid-level UMTS-to-LTE handover and redirection success rates do not differentiate LTE
frequency bands and operators. Each virtual grid has only one record of the UMTS-to-LTE
handover and redirection attempts and successful attempts. This function is not recommended if the
LTE coverage areas served by multiple LTE bands or owned by multiple telecom operators do not
completely overlap, because the virtual grid accuracy may be affected in this scenario.

Before activating this feature, query the UE penetration rate and check whether the CN
supports this feature. If the CN does not support the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, you are
advised to enable only the UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection. If the UEs do not support
measurement of LTE cells, you are advised to enable the blind redirection. The UMTS-to-
LTE handover function is recommended only if the CN supports UMTS-to-LTE handovers
and UEs support measurement of LTE cells.
When the CN supports the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover:
 It is recommended that only the UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection be enabled if few UEs
support the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover.
 It is recommended that both the UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection and handover if most
UEs support the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover. In this case, the UEs supporting
handovers will use the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover and the UEs not supporting
handovers will use the UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection.
 The UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection if operators do not configure neighboring LTE cells.

NOTE:
To enable the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, you need to first configure the neighboring LTE cell.

If UEs preferentially camp on the UMTS network, the feature WRFD-020129 Service-Based
PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE or WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover
from UMTS to LTE is recommended. Otherwise, UEs can only be shifted to the LTE
network using the following methods, which leads to an idle LTE network:
 Cell reselection or coverage based PS redirection or handover from UMTS to LTE in
weak UMTS coverage areas.
 Load based PS redirection or handover from UMTS to LTE when the UMTS cell is with
high load.
It is recommended that this feature be used together with the LOFD-070203 RIM Based LTE
Target Cell Selection feature, which helps select lightly loaded LTE cells during redirections
or handovers.
10.5.2 Required Information

Before activating Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE, ensure that the
following conditions are met:
 UMTS and LTE are deployed together and UMTS and LTE coverage overlaps.
 There are UMTS/LTE dual-mode UEs on the network.
 PS services are preferentially carried on LTE networks.
 When the virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection function is enabled, with the
measurement mode adopted, the scenario can be predicted and the gains be evaluated
using the VS.U2LTEHO.MeasCtrl.Num (BSC6900, BSC6910) (number of times the LTE
inter-RAT measurement control command is delivered in a cell) and
VS.U2LTEHO.MeasTimeOut.Num (BSC6900, BSC6910) (number of times the inter-
RAT LTE measurement expires in a cell) counters.
10.5.3 Planning

None
10.5.4 Deployment

Requirements

 Other features
The function of selecting LTE cells based on LTE load requires the LOFD-070203 RIM
Based LTE Target Cell Selection feature.
 Hardware
None
 License
Table 10-9 BSC6900&BSC6910

Feature ID Feature License Control Item License NE License Sales


Name ID Item in the Allocation Unit
DSP for Multiple
LICUSAGE Operators
Command
Output

WRFD- Service- LQW1PSRUL01RES Service- BSC6900 Method 2 per


020129 Based PS Based PS and Mbps
Service Service BSC6910
Redirection Redirection
from UMTS from UMTS
to LTE to LTE (per
Mbps)

For the supplementary descriptions of the license, see the license descriptions in
Requirements of 10.1.2 Deployment.

 Other requirements
 The UE must support 3GPP Release 8 or later.
 The CN must support UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections.
 To support the cell load-based LTE cell selection function, when RIM messages are
exchanged using the CN, the MME and SGSN must support the RIM procedure,
through which LTE cell load information is transmitted. When RIM messages are
exchanged using Huawei eCoordinator, the eCoordinator must be deployed, and the
eNodeB and RNC must be connected to the same eCoordinator so that the eNodeB,
RNC, and eCoordinator support the RIM procedure, through which LTE cell load
information is transmitted.
 The SGSN must be able to send information about whether a UE has subscribed to
LTE services in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message to the RNC. If the
SGSN does not support this function, UEs who have not subscribed to LTE
services will be handed over or redirected to LTE networks, causing service drops.

Data Preparation

lists the data to be prepared before activating Service-Based PS Service


Table 10-10
Redirection from UMTS to LTE.
Table 10-10 Data to be prepared
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

LTE Cell SuppPSHOFlag Set this parameter to NotSupport. Radio


Supporti (BSC6900, BSC6910) network plan
ng PS (internal)
HO
Indicator

Blind HO BlindFlag (BSC6900, Neighboring-cell-based blind redirection Default


Neighbor BSC6910) takes effect only when this parameter is value/Recom
ing Cell set to TRUE. mended
Flag value

E-UTRA EARFCN (BSC6900, Set this parameter to the default value. Radio
Absolute BSC6910) network plan
Radio (internal)
Frequen
cy
Channel
Number

Absolute NPriority (BSC6900, Set this parameter to the default value. Radio
Priority BSC6910) network plan
Level of (internal)
the E-
UTRA
Frequen
cy

Report LTEMeasTypOf3C Set this parameter to the default value. Radio


Type of (BSC6900, BSC6910) network plan
LTE (internal)
Measure
ment

Layer 3 U2LTEFilterCoef Set this parameter to the default value. Radio


Filter (BSC6900, BSC6910) network plan
Coefficie (internal)
nt for
LTE
Measure
ment

LTE U2LTEMeasTime Set this parameter to the default value. Radio


Measure (BSC6900, BSC6910) network plan
ment (internal)
Timer
Length

Measure LTEMeasQuanOf3C Set this parameter to the default value. Radio


ment (BSC6900, BSC6910) network plan
Quantity (internal)
for Event
3C
Measure
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

ment of
LTE

3C Hystfor3C (BSC6900, In a high-speed cell, set this parameter to Radio


Hysteres BSC6910) 1.5 dB. In a low-speed cell, set this network plan
is parameter to 3.0 dB. (internal)

Time to TrigTime3C (BSC6900, Set this parameter to the default value. Radio
Trigger BSC6910) network plan
Event (internal)
3C

RSRP TargetRatThdRSRP Set this parameter to the default value. Radio


Threshol (BSC6900, BSC6910) network plan
d During (internal)
PS
Handove
r to LTE

RSRQ TargetRatThdRSRQ Set this parameter to the default value. Radio


Threshol (BSC6900, BSC6910) network plan
d During (internal)
PS
Handove
r to LTE

U2L U2LPunishSwitch Set this parameter to ON. Default


Punish (BSC6900, BSC6910) value/Recom
Switch mended
value

U2L U2LPunishTimer Set this parameter to 20. Default


Penalty (BSC6900, BSC6910) value/Recom
Timer mended
value

Service- EUTRANSHIND To allow handover of certain PS services Radio


Based (BSC6900, BSC6910) to LTE, set this parameter to network plan
Handove HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERF (internal)
r to LTE ORM.
Allowed

HandOv HoSwitch (BSC6900, Select HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH and Default


er BSC6910) HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH value/Recom
Switch under this parameter to activate the mended
feature. value

Service- U2LServAlgoSwitch For cells with LTE coverage, select Default


based (BSC6900, BSC6910) HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH value/Recom
U2L under this parameter. mended
Algorith For LTE and UMTS co-coverage value
m Switch scenarios, select
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWI
TCH under this parameter.
For scenarios with continuous LTE
coverage, select
HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWI
TCH under this parameter.
If the cell-level virtual grid-based UMTS-
to-LTE PS redirection function needs to
be enabled, select
HO_GRID_BASED_LTE_SERVICE_PS_
OUT_SWITCH under this parameter.

U2L U2LAlgoSwitch In a UMTS cell enabled with the MOCN Radio


Algorith (BSC6900, BSC6910) feature, if an operator does not require network plan
m Switch periodic RSCP measurement-based (internal)
UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers,
deselect
HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWI
TCH under this parameter.

Trigger U2LServTrigSource Set this parameter to the default value. Default


Source (BSC6900, BSC6910) value/Recom
for mended
Service- value
based
U2L
HO/Redi
r

Thld for U2LNCovPSCmUser The value 20 is recommended. Default


Non- NumThd (BSC6900, value/Recom
coverag BSC6910) mended
e-based value
U2L

Perform PerfEnhanceSwitch5 To activate this feature, select Default


ance (BSC6900, BSC6910) PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WH value/Recom
Enhance EN_CSPAGING under this parameter. mended
ment value
Switch 5

U2L U2LBlindRedirSwitc When UMTS and LTE networks are Default


Blind h (BSC6900, BSC6910) deployed on one site and share sectors, value/Recom
Redirect and the LTE frequency band is lower mended
Switch than the UMTS frequency band, turn on value
this switch.

U2L U2LBlindRedirPingp Set this parameter to the default value. Default


Blind ongTimer (BSC6900, value/Recom
Redir BSC6910) mended
Anti- value
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

Pingpon
g Timer

HandOv HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, If a handover is to be performed, select Engineering


er BSC6910) the following option under this parameter: design
Switch1 HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_
FREQ_SWITCH.

Best Cell BestCellTrigLTEMea Set this parameter to OFF. Default


Change sSwitch (BSC6900, value/Recom
Triggere BSC6910) mended
d LTE value
Measure
Switch

Best Cell BestCellTrigLTEMea Set this parameter to OFF. Default


Change sSwitch (BSC6900, value/Recom
Triggere BSC6910) mended
d LTE value
Measure
Switch

Perform PerfEnhanceSwitch2  To prevent frequent entering and Radio


ance (BSC6900, BSC6910) exiting of the compressed mode, network plan
Enhance which may be caused by service- (internal)
ment based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or
Switch 2 handovers triggered by RB
reconfiguration, deselect
PERFENH_RB_RECFG_TRIG_SE
RVICE_U2L_SWITCH under this
parameter.
 To prevent frequent entering and
exiting of the compressed mode,
which may be caused by service-
based UMTS-to-LTE redirection
triggered by a PS PCH-to-DCH
channel switchover when a CS
service is set up, clear
PERFENH_CS_P2D_TRIG_SERVI
CE_U2L_SWITCH under this
parameter.

Penalty U2LServMcTimeOut Set this parameter to 90 seconds to Radio


Time for PunishTime prevent frequent entering and exiting of network plan
Service- (BSC6900, BSC6910) the compressed mode during (internal)
based service/load/coverage-based UMTS-to-
U2L LTE redirections or handovers if no
Meas suitable LTE cell is found after LTE signal
Expiry quality measurement is complete.
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

MC- McHsdpaLteCMPerm Set this parameter to the default value. Radio


HSDPA issionInd (BSC6900, network plan
and LTE BSC6910) (internal)
CM
Coexist
Indicator

PS Rate PsSwitch (BSC6900, You are advised to select the Radio


Negotiati BSC6910) PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWIT network plan
on CH option under this parameter when (internal)
Switch any of the following conditions is met:
 HsdpaCMPermissionInd (BSC6900,
BSC6910) is set to FALSE.
 EHSPACMPermissionInd
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to FALSE.
 McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to FALSE.
After this parameter is set to ON, the call
drop rate is reduced, but user experience
of PS services is affected.

Process ProcessSwitch5 Select Default


Control (BSC6900, BSC6910) INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LT value/Recom
Switch 5 E_SWITCH under this parameter to mended
obtain LTE cell load information. value

SW U2LLTELoadSwitch Select Default


Consider (BSC6900, BSC6910) SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWI value/Recom
LTE TCH under this parameter so that LTE mended
Load in cell load is considered in UMTS-to-LTE value
U2L redirections.
Interoper
ation

CN U2LRimCNOperator This parameter must be set if the RNC Engineering


Operator RTIndex (BSC6900, needs to obtain LTE cell load through the design
Index for BSC6910) RIM procedure and the UMTS PLMN
Routing differs from the LTE PLMN.
in U2L
RIM

Process ProcessSwitch5 Select RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH under Default


Control (BSC6900, BSC6910) this parameter if RIM messages need to value/Recom
Switch 5 be exchanged using the eCoordinator. mended
value

HandOv HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, If the LTE system supports extended Radio


er BSC6910) frequency bands (26 to 31), select network plan
Switch2 HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH (internal)
under this parameter to support UMTS-
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

to-LTE interoperations on the extended


frequency bands.
If the RNC-level virtual grid-based UMTS-
to-LTE PS redirection function needs to
be enabled, select
HO_GRID_BASED_LTE_SERVICE_PS_
OUT_SWITCH under this parameter.

RSCP U2LNCovRscpThd When the UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection Default


Threshol (BSC6900, BSC6910) based on periodic RSCP measurement is value/Recom
d for enabled or the virtual grid-based UMTS- mended
Non- to-LTE PS redirection function is enabled, value
coverag this parameter must be set. The default
e-based value is recommended.
U2L

RSCP U2LNCovRscpPrdTi When the UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection Default


Measure mer (BSC6900, based on periodic RSCP measurement is value/Recom
Timer for BSC6910) enabled or the virtual grid-based UMTS- mended
Non- to-LTE PS redirection function is enabled, value
coverag this parameter must be set. The default
e-based value is recommended.
U2L

HandOv HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, To turn on the U2L connected mode Default


er BSC6910) priority switch, select value/Recom
Switch1 HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under mended
this parameter. value

Connect NPriorityConnect Set this parameter to the default value. Radio


ed Mode (BSC6900, BSC6910) network plan
E-UTRA (internal)
Frequen
cy
Priority

Perform PerfEnhanceSwitch6 Select Radio


ance (BSC6900, BSC6910) PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SERV_ network plan
Enhance U2L_SWITCH under this parameter to (internal)
ment allow service-based UMTS-to-LTE
Switch 6 redirections or handovers only on LTE
subscribers. In this way, non-LTE
subscribers are prevented from
performing service-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or handovers.

Frequen FreqUsePolicyInd Set this parameter as planned. Use this Radio


cy Use (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter to configure the neighboring network plan
Policy LTE frequency that can only be used in (internal)
Indicator connected mode.
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

Virtual VirtualGridFilterBack If the RNC-level virtual grid-based UMTS- Radio


Grid upSw (BSC6900, to-LTE PS redirection function needs to network plan
Filter BSC6910) be enabled, set this parameter to ON. (internal)
and
Backup
Switch

U2L U2LGridInfoLowThd When the virtual grid-based UMTS-to- Radio


Virtual (BSC6900, BSC6910) LTE PS redirection function is enabled, network plan
Grid this parameter must be set and the (internal)
Informati default value is recommended.
on Low
Threshol
d

U2L U2LGridInfoHighThd When the virtual grid-based UMTS-to- Radio


Virtual (BSC6900, BSC6910) LTE PS redirection function is enabled, network plan
Gird this parameter must be set and the (internal)
Informati default value is recommended.
on High
Threshol
d

Probabili ProbaofU2LforClassI When the virtual grid-based UMTS-to- Radio


ty of U2L IGrid (BSC6900, LTE PS redirection function is enabled, network plan
for Class BSC6910) this parameter must be set and the (internal)
II Grid default value is recommended.

Reserve RsvSwitch22 The RESERVED_SWITCH_22_BIT6 Radio


d Switch (BSC6900, BSC6910) option under this parameter is used to network plan
22 control whether to preferentially perform (internal)
the service-based UMTS-to-LTE
handover or redirection for LTE UEs.

lists the data to be prepared before activating exchange of RIM messages through
Table 10-11
the eCoordinator.
Table 10-11 Data to be prepared

Parameter Name Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source

Process Control PROCESSSWITCH Select RIM_SWITCH Default


Switch under this parameter value/Recommended
if RIM messages value
need to be
exchanged using the
eCoordinator.

Precautions
In a GSM/UMTS/LTE hybrid network, do not set Inter-RAT PS Handover Switch
(PSServiceHOSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)) to ON after this feature is enabled. Otherwise,
the RNC sends the GSM-specific measurement control message to the UE first. As a result,
the UE will be redirected or handed over to GSM.
If load-based LTE-to-UMTS related features are deployed on the LTE network, ping-pong
handovers or redirections may occur between UMTS and LTE. For details about load-based
LTE-to-UMTS related features deployed on the LTE network, see MLB Feature Parameter
Description of eRAN feature documentation.
To prevent ping-pong handovers and redirections between UMTS and LTE, it is
recommended that this feature be enabled together with the function of selecting LTE cells
based on the load.
To select LTE cells based on LTE cell load, the RNC needs to obtain LTE cell load
information from the eNodeB through the RIM procedure. The eNodeB is the receiving party
of the first RIM message. Therefore, the related feature on the LTE side must be enabled
first. Otherwise, the eNodeB cannot respond to the RNC with LTE cell load information, and
the RIM procedure will be terminated before it is complete. For the related feature on the
LTE side, see Inter-RAT Mobility Management in Connected Mode Feature Parameter
Description for eRAN.
In high speed scenarios, such as high-speed railways, the best cell frequently changes and
measurements are frequently triggered. In this case, network performance deteriorates and the
call drop rate increases. Therefore, you are not advised to set Best Cell Change Triggered
LTE Measure Switch (BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)) to ON.

Activation (Using MML Commands)

1. Configure neighboring LTE cells or LTE frequencies based on the network plan.
 If the neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection is allowed, the LTE cell needs to be
configured as the neighboring LTE cell of the UMTS cell. The specific operations
are as follows:
b. If an LTE cell has not been configured, run the RNC MML command ADD
ULTECELL to configure an LTE cell with LTE Cell Supporting PS HO
Indicator set to NotSupport(NotSupport).

NOTE:
 You can run the MOD ULTECELL command in sub-step 1 if an LTE cell has been
configured.
 Set the CnOpGrpIndex parameter in the ADD ULTECELL command to the index of a
group that includes operators of LTE cells. If the group includes only operators of UMTS
cells, UMTS-to-LTE handovers will fail.
 If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH in the LST
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is not selected, the RNC uses neighboring-LTE-
cell-based redirection. The service-, coverage-, and load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection or handover features share the
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH switch.

c. If a neighboring LTE cell or blind neighboring LTE cell has not been configured,
run the RNC MML command ADD ULTENCELL to configure a neighboring
LTE cell. To configure a blind neighboring LTE cell, set Blind HO Neighboring
Cell Flag to TRUE.

NOTE:
You can run the MOD ULTENCELL command instead of the ADD ULTENCELL command in sub-
step 2 if a neighboring LTE cell has been configured.

 If non-neighboring-cell-based redirection is required, add frequency priority


information of neighboring LTE cells for the UMTS cells by running the RNC
MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO.

NOTE:
Among the preceding two modes, the neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection is preferred. When
neighboring cells are not planned or no neighboring LTE cell is configured, the non-neighboring-
LTE-cell-based redirection is recommended, which can reduce the workload in deploying the
network.

2. (Optional) To turn on the U2L connected mode priority switch, run the RNC MML
command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and select
HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under HandOver Switch1. In addition, run the
RNC MML command MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO to reconfigure the
connected mode priorities of LTE frequencies.
3. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO or MOD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO to configure the frequency use policy indicator based on
the network plan.
4. Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV. In this step, set the RNC-
level parameters related to measurements for service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections.
These parameters are listed in Table 10-10. The RNC sends the parameter settings to the
UE through a measurement control message.
5. (Optional) If parameters related to the measurement algorithm for a cell need to be
independently set, run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV to
set cell-level parameters related to the service-based UMTS-to-LTE measurement
algorithm based on Table 10-10.

NOTE:
If measurement algorithm parameters have been configured for a cell, run the MOD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV command in step 3 to modify the configuration.
If the cell-level and RNC-level measurement-related parameters are both available, the cell-level
measurement-related parameters prevail. If the cell-level measurement-related parameters are
unavailable, the cell uses the RNC-level measurement-related parameters.

6. Run the RNC MML command MOD UTYPRABBASIC to modify the basic
information about a typical RAB. In this step, set Service-Based Handover to LTE
Allowed to HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM to allow UMTS-to-LTE
PS redirections or blind redirections.
7. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable service-
based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections or blind redirections. In this step, select
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH
under the HandOver Switch parameter.
8. For UMTS cells in which the LTE coverage is good, enable service-based UMTS-to-
LTE PS redirection by running the RNC MML command ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV with HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH selected
under the Service-based U2L Algorithm Switch parameter. For UMTS cells in which
there is no or weak LTE coverage, do not enable service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection.
9. Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV (RNC-level) or ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV (cell-level) with U2L_SERV_LOWACTIVE_TRIGGER
selected and other options deselected under the Trigger Source for Service-based
U2L HO/Redir parameter.
10. Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV (RNC-level) or ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV (cell-level) with U2L_SERV_PERIOD_TRIGGER
selected and other options deselected under the Trigger Source for Service-based
U2L HO/Redir parameter.
11. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLCMUSERNUM with PS CM User No.
Thld for Non-coverage-based U2L set to 20.
12. (Optional) To enable the non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection, run the RNC
MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In this step, select
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the HandOver
Switch1 parameter.

NOTE:
To implement neighboring-cell-based redirection, ensure that the switch for non-neighboring-LTE-cell-
based redirection is turned off. The reason is as follows: When
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH is selected, neighboring-cell-based U2L
redirection does not take effect even if neighboring LTE cells are configured.
If the cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE redirection function is required, select
HO_IUR_U2L_REDIR_SWITCH (switch for cross-Iur U2L redirection) under HandOver Switch1 in
the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH.

13. (Optional) It is recommended that the UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection function be


enabled when LTE and UMTS cells provide overlapped coverage.
 If none of the terminals in the cell supports the measurement, run the RNC MML
command MOD UCELLHOCOMM with U2L Blind Redirect Switch set to
ON to turn on the blind redirection switch.
 If some terminals in the cell support the measurement, after turning on the blind
redirection switch, you also need to run the RNC MML command ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV with
HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH selected under Service-based
U2L Algorithm Switch so that the blind redirection function is implemented
preferentially.
 (Optional) In a UMTS cell enabled with the MOCN feature, if an operator does
not require a blind redirection to be preferentially performed during a service-
based redirection, run the RNC MML command ADD
UCELLOPERALGOSWITCH with
HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH under U2L Algorithm
Switch cleared for the corresponding operator.
14. (Optional) To avoid ping-pong redirections, run the RNC MML command SET
UHOCOMM with U2L Blind Redir Anti-Pingpong Timer set to an appropriate
value to so that a penalty timer is started for UEs that attempt to access the UMTS
network again within 30 seconds after shifting from UMTS to LTE through blind
redirections.
15. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV (RNC-level) or
MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV (cell-level) with Best Cell Change Triggered LTE
Measure Switch set to OFF.
16. Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV and set the U2L Penalty
Timer parameter to 20 and the U2L Punish Switch parameter to ON to prevent UEs
from initiating service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers immediately
after finishing LTE-to-UMTS redirections or handovers.
17. (Optional) Set the cell-level UMTS-to-LTE penalty timer length.
Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLCOALGOENHPARA with bits 0 to 15
under Reserved U32 Parameter 6 set to a value indicating 20s.
18. (Optional) Deselect PERFENH_RB_RECFG_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH
under the Performance Enhancement Switch 2 parameter in the RNC command SET
UCORRMPARA to prevent continual entering and exiting of the compressed mode
during service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers due to frequent RB
reconfiguration.
19. (Optional) Set the Penalty Time for Service-based U2L Meas Expiry parameter in
the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV to 90 seconds to prevent continual
entering and exiting of the compressed mode during service/load/coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers if no suitable LTE cell is found after LTE
signal quality measurement is complete.
20. (Optional) Set the cell-level penalty timer length for service-based UMTS-to-LTE
measurement expiry.
Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLCOALGOENHPARA with bits 16 to 31
under Reserved U32 Parameter 6 set to a value indicating 90s.
21. Clear PERFENH_CS_P2D_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH under the
Performance Enhancement Switch 2 parameter in the SET UCORRMPARA
command to prevent ping-pong UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers that occur in
PS-specific P2D state transitions triggered by CS services.
22. Run the MML command SET UCORRMPARA with the
PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPAGING check box selected
under Performance Enhancement Switch 5 to prohibit UMTS-to-LTE redirections or
handovers of UEs when the UEs are performing CS paging procedures.
23. (Optional) If the DC-HSDPA feature is enabled, run the RNC MML command SET
UCMCF with MC-HSDPA and LTE CM Coexist Indicator set to TRUE.
24. (Optional) If EHSPACMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910),
HsdpaCMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910), or
McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to FALSE, run the RNC
MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with the
PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH check box selected under the PS Rate
Negotiation Switch parameter.
25. (Optional) To enable the load-based LTE cell selection function, perform the following
operations:
. (Optional) When RIM messages are exchanged through the CN and the UMTS
and LTE cells belong to different PLMNs, run the RNC MML command LST
UCNOPERATOR to query the value of Cn Operator Index and configure a
CN route for the UMTS-to-LTE RIM procedure according to the query result.
Then run the RNC MML command MOD ULTECELL, with CN Operator
Index for Routing in U2L RIM set to the queried index of the local operator.
a. Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step, select
INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITCH under the Process
Control Switch 5 parameter.
b. (Optional) When RIM messages are exchanged using the eCoordinator:
 Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step,
select RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH(Support RIM by eCoordinator Switch)
under the Process Control Switch 5 parameter.
 Run the MML command SET ECOMMONCTRL on the eCoordinator. In
this step, select RIM_SWITCH(RIM Switch) under the Process Control
Switch parameter.
c. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM or MOD
UCELLHOCOMM. In this step, select
SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH under the SW Consider LTE
Load in U2L Interoperation parameter.
26. (Optional) If the LTE system supports extended frequency bands (26 to 31), run the
RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch2 parameter
selected.
1. (Optional) In LTE and UMTS co-coverage scenarios, you can enable periodic RSCP
measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover by performing the
following operations:
a. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV with
HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH selected under Service-based
U2L Algorithm Switch.
b. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV with RSCP
Threshold for Non-coverage-based U2L set to -90.
c. Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV with RSCP Measure
Timer for Non-coverage-based U2L set to D20000.
d. (Optional) In a UMTS cell enabled with the MOCN feature, if an operator does
not require periodic RSCP measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or
handovers, run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLOPERALGOSWITCH
with HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH under U2L Algorithm
Switch cleared for the corresponding operator.
2. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA with
PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SERV_U2L_SWITCH under the Performance
Enhancement Switch 6 parameter selected to allow service-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or handovers only for LTE subscribers.
3. (Optional) To enable the virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection function, the
following configurations are also required:
a. Run the RNC MML command SET UVIRTUALGRID and set Virtual Grid
Filter and Backup Switch to ON.
b. Enable the virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection function by running
the cell- or RNC-level command as follows:
 Cell level
Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV or MOD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV with
HO_GRID_BASED_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH selected
under Service-based U2L Algorithm Switch.
 RNC level
Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
HO_GRID_BASED_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH selected
under the HandOver Switch2 parameter.
c. Run the ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV or MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV
command and configure the high threshold and low threshold for successful
UMTS-to-LTE handovers and redirections based on virtual grids by specifying
U2L Virtual Gird Information High Threshold and U2L Virtual Grid
Information Low Threshold. The default values 99% and 1% are
recommended.
d. Run the RNC-level SET UVIRTUALGRID command and configure the
probability for attempts in Class II grids by specifying Probability of U2L for
Class II Grid. The default value 5% is recommended.
4. (Optional) To preferentially perform a service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or
handover for an LTE UE that needs to perform a coverage-based inter-frequency or
inter-RAT handover on the UMTS side and meanwhile has already met the conditions
for a service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover, run the RNC MML
command SET UALGORSVPARA, with RESERVED_SWITCH_22_BIT6 selected
under the Reserved Switch 22 parameter.

MML Command Examples

//Adding an LTE cell


ADD ULTECELL: LTECellIndex=1, LTECellName="LTECELL1", EUTRANCELLID=1,
MCC="460", MNC="01", TAC=10, CnOpGrpIndex=1, CellPHYID=100, LTEBand=10,
LTEArfcn=4150, SuppPSHOFlag=NotSupport;
//Adding a neighboring LTE cell
ADD ULTENCELL: RNCId=1, CellId=1, LTECellIndex=1;
//Adding a blind neighboring LTE cell
ADD ULTENCELL: RNCId=1, CellId=1, LTECellIndex=2, BlindFlag=TRUE;
//Setting the information about priorities of LTE frequencies
ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1, NPriority=7;
//Turning on the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch and
configuring the connected mode priority of E-UTRA frequencies
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH-1;
MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1, NPriorityConnect=7;
//Setting the selection policy for the neighboring LTE frequency
ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1, NPriority=5,
FreqUsePolicyInd=Both;
//Setting RNC-level parameters related to measurements for the service-
based UMTS-to-LTE redirections
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: LTEMeasTypOf3C=MeasurementQuantity, U2LTEFilterCoef=D6,
U2LTEMeasTime=30, LTEMeasQuanOf3C=RSRP, Hystfor3C=2, TrigTime3C=D10,
TargetRatThdRSRP=20, TargetRatThdRSRQ=30;
//Setting cell-level parameters related to measurements for the service-
based UMTS-to-LTE redirections
ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1, LTEMeasTypOf3C=MeasurementQuantity,
U2LTEFilterCoef=D6, U2LTEMeasTime=30, LTEMeasQuanOf3C=RSRP, Hystfor3C=2,
TrigTime3C=D10, TargetRatThdRSRP=20, TargetRatThdRSRQ=30;
//Modifying the basic information about a typical RAB RabIndex40-121
MOD UTYPRABBASIC: RabIndex=40, EUTRANSHIND=HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM;
//Turning on the general switch for UMTS-to-LTE interoperation and switch
for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-
1&HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the cell-level switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirection
ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1,
U2LServAlgoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the triggering causes
SET UU2LTEHONCOV:U2LServTrigSource=U2L_SERV_RAB_SETUP_TRIGGER-
0&U2L_SERV_LOWACTIVE_TRIGGER-1&U2L_SERV_PERIOD_TRIGGER-
1&U2L_SERV_RB_REL_TRIGGER-0&U2L_SERV_IUCS_REL_TRIGGER-
0&U2L_SERV_OTHER_TRIGGER-0;
//Setting the maximum number of UEs that can perform measurement in
compressed mode simultaneously
ADD UCELLCMUSERNUM: CellId=1, U2LNCovPSCmUserNumThd=20;
//Turning on the non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection switch
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Turning on the blind redirection switch
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=1, U2LBlindRedirSwitch=ON;
//(Optional) Setting the timer during which blind redirections to an LTE
network are prevented
SET UHOCOMM: U2LBlindRedirPingpongTimer=60;
//Turning off the RNC-level service-based LTE measurement switch triggered
by the changed best cell
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch=OFF;
//Turning off the cell-level service-based LTE measurement switch
triggered by the changed best cell
MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1, BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch=OFF;
//Turning on the U2L Punish Switch
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2LPunishTimer=20, U2LPunishSwitch=ON;
//(Optional) Setting the cell-level UMTS-to-LTE penalty timer length
ADD UCELLCOALGOENHPARA: CellId=1;RsvU32Para6=21;

//Turning off the RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT13


SET UCORRMPARA:
PerfEnhanceSwitch2=PERFENH_RB_RECFG_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH-0;
//Enabling the anti-pingpong function of the compressed mode and setting
the penalty time to 90s
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2lServMcTimeOutPunishTime=90;
//(Optional) Setting the cell-level penalty timer length for service-based
UMTS-to-LTE measurement expiry
ADD UCELLCOALGOENHPARA: CellId=1;RsvU32Para6=5963776;

//Prohibiting UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover from being triggered by


a PCH-to-DCH channel switch when a CS service is set up
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch2=PERFENH_CS_P2D_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH-
0;
//Prohibiting UEs from attempting U2L redirection or handover when they
are performing CS paging procedures
SET UCORRMPARA:
PerfEnhanceSwitch5=PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPAGING-1;
//(Optional) Enabling the function of preventing the service rate increase
in compressed mode
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PsSwitch=PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling DC-HSDPA UEs to support measurement of LTE cells in compressed
mode
SET UCMCF: McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd=TRUE;
//(Optional) Enabling the function of selecting LTE cells based on LTE
load
//Enabling the cell load-based LTE cell selection function when RIM
messages are exchanged through the CN
MOD ULTECELL: LTECellIndex=1,U2LRimCNOperatorRTIndex=1;
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: ProcessSwitch5=INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the cell load-based LTE cell selection function when RIM
messages are exchanged through the eCoordinator
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: ProcessSwitch5=RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH-1;
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=1,
U2LLTELoadSwitch=SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the RIM procedure on the eCoordinator when RIM messages are
exchanged through the eCoordinator
SET ECOMMONCTRL: ProcessSwitch=RIM_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) When the extended LTE frequency bands (26 to 31) are
supported
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch2=HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Setting parameters for the algorithm of service-based UMTS-
to-LTE redirections or handovers based on RSCP measurement
ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1,
U2LServAlgoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH-1, U2LNCovRscpThd=-90;
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2LNCovRscpPrdTimer=D2000;
ADD UCELLOPERALGOSWITCH: CellId=1, CnOpIndex=2,
U2LAlgoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH-0;
//(Optional) Enabling a blind redirection to be preferentially performed
during a service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection
ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1,
U2LServAlgoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Disabling the preferential service-based U2L blind
redirection function for an operator in the operator group of a UMTS cell
enabled with MOCN when the operator does not require the function
ADD UCELLOPERALGOSWITCH: CellId=1, CnOpIndex=2,
U2LAlgoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH-0;

//(Optional) Turning on the switch for allowing only LTE subscribers to


perform service-based U2L handover or redirection when the CN cannot
obtain LTE subscription information from UEs
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch6=PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SERV_U2L_SWITCH-
1;
//(Optional) Clearing automatically learned IMSI information about LTE
subscribers
CLR ULTESUBSCRIBER: ClrType=SPEC_IMSI,LTESubIMSI="460071104001000";
// (Optional) Manually adding LTE subscriber information
ADD UVIPLTESUBSCRIBER: VIPLTESubIMSI="460071104001000";
//(Optional) Allowing the DRNC to use LTE subscriber information sent by
the SRNC after an inter-RNC relocation
ADD UNRNC: NRncId=1, SHOTRIG=CS_SHO_SWITCH-0&HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-
0&NON_HSPA_SHO_SWITCH-0, HHOTRIG=OFF, ServiceInd=SUPPORT_CS_AND_PS,
IurExistInd=TRUE, Dpx=1, RncProtclVer=R5, StateIndTMR=20,
TnlBearerType=ATM_TRANS,SRNSwithLTESubIndSw=ON;
SET
UCORRMPARA:PerfEnhanceSwitch10=PERFENH_SRNS_WITH_LTE_SUB_IND_ACK_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Enabling the virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
function
SET UVIRTUALGRID: VirtualGridFilterBackupSw=ON;
ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1,
U2LServAlgoSwitch=HO_GRID_BASED_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1;
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch2=HO_GRID_BASED_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1;
ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1, U2LGridInfoHighThd=99,
U2LGridInfoLowThd=1;
SET UVIRTUALGRID: ProbaofU2LforClassIIGrid=5;
//(Optional) Enabling the function of preferentially performing a service-
based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover
SET UALGORSVPARA: RsvSwitch22=RESERVED_SWITCH_22_BIT6-1;

Activation (Using the CME)

Method 1:

NOTE:
When configuring this feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch
modification if required. Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a
batch modification before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

1. Configure a single object on the CME.


For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

2. (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME.


To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification
wizard. For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME
batch modification center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
Method 2:
This feature can be batch activated using the CME. For detailed operations, see the following
section in the CME product documentation or online help: Managing the CME > CME
Guidelines > Enhanced Feature Management > Feature Operation and Maintenance.

Activation Observation

After this feature is enabled, observe the values of the following counters:
 VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Service (BSC6900, BSC6910)
This counter provides the number of service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections for a
cell. If the value of this counter is not 0, the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
algorithm takes effect.
After Best Cell Change Triggered LTE Measure Switch is set to ON, the value of this
counter increases. It indicates that the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
algorithm triggered by the changed best cell takes effect.
 VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Sevice.Blind (BSC6900, BSC6910)
This counter provides the number of service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS blind redirections
for a cell. If the value of this counter is not 0, the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS blind
redirection algorithm takes effect.
The virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection function can be observed by the
following means:
 Run the EXP UVIRTUALGRIDINFO command to export virtual grid data. If the
exported .xls files have at least one row of grid data, and the value of U2L Attempt
Number (Current) or U2L Attempt Number (History) is not 0, this function takes
effect.
 Observe the number of virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE blind PS redirections by
checking the value of VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Service.GridBlind (BSC6900,
BSC6910). If the value of this counter is not 0, this function takes effect.

Deactivation (Using MML Commands)

1. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn off the RNC-
level switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections. In this step, clear
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch parameter.
2. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV to turn off the cell-
level switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections. In this step, clear
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the Service-based U2L Algorithm
Switch parameter.

MML Command Examples

//Turning off the RNC-level switch for Service-Based PS Service


Redirection from UMTS to LTE
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-0;
//Turning off the cell-level switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirections
MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=2,
U2LServAlgoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-0;

Deactivation (Using the CME)

NOTE:
When configuring this feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch
modification if required. Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a
batch modification before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

1. Configure a single object on the CME.


For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

2. (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME.


To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification
wizard. For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME
batch modification center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
10.5.5 Performance Monitoring

Cell-level counters related to the Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE
feature are as follows:
 VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Service (BSC6900, BSC6910)
 VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Sevice.Blind (BSC6900, BSC6910)
These two counters specify whether the Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS
to LTE feature is activated. For details, see the description about activation observation in
section Activation Observation.
When RIM messages are exchanged using the CN, RNC-level counters related to the load-
based LTE cell selection function are as follows.

Counter Name Object Function Subset Counter Description


Type

VS.IU.RIM.U2L.Load.Req RNC PS.SIG.IU Number of RIM Requests from


(BSC6900, BSC6910) the RNC to the eNodeB (Load
Information) for Cell

VS.IU.RIM.U2L.Load.Resp RNC PS.SIG.IU Number of RIM Responses


(BSC6900, BSC6910) from the eNodeB to the RNC
(Load Information) for Cell

VS.IU.RIM.U2L.Load.Update RNC PS.SIG.IU Number of RIM Update


(BSC6900, BSC6910) Messages from the eNodeB to
the RNC (Load Information) for
Cell
When RIM messages are exchanged using the eCoordinator, RNC-level counters related to
the load-based LTE cell selection function are as follows.

Counter Name Object Function Subset Counter Description


Type

VS.IU.RIM.U2L.Load.Req RNC PS.SIG.IU Number of RIM Requests from


(BSC6900, BSC6910) the RNC to the eNodeB (Load
Information) for Cell

VS.IU.RIM.U2L.Load.Resp RNC PS.SIG.IU Number of RIM Responses


(BSC6900, BSC6910) from the eNodeB to the RNC
(Load Information) for Cell

VS.IU.RIM.U2L.Load.Update RNC PS.SIG.IU Number of RIM Update


(BSC6900, BSC6910) Messages from the eNodeB to
the RNC (Load Information) for
Cell

These counters specify the number of requests sent by the RNC to obtain LTE load
information through RIM procedures, the number of successful procedures for obtaining load
information, and the number of LTE cell load updates.
The virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection function is mainly used in the LTE
weak coverage areas, where many ineffective compressed-mode measurements may occur,
and therefore its gains can be evaluated using the following counters:
 In the scenario where UEs preferentially camp on LTE cells, the UMTS-to-LTE
fallbacks are mostly caused by the poor LTE coverage. Therefore, the measurement-
based UMTS-to-LTE redirections are recommended. In this scenario, the virtual grid-
based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection function will reduce the number of LTE
measurements.
The percentage of LTE measurements to UMTS-to-LTE redirections decreases.
Percentage of LTE measurements to UMTS-to-LTE redirections =
VS.U2LTEHO.MeasCtrl.Num/(VS.U2L.FastReturn.Redirect.CSFBUE +
VS.U2L.FastReturn.Redirect.SRVCCUE + VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Coverage +
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Service + VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Load +
VS.U2LTEHO.AttOutPS)
 Many ineffective measurements may occur due to poor LTE coverage. The virtual grid-
based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection function will reduce the number of LTE
measurements.
The percentage of LTE measurement expiry times to UMTS-to-LTE redirections
decreases. Percentage of LTE measurement expiry times to UMTS-to-LTE redirections
= VS.U2LTEHO.MeasTimeOut.Num/(VS.U2L.FastReturn.Redirect.CSFBUE +
VS.U2L.FastReturn.Redirect.SRVCCUE + VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Coverage +
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Service + VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Load +
VS.U2LTEHO.AttOutPS)

NOTE:
This function uses the self-learning mode and is not converged within three days after being enabled. Therefore,
it is recommended that data recorded in at least three days be excluded for benefit evaluation using the
preceding counters.

10.5.6 Parameter Optimization

If the number of ping-pong redirections or handovers (VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Service


(BSC6900, BSC6910) on the UMTS side) increases after service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection is enabled, you can select
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_LOAD_BLACKLIST_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch7 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter to enable the RNC to carry congested
cell blacklist in the RRC connection release messages so that UEs will not be redirected to
congested LTE cells.
After the virtual grid-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection function is enabled, if it is found
that there are only a small number of Class I and Class II grids, which causes a failure to
reach the expected feature gains, the following command can be used to modify related
parameters. This method improves system performance and the Internet access experience of
most UEs at the expense of experience of some UEs.
//Adjusting the upper and lower thresholds for cell-level U2L virtual grid
information
MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1, U2LGridInfoHighThd=95,
U2LGridInfoLowThd=5;

10.5.7 Troubleshooting

N/A
10.6 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE

After WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE is enabled, the redirection or handover
for UEs in connected mode from a UMTS cell to a multi-band LTE cell can also be
performed. For details about engineering guidelines for UMTS-to-LTE redirections or
handovers, see 10.14 MFBI-Based UMTS-to-LTE Interoperability.
10.6.1 When to Use Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE

For details about when to use Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE, see section
10.5 WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE.

10.6.2 Required Information

Before activating Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE, collect the following
information:
 Information about areas where UMTS and LTE are deployed together and areas where
UMTS and LTE coverage overlaps
 Information about UMTS/LTE dual-mode UEs
 Information about whether PS services are preferentially carried on LTE networks
10.6.3 Planning

None
10.6.4 Deployment

Requirements
 License
For details about how to activate a license, see License Management Feature Parameter
Description.

Table 10-12 BSC6900 and BSC6910

Feature ID Feature License Control Item ID License Supported License Sales


Name Item in the NE Type Allocation Unit
DSP for
LICUSAGE Multiple
Command Operators
Output

WRFD- Service- LQW1SBPSHO01RES Service- BSC6900 Method 2 per


140218 Based PS Based PS and Mbps
Handover Service BSC6910
from Handover
UMTS to from
LTE UMTS to
LTE (per
Mbps)

If RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, the licensed value is allocated among the primary
and secondary operators according to the value of the License Allocation for Multiple
Operators parameter.
Method 2: It is recommended that the license allocation proportion of a feature be
consistent with that of the license item "PS throughput only-kbps". The licensed values
can be set by running the RNC MML command SET LICENSE. If the
FeatureResAssignMode parameter in this command is set to AutoAssign, the licensed
values are automatically allocated among the primary and secondary operators. If the
FeatureResAssignMode parameter in this command is set to ManualAssign, you also
need to specify the related license parameters to implement manual license allocation.
 Other NEs as well as network equipment and transmission devices from other vendors
 The UE must support 3GPP Release 8 or later.
 The CN must support UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
 To support the cell load-based LTE cell selection function when RIM messages are
exchanged using the CN, the MME and SGSN must support the RIM procedure,
through which LTE cell load information is transmitted. When RIM messages are
exchanged using Huawei eCoordinator, the eCoordinator must be deployed and the
eNodeB and RNC must be connected to the same eCoordinator so that the eNodeB,
RNC, and eCoordinator support the RIM procedure, through which LTE cell load
information is transmitted.
 The SGSN must be able to send information about whether a UE has subscribed to
LTE services in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message to the RNC. If the
SGSN does not support this function, UEs who have not subscribed to LTE
services will be handed over or redirected to LTE networks, causing service drops.
 Other Features
The function of selecting LTE cells based on LTE load requires the LOFD-070203 RIM
Based LTE Target Cell Selection feature.
 Hardware
None

Data Preparation

lists the data to be prepared before activating Service-Based PS Handover from


Table 10-13
UMTS to LTE.
Table 10-13 Data to be prepared before activating Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE

Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


r Name

LTE Cell SuppPSHOFlag Set this parameter to Support. Radio


Supporti (BSC6900, BSC6910) network plan
ng PS (internal)
HO
Indicator

Report LTEMeasTypOf3C Set this parameter to the default value. Radio


Type of (BSC6900, BSC6910) network plan
LTE (internal)
Measure
ment

Layer 3 U2LTEFilterCoef Set this parameter to the default value. Radio


Filter (BSC6900, BSC6910) network plan
Coefficie (internal)
nt for
LTE
Measure
ment

LTE U2LTEMeasTime Set this parameter to the default value. Radio


Measure (BSC6900, BSC6910) network plan
ment (internal)
Timer
Length

Measure LTEMeasQuanOf3C Set this parameter to the default value. Radio


ment (BSC6900, BSC6910) network plan
Quantity (internal)
for Event
3C
Measure
ment of
LTE

3C Hystfor3C (BSC6900, In a high-speed cell, set this parameter to Radio


Hysteres BSC6910) 1.5 dB. In a low-speed cell, set this network plan
is parameter to 3.0 dB. (internal)
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

Time to TrigTime3C Set this parameter to the default value. Radio


Trigger (BSC6900, BSC6910) network plan
Event 3C (internal)

RSRP TargetRatThdRSRP Set this parameter to the default value. Radio


Threshol (BSC6900, BSC6910) network plan
d During (internal)
PS
Handove
r to LTE

RSRQ TargetRatThdRSRQ Set this parameter to the default value. Radio


Threshol (BSC6900, BSC6910) network plan
d During (internal)
PS
Handove
r to LTE

U2L U2LPunishSwitch Set this parameter to ON. Default


Punish (BSC6900, BSC6910) value/Recom
Switch mended value

U2L U2LPunishTimer Set this parameter to 20. Default


Penalty (BSC6900, BSC6910) value/Recom
Timer mended value

Service- EUTRANSHIND To allow handover of certain PS services Radio


Based (BSC6900, BSC6910) to LTE, set this parameter to network plan
Handove HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERF (internal)
r to LTE ORM.
Allowed

HandOv HoSwitch (BSC6900, Select HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH and Default


er Switch BSC6910) HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWIT value/Recom
CH under this parameter before you mended value
activate the feature.

Service- U2LServAlgoSwitch For cells with LTE coverage, select Default


based (BSC6900, BSC6910) HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWIT value/Recom
U2L CH. mended value
Algorith For LTE and UMTS co-coverage
m Switch scenarios, select
HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWI
TCH under this parameter.
For scenarios with continuous LTE
coverage, you are advised to select
HO_LTE_SERVICE_BLIND_FIRST_SWI
TCH under this parameter.

U2L U2LAlgoSwitch In a UMTS cell enabled with the MOCN Radio


Algorith (BSC6900, BSC6910) feature, if an operator does not require network plan
m Switch periodic RSCP measurement-based (internal)
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers,


deselect
HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWI
TCH under this parameter.

Trigger U2LServTrigSource Set this parameter to the default value. Default


Source (BSC6900, BSC6910) value/Recom
for mended value
Service-
based
U2L
HO/Redi
r

Thld for U2LNCovPSCmUser The value 20 is recommended. Default


Non- NumThd (BSC6900, value/Recom
coverage BSC6910) mended value
-based
U2L

Performa PerfEnhanceSwitch5 To activate this feature, Default


nce (BSC6900, BSC6910) select value/Recom
Enhance PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WH mended value
ment EN_CSPAGING under this parameter.
Switch 5

HandOv HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, If a handover is to be performed, deselect Engineering


er BSC6910) the following option under this parameter: design
Switch1 HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_
FREQ_SWITCH.

Best Cell BestCellTrigLTEMea Set this parameter to OFF. Default


Change sSwitch (BSC6900, value/Recom
Triggere BSC6910) mended value
d LTE
Measure
Switch

Best Cell BestCellTrigLTEMea Set this parameter to OFF. Default


Change sSwitch (BSC6900, value/Recom
Triggere BSC6910) mended value
d LTE
Measure
Switch

Performa PerfEnhanceSwitch2  To prevent frequent entering and Radio


nce (BSC6900, BSC6910) exiting of the compressed mode, network plan
Enhance which may be caused by service- (internal)
ment based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or
Switch 2 handovers triggered by RB
reconfiguration, deselect
PERFENH_RB_RECFG_TRIG_SER
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

VICE_U2L_SWITCH under this


parameter.
 To prevent frequent entering and
exiting of the compressed mode,
which may be caused by service-
based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or
handover triggered by a PS PCH-to-
DCH channel switch when a CS
service is set up, you are advised to
deselect
PERFENH_CS_P2D_TRIG_SERVI
CE_U2L_SWITCH under this
parameter.

Penalty U2lServMcTimeOutP Set this parameter to 90 seconds to Radio


Time for unishTime (BSC6900, prevent continual entering and exiting of network plan
Service- BSC6910) the compressed mode during (internal)
based service/load/coverage-based UMTS-to-
U2L LTE redirections or handovers if no
Meas suitable LTE cell is found after LTE signal
Expiry quality measurement is complete.

MC- McHsdpaLteCMPer Set this parameter to the default value. Radio


HSDPA missionInd (BSC6900, network plan
and LTE BSC6910) (internal)
CM
Coexist
Indicator

PS Rate PsSwitch (BSC6900, You are advised to select the Radio


Negotiati BSC6910) PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWIT network plan
on CH check box under this parameter when (internal)
Switch EHSPACMPermissionInd (BSC6900,
BSC6910), HsdpaCMPermissionInd
(BSC6900, BSC6910), or
McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd
(BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to FALSE. After
this switch is turned on, the call drop rate
is reduced, but user experience of PS
services deteriorates.

Process ProcessSwitch5 Select Default


Control (BSC6900, BSC6910) INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LT value/Recom
Switch 5 E_SWITCH under this parameter to mended value
obtain LTE cell load information.

SW U2LLTELoadSwitch If LTE load is considered during a UMTS- Default


Consider (BSC6900, BSC6910) to-LTE redirection or handover, select value/Recom
LTE SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWI mended value
Load in TCH under this parameter.
U2L
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

Interoper
ation

CN U2LRimCNOperator This parameter must be set if the RNC Engineering


Operator RTIndex (BSC6900, needs to obtain LTE cell load through the design
Index for BSC6910) RIM procedure and the UMTS PLMN
Routing differs from the LTE PLMN.
in U2L
RIM

Process ProcessSwitch5 Select RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH under Default


Control (BSC6900, BSC6910) this parameter if RIM messages need to value/Recom
Switch 5 be exchanged using the eCoordinator. mended value

HandOv HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, If the LTE system supports extended Radio


er BSC6910) frequency bands (26 to 31), select network plan
Switch2 HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH (internal)
under this parameter to support UMTS-to-
LTE interoperations on the extended
frequency bands.

RSCP U2LNCovRscpThd The value -90 is recommended. Default


Threshol (BSC6900, BSC6910) value/Recom
d for mended value
Non-
coverage
-based
U2L

RSCP U2LNCovRscpPrdTi The value D20000 is recommended. Default


Measure mer (BSC6900, value/Recom
Timer for BSC6910) mended value
Non-
coverage
-based
U2L

HandOv HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, To turn on the U2L connected mode Default


er BSC6910) priority switch, select value/Recom
Switch1 HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under mended value
this parameter. To turn on the U2L Default
connected mode priority switch, select value/Recom
HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under mended value
this parameter.

Connect NPriorityConnect Set this parameter to the default value. Radio


ed Mode (BSC6900, BSC6910) network plan
E-UTRA (internal)
Frequen
cy
Priority
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

HandOv HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, Select HO_IUR_U2L_HO_SWITCH Radio


er BSC6910) under this parameter to enable the network plan
Switch2 function of cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE (internal)
handovers.
Select
HO_IUR_PLMN_FILTER_SWITCH under
this parameter to enable the SRNC to
filter the LTE frequencies or neighboring
cells under the DRNC based on the
PLMN information during a cross-Iur
UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover.

Iur LTE IurLTECellInfoSwitc To enable the function of cross-Iur Radio


Cell h (BSC6900, BSC6910) UMTS-to-LTE handovers, set this network plan
Informati parameter to ON. (internal)
on
Switch

Optimiza OptimizationSwitch5 Select Radio


tion (BSC6900, BSC6910) U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_ERAB_SWIT network plan
Switch 5 CH under this parameter to enable the (internal)
function of data forwarding during UMTS-
to-LTE handovers.
To reduce the PS service user-plane
interruption time during UMTS to LTE
handovers, select
PS_U2L_USER_PLANE_DELAY_OPT_
SWITCH under this parameter.

Reserve RsvSwitch11 Select RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT27 Radio


d Switch (BSC6900, BSC6910) under this parameter to allow service- network plan
11 based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or (internal)
handovers only for LTE subscribers. In
this way, non-LTE subscribers are
prevented from performing service-based
UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers.

Performa PerfEnhanceSwitch6 Select Radio


nce (BSC6900, BSC6910) PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SERV_ network plan
Enhance U2L_SWITCH under this parameter to (internal)
ment allow service-based UMTS-to-LTE
Switch 6 redirections or handovers only on LTE
subscribers. In this way, non-LTE
subscribers are prevented from
performing service-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or handovers.

Thd for U2LPhyChFailNum To enable the function of preventing Default


No-Cov (BSC6900, BSC6910) frequent retries after a UMTS-to-LTE PS value/Recom
U2L HO handover failure, set this parameter to a mended value
Fail by non-zero value.
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

Phy CH
Fail

Inter- PenaltyTimeForPhy This parameter specifies the length of a Default


RAT HO ChFail (BSC6900, penalty timer for inter-RAT handover value/Recom
Physical BSC6910) failures due to physical channel failures. mended value
Channel The default setting is recommended.
Failure
Penalty
Timer

Frequen FreqUsePolicyInd Set this parameter as planned. Use this Radio


cy Use (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter to configure the neighboring network plan
Policy LTE frequency that can only be used in (internal)
Indicator connected mode.

lists the data to be prepared before activating exchange of RIM messages through
Table 10-14
the eCoordinator.
Table 10-14 Parameter to be set on the eCoordinator

Parameter Name Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source

Process Control PROCESSSWITCH Select RIM_SWITCH Default


Switch under this parameter value/Recommended
if RIM messages value
need to be
exchanged using the
eCoordinator.

Precautions

In a GSM/UMTS/LTE hybrid network, do not set Inter-RAT PS Handover Switch


(PSServiceHOSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)) to ON after this feature is enabled. Otherwise,
the RNC sends the GSM-specific measurement control message to the UE first. As a result,
the UE will be redirected or handed over to GSM.
If load-based LTE-to-UMTS related features are deployed on the LTE network, ping-pong
handovers or redirections may occur between UMTS and LTE. For details about load-based
LTE-to-UMTS related features deployed on the LTE network, see MLB Feature Parameter
Description of eRAN feature documentation.
To prevent ping-pong handovers and redirections between UMTS and LTE, it is
recommended that this feature be enabled together with the function of selecting LTE cells
based on load.
To select LTE cells based on LTE cell load, the RNC needs to obtain LTE cell load
information from the eNodeB through the RIM procedure. The eNodeB is the receiving party
of the first RIM message. Therefore, the related feature on the LTE side must be enabled
first. Otherwise, the eNodeB cannot respond to the RNC with LTE cell load information, and
the RIM procedure will be terminated before it is complete. For the related feature on the
LTE side, see Inter-RAT Mobility Management in Connected Mode Feature Parameter
Description for eRAN.
In high speed scenarios, such as high-speed railways, the best cell frequently changes and
measurements are frequently triggered. In this case, network performance deteriorates and the
call drop rate increases. Therefore, you are not advised to set Best Cell Change Triggered
LTE Measure Switch (BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch (BSC6900, BSC6910)) to ON.

Activation (Using MML Commands)

1. Run the RNC MML ADD ULTECELL to configure LTE cells with LTE Cell
Supporting PS HO Indicator set to Support(Support).

NOTE:
You can run the MOD ULTECELL command to modify the configuration if an LTE cell has been
configured. Set the CnOpGrpIndex parameter in the ADD ULTECELL command to the index of a
group that includes operators of LTE cells. If the group includes only operators of UMTS cells, UMTS-
to-LTE handovers will fail.

2. If a neighboring LTE cell has not been configured, run the RNC MML command ADD
ULTENCELL to configure a neighboring LTE cell.
3. (Optional) To turn on the U2L connected mode priority switch, run the RNC MML
command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and select
HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under HandOver Switch1. In addition, run the
RNC MML command MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO to reconfigure the
connected mode priorities of LTE frequencies.
4. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO or MOD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO to configure the frequency use policy indicator based on
the network plan.
5. Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV. In this step, set the RNC-
level parameters related to measurements for service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
These parameters are listed in Table 10-13. The RNC sends the parameter settings to the
UE through a measurement control message.
6. (Optional) If parameters related to the measurement algorithm for a cell need to be
independently set, run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV to
set cell-level parameters related to the service-based UMTS-to-LTE measurement
algorithm based on Table 10-13.

NOTE:
If measurement algorithm parameters have been configured for a cell, run the MOD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV command in step 3 to modify the configuration.
If the cell-level and RNC-level measurement-related parameters are both available, the cell-level
measurement-related parameters prevail. If the cell-level measurement-related parameters are
unavailable, the cell uses the RNC-level measurement-related parameters.

7. Run the RNC MML command MOD UTYPRABBASIC with Service-Based


Handover to LTE Allowed set to HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM
to allow UMTS-to LTE PS handover.
8. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH
under HandOver Switch selected to enable service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover.
9. Turn on the blind redirection switch. For details, see 4.3.4.5 Decision and Execution and
4.3.4.5.2 Blind PS Redirection Preferred During a Service-Based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection.

10. For UMTS cells in which the LTE coverage is good, enable service-based UMTS-to-
LTE PS redirection by running the RNC MML command ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV with HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH
selected under the Service-based U2L Algorithm Switch parameter. For UMTS cells
in which there is no or weak LTE coverage, do not enable service-based UMTS-to-LTE
PS redirection.
11. Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV (RNC-level) or ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV (cell-level) with U2L_SERV_LOWACTIVE_TRIGGER
selected and other options deselected under the Trigger Source for Service-based
U2L HO/Redir parameter.
12. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV (RNC-level) or
MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV (cell-level) with
U2L_SERV_PERIOD_TRIGGER selected under the Trigger Source for Service-
based U2L HO/Redir parameter to set the trigger cause of service-based UMTS-to-
LTE handover or redirection.
13. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLCMUSERNUM with PS CM User No.
Thld for Non-coverage-based U2L set to 20.
14. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to disable non-
neighboring-cell-based redirection. In this step, clear
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the HandOver
Switch1 parameter.
15. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV (RNC-level) or
MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV (cell-level) with Best Cell Change Triggered LTE
Measure Switch set to OFF.
16. Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV and set the U2L Penalty
Timer parameter to 20 and the U2L Punish Switch parameter to ON to prevent UEs
from initiating service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers immediately
after finishing LTE-to-UMTS redirections or handovers.
17. (Optional) Set the cell-level UMTS-to-LTE penalty timer length.
Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLCOALGOENHPARA with bits 0 to 15
under Reserved U32 Parameter 6 set to a value indicating 20s.
18. (Optional) Deselect PERFENH_RB_RECFG_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH
under the Performance Enhancement Switch 2 parameter in the RNC MML
command SET UCORRMPARA to prevent continual entering and exiting of the
compressed mode during service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers due to
frequent RB reconfiguration.
19. (Optional) Set the Penalty Time for Service-based U2L Meas Expiry parameter in
the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV to 90 seconds to prevent continual
entering and exiting of the compressed mode during service/load/coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers if no suitable LTE cell is found after LTE
signal quality measurement is complete.
20. (Optional) Set the cell-level penalty timer length for service-based UMTS-to-LTE
measurement expiry.
Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLCOALGOENHPARA with bits 16 to 31
under Reserved U32 Parameter 6 set to a value indicating 90s.
21. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV to enable the
function of preventing frequent retries after a UMTS-to-LTE PS handover failure. In
this step, set Thd for No-Cov U2L HO Fail by Phy CH Fail and Inter-RAT HO
Physical Channel Failure Penalty Timer to appropriate values.
22. Deselect PERFENH_CS_P2D_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH under the
Performance Enhancement Switch 2 parameter in the RNC MML command SET
UCORRMPARA to prevent ping-pong UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers that
occur in PS-specific P2D state transitions triggered by CS service setup.
23. Run the MML command SET UCORRMPARA with the
PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPAGING check box selected
under Performance Enhancement Switch 5 to prohibit UMTS-to-LTE redirections or
handovers of UEs when the UEs are performing CS paging procedures.
24. (Optional) If the DC-HSDPA feature is enabled, run the RNC MML command SET
UCMCF with MC-HSDPA and LTE CM Coexist Indicator set to TRUE.
25. (Optional) If EHSPACMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910),
HsdpaCMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910), or
McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to FALSE, run the RNC
MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with the
PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH check box selected under the PS Rate
Negotiation Switch parameter.
26. (Optional) To enable the load-based LTE cell selection function, perform the following
operations:
a. (Optional) When RIM messages are exchanged through the CN and the UMTS
and LTE cells belong to different PLMNs, run the RNC MML command LST
UCNOPERATOR to query the value of Cn Operator Index and configure a
CN route for the UMTS-to-LTE RIM procedure according to the query result.
Then run the RNC MML command MOD ULTECELL, with CN Operator
Index for Routing in U2L RIM set to the queried index of the local operator.
b. Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step, select
INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITCH under the Process
Control Switch 5 parameter.
c. (Optional) When RIM messages are exchanged using the eCoordinator:
 Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step,
select RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH(Support RIM by eCoordinator Switch)
under the Process Control Switch 5 parameter.
 Run the MML command SET ECOMMONCTRL on the eCoordinator. In
this step, select RIM_SWITCH(RIM Switch) under the Process Control
Switch parameter.
d. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM or MOD
UCELLHOCOMM. In this step, select
SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH under the SW Consider LTE
Load in U2L Interoperation parameter.
27. If the LTE system supports extended frequency bands (26 to 31), run the RNC MML
command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch2 parameter
selected.
1. (Optional) In LTE and UMTS co-coverage scenarios, you can enable periodic RSCP
measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover by performing the
following operations:
a. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV with
HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH selected under Service-based
U2L Algorithm Switch.
b. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV with RSCP
Threshold for Non-coverage-based U2L set to -90.
c. Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV with RSCP Measure
Timer for Non-coverage-based U2L set to D20000.
d. (Optional) In a UMTS cell enabled with the MOCN feature, if an operator does
not require periodic RSCP measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or
handovers, run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLOPERALGOSWITCH
with HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH under U2L Algorithm
Switch for the corresponding operator deselected.
2. (Optional) Enable the function of cross-Iur service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
a. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH on the source
RNC with HO_IUR_U2L_HO_SWITCH and
HO_IUR_PLMN_FILTER_SWITCH under HandOver Switch2 selected.
b. Run the RNC MML command ADD UNRNC on the target RNC with Iur LTE
Cell Information Switch set to ON.
3. Enable the function of data forwarding during UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
a. Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH with
U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_ERAB_SWITCH under Optimization Switch 5
selected to enable a RANAP RELOCATION REQUIRED message to contain the
E-RAB IE.
b. Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH with
PS_U2L_USER_PLANE_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH under the Optimization
Switch 5 parameter selected to turn on the U2L PS service user-plane
interruption time reduction switch.
c. When the direct tunnel function is enabled on the RNC, the following operations
must also be performed:
i. Run the RNC MML command ADD IPRT to configure a route between
the RNC and the LTE S-GW.
ii. Run the following RNC MML commands separately for a BSC6900 and a
BSC6910 to configure a UP data channel between the RNC and LTE S-
GW: ADD IPPATH and ADD IPPOOL.

NOTE:
When the direct tunnel function is not enabled on the RNC, only the routes and UP data channels
between the LTE S-GW and SGSN need to be configured on the CN side.

d. Run the RNC MML command SET UUPCTRLSWITCH with


U2L_DATA_FORWARDING_PROC_SWITCH under the Process Control
Switch parameter selected so that the lossless SRNS relocation capability of the
UE does not need to be considered during data forwarding.
4. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA with
PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SERV_U2L_SWITCH under the Performance
Enhancement Switch 6 parameter selected to allow service-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or handovers only on LTE subscribers.

MML Command Examples

//Adding an LTE cell


ADD ULTECELL: LTECellIndex=1, LTECellName="LTECELL1", EUTRANCELLID=1,
MCC="460", MNC="01", TAC=10, CnOpGrpIndex=1, CellPHYID=100, LTEBand=10,
LTEArfcn=4150, SuppPSHOFlag=Support;
//Adding a neighboring LTE cell
ADD ULTENCELL: RNCId=1, CellId=1, LTECellIndex=1;
//Turning on the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch and
configuring the connected mode priority of E-UTRA frequencies
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH-1;
MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000, NPriorityConnect=7;
//Setting the selection policy for the neighboring LTE frequency
ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000, NPriority=5,
FreqUsePolicyInd=Both;
//Setting RNC-level parameters related to measurements for the service-
based UMTS-to-LTE handovers
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: LTEMeasTypOf3C=MeasurementQuantity, U2LTEFilterCoef=D6,
U2LTEMeasTime=30, LTEMeasQuanOf3C=RSRP, Hystfor3C=2, TrigTime3C=D10,
TargetRatThdRSRP=20, TargetRatThdRSRQ=30;
//Setting cell-level parameters related to measurements for the service-
based UMTS-to-LTE handovers
ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1, LTEMeasTypOf3C=MeasurementQuantity,
U2LTEFilterCoef=D6, U2LTEMeasTime=30, LTEMeasQuanOf3C=RSRP, Hystfor3C=2,
TrigTime3C=D10, TargetRatThdRSRP=20, TargetRatThdRSRQ=30;
//Modifying the basic information about a typical RAB RabIndex40-121
MOD UTYPRABBASIC: RabIndex=40, EUTRANSHIND=HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM;
//Turning on the general switch for UMTS-to-LTE interoperation and
service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover switch
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-
1&HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the cell-level switch for service-based handover
ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV:
CellId=1,U2LServAlgoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the triggering causes
SET UU2LTEHONCOV:U2LServTrigSource=U2L_SERV_RAB_SETUP_TRIGGER-
0&U2L_SERV_LOWACTIVE_TRIGGER-1&U2L_SERV_PERIOD_TRIGGER-
1&U2L_SERV_RB_REL_TRIGGER-0&U2L_SERV_IUCS_REL_TRIGGER-
0&U2L_SERV_OTHER_TRIGGER-0;
//Setting the maximum number of UEs that can perform measurement in
compressed mode simultaneously
ADD UCELLCMUSERNUM: CellId=1, U2LNCovPSCmUserNumThd=20;
//Disabling non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirections
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH-0;
//Turning on the blind redirection switch
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=2, U2LBlindRedirSwitch=ON;
//Turning off the RNC-level service-based LTE measurement switch triggered
by the changed best cell
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch=OFF;
//Turning off the cell-level service-based LTE measurement switch
triggered by the changed best cell
MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=2, BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch=OFF;
//Turning on the U2L Punish Switch
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2LPunishTimer=20, U2LPunishSwitch=ON;
//(Optional) Setting the cell-level UMTS-to-LTE penalty timer length
ADD UCELLCOALGOENHPARA: CellId=1;RsvU32Para6=21;

//Turning off the RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT13


SET UCORRMPARA:
PerfEnhanceSwitch2=PERFENH_RB_RECFG_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH-0;
//Enabling the function of preventing frequent retries after a UMTS-to-LTE
PS handover failure
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2LPhyChFailNum=3, PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail=30;
//Enabling the anti-pingpong function of the compressed mode and setting
the penalty time to 90s
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2lServMcTimeOutPunishTime=90;
//(Optional) Setting the cell-level penalty timer length for service-based
UMTS-to-LTE measurement expiry
ADD UCELLCOALGOENHPARA: CellId=1;RsvU32Para6=5963776;

//Prohibiting UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover from being triggered by


a PCH-to-DCH channel switch when a CS service is set up
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch2=PERFENH_CS_P2D_TRIG_SERVICE_U2L_SWITCH-
0;
//Prohibiting UEs from attempting U2L redirection or handover when they
are performing CS paging procedures
SET UCORRMPARA:
PerfEnhanceSwitch5=PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPAGING-1;
//Enabling the function of preventing the service rate increase in
compressed mode
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PsSwitch=PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling DC-HSDPA UEs to support measurement of LTE cells in compressed
mode
SET UCMCF:McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd=TRUE;
//Enabling the cell load-based LTE cell selection function
//Enabling the cell load-based LTE cell selection function when RIM
messages are exchanged through the CN
MOD ULTECELL: LTECellIndex=1,U2LRimCNOperatorRTIndex=1;
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: ProcessSwitch5=INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the cell load-based LTE cell selection function when RIM
messages are exchanged through the eCoordinator
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: ProcessSwitch5=RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH-1;
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=2,
U2LLTELoadSwitch=SERVICE_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the RIM procedure on the eCoordinator when RIM messages are
exchanged through the eCoordinator
SET ECOMMONCTRL: ProcessSwitch=RIM_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling interoperability between UMTS frequency bands and LTE extended
frequency bands (26 to 31) when the LTE system supports these extended
frequency bands
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch2=HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH-1;
ADD UCELLOPERALGOSWITCH: CellId=1, CnOpIndex=2,
U2LAlgoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH-0;
//Setting parameters for the algorithm of service-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or handovers based on RSCP measurement
ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1,
U2LServAlgoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH-1, U2LNCovRscpThd=-90;
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2LNCovRscpPrdTimer=D2000;

//Enabling the function of data forwarding during UMTS-to-LTE handovers


SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch5=U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_ERAB_SWITCH-1;
SET UUPCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=U2L_DATA_FORWARDING_PROC_SWITCH-1;
//When the direct tunnel function is enabled on the RNC, the following
operations must also be performed:
//Configuring a route between the RNC and the LTE S-GW
ADD
IPRT:SRN=0,SN=16,DSTIP="10.161.0.1",DSTMASK="255.255.255.255",NEXTHOPTYPE=
Gateway,NEXTHOP="162.0.43.254",PRIORITY=HIGH;
//Configuring a UP data channel between the BSC6900 and the LTE S-GW
ADD IPPATH: ANI=1118, PATHID=3, ITFT=IUPS, PATHT=QoS,
IPADDR="53.100.61.1", PEERIPADDR="10.161.0.1", PEERMASK="255.255.255.0",
TXBW=1000, RXBW=1000, VLANFLAG=DISABLE, PATHCHK=ENABLED,
ECHOIP="10.161.0.1";
//Configuring a UP data channel between the BSC6910 and the LTE S-GW
ADD IPPOOL: IPPOOLINDEX=0, MODE=ETHL3, IPPOOLNAME="IPPOOLNAME";
//Turning on the U2L PS service user-plane interruption time reduction
switch
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch5=PS_U2L_USER_PLANE_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH-
1;
//Enabling the function of cross-Iur service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers
//Setting the following parameters on the source RNC side, with the
address specified based on the actual plan
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch2=HO_IUR_U2L_HO_SWITCH-
1&HO_IUR_PLMN_FILTER_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the following parameters on the destination RNC side (it is
recommended that the address be specified based on the actual plan)
ADD UNRNC: NRncId=1, SHOTRIG=CS_SHO_SWITCH-1, HHOTRIG=ON,
IurLTECellInfoSwitch=ON;
//Turning on the switch for allowing only LTE subscribers to perform
service-based U2L handover or redirection when the CN cannot obtain LTE
subscription information from UEs
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch6=PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SERV_U2L_SWITCH-
1;

Activation (Using the CME)


Method 1:

NOTE:
When configuring this feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch
modification if required. Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a
batch modification before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

1. Configure a single object on the CME.


Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence in Table 10-15. For
instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration
Operation Guide.

2. (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME.


To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification
wizard. For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME
batch modification center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
Table 10-15 Configuring parameters on the CME

SN MO NE Parameter Name Parameter ID Config


urable
in
CME
Batch
Modifi
cation
Center

1 ULTECELL RNC LTE Cell Index LTECellIndex Yes


(BSC6900,
NOTE: BSC6910)
This MO is required if
neighboring-LTE-cell-based
LTE Cell Name LTECellName
redirection or blind (BSC6900,
redirection is allowed. BSC6910)

LTE Cell Identity EUTRANCELLID


(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Mobile Country Code MCC (BSC6900,


BSC6910)

Mobile Network Code MNC (BSC6900,


BSC6910)

Tracking Area Code TAC (BSC6900,


BSC6910)

Operator Group Index CnOpGrpIndex


(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
SN MO NE Parameter Name Parameter ID Config
urable
in
CME
Batch
Modifi
cation
Center

LTE Physical Cell CellPHYID


Identity (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

LTE Cell Frequency LTEBand


Band (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

LTE Cell Downlink LTEArfcn


Frequency (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

LTE Cell Supporting PS SuppPSHOFlag


HO Indicator (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

ULTENCELL RNC RNC ID RNCId (BSC6900, No


BSC6910)
NOTE:
Cell ID CellId (BSC6900,
This MO is required if
BSC6910)
neighboring-LTE-cell-based
redirection or blind
redirection is allowed.
LTE Cell Index LTECellIndex
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Blind HO Neighboring BlindFlag


Cell Flag (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

UCELLNFREQPRIOIN RNC Absolute Priority Level NPriority No


FO of the E-UTRA (BSC6900,
Frequency BSC6910)
NOTE:
E-UTRA Absolute Radio EARFCN
This MO is required if non-
neighboring-LTE-cell-based
Frequency Channel (BSC6900,
redirection or blind Number BSC6910)
redirection is allowed.

2 UU2LTEHONCOV RNC Report Type of LTE LTEMeasTypOf3 Yes


Measurement C (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Layer 3 Filter Coefficient U2LTEFilterCoef


for LTE Measurement (BSC6900,
BSC6910)
SN MO NE Parameter Name Parameter ID Config
urable
in
CME
Batch
Modifi
cation
Center

LTE Measurement U2LTEMeasTime


Timer Length (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Measurement Quantity LTEMeasQuanOf


for Event 3C 3C (BSC6900,
Measurement of LTE BSC6910)

3C Hysteresis Hystfor3C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Time to Trigger Event TrigTime3C


3C (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

RSRP Threshold During TargetRatThdRS


PS Handover to LTE RP (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

RSRQ Threshold During TargetRatThdRS


PS Handover to LTE RQ (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

U2L Punish Switch U2LPunishSwitc


Set this parameter to h (BSC6900,
ON. BSC6910)

U2L Penalty Timer U2LPunishTimer


(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

2 UU2LTEHONCOV RNC Thd for No-Cov U2L HO U2LPhyChFailN Yes


Fail by Phy CH Fail um (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Inter-RAT HO Physical PenaltyTimeFor


Channel Failure Penalty PhyChFail
Timer (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

3 UCELLU2LTEHONCO RNC Parameters to be configured are the same Yes


(Opti V as those in the UU2LTEHONCOV MO.
onal)
NOTE:
This MO is required if the
measurement-related
SN MO NE Parameter Name Parameter ID Config
urable
in
CME
Batch
Modifi
cation
Center

parameters need to be
configured for a specific
cell.

4 UTYPRABBASIC RNC Service-Based EUTRANSHIND No


Handover to LTE (BSC6900,
Allowed BSC6910)

5 UCORRMALGOSWIT RNC HandOver Switch HoSwitch Yes


CH (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

6 UCORRMALGOSWIT RNC HandOver Switch1 HoSwitch1 Yes


(Opti CH (BSC6900,
onal) BSC6910)
NOTE:
This MO is required if non-
neighboring-LTE-cell-based
redirection or blind
redirection is allowed.

7 UU2LTEHONCOV/UC RNC Best Cell Change BestCellTrigLTE Yes


(Opti ELLU2LTEHONCOV Triggered LTE Measure MeasSwitch
onal) Switch (BSC6900,
NOTE: BSC6910)
This MO is required if the
Service-Based PS Handover
from UMTS to LTE feature
is triggered by the changed
best cell.

To allow this feature to


be triggered only when
a specific best cell is
changed, configure the
UCELLU2LTEHONCO
V MO. To allow this
feature to be triggered
when any best cell
under an RNC is
changed, configure the
UU2LTEHONCOV MO.
SN MO NE Parameter Name Parameter ID Config
urable
in
CME
Batch
Modifi
cation
Center

8 UCORRMPARA RNC Performance PerfEnhanceSwi Yes


(Opti Enhancement Switch 2 tch2
onal)

9 UU2LTEHONCOV RNC Penalty Time for U2lServMcTime Yes


(Opti Service-based U2L OutPunishTime
onal) Meas Expiry (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

10 UCORRMPARA RNC Performance PerfEnhanceSwi Yes


Enhancement Switch 2 tch2

11 UCORRMALGOSWIT RNC PS Rate Negotiation PsSwitch Yes


CH Switch (BSC6900,
(PS_CMACTIVE_PRO BSC6910)
CESS_OPT_SWITCH
selected under this
parameter)

12 UCMCF RNC MC-HSDPA and LTE McHsdpaLteCM Yes


CM Coexist Indicator PermissionInd

13 URRCTRLSWITCH RNC Process Control Switch ProcessSwitch5 Yes


(Opti 5 (BSC6900,
onal) NOTE: BSC6910)
This MO is required if the
RNC needs to obtain LTE
cell load through the RIM
procedure.

14 UCELLHOCOMM RNC SW Consider LTE Load U2LLTELoadSwi Yes


(opti in U2L Interoperation tch (BSC6900,
onal) NOTE: BSC6910)
This MO is required if LTE
cells are selected based on
LTE cell load.

15 URRCTRLSWITCH RNC Process Control Switch ProcessSwitch5 Yes


(Opti 5 (BSC6900,
onal) NOTE: BSC6910)
Description
This MO is required if RIM
messages need to be
SN MO NE Parameter Name Parameter ID Config
urable
in
CME
Batch
Modifi
cation
Center

exchanged using the


eCoordinator.

16 ECOMMONCTRL eCoor Process Control Switch PROCESSSWIT No


dinator CH

17 UCORRMALGOSWIT RNC HandOver Switch2 HoSwitch2 Yes


CH (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

18 UNRNC RNC Iur LTE Cell Information IurLTECellInfoS Yes


Switch witch (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

19 UCELLOPERALGOSW RNC U2L Algorithm Switch U2LAlgoSwitch Yes


ITCH (BSC6900,
BSC6910)

20 UCELLNFREQPRIOIN RNC Frequency Use Policy FreqUsePolicyIn Yes


(Opti FO Indicator d (BSC6900,
onal) BSC6910)

Method 2:
This feature can be activated in batches on the CME. For detailed operations, see the
following section in the CME product documentation or online help: Managing the CME >
CME Guidelines > Enhanced Feature Management > Feature Operation and
Maintenance.

Activation Observation

After enabling this feature, observe the value of the


VS.U2LTEHO.AttRelocPrepOutPS.Service counter. This counter provides the number of
attempts for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers for a cell. If the counter value is not
0, the feature has taken effect.

Deactivation (Using MML Commands)

1. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn off the RNC-
level switch for service-based UMTS-LTE handover. In this step, deselect
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch
parameter.
2. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV to turn off the cell-
level switch for service-based UMTS-LTE handover. In this step, deselect
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH under the Service-based U2L
Algorithm Switch parameter.

MML Command Examples

//Turning off the RNC-level switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover


SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH-0;
//Turning off the cell-level switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover
ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1,
U2LServAlgoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH-0;

Deactivation (Using the CME)

NOTE:
When configuring this feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch
modification if required. Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a
batch modification before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

1. Configure a single object on the CME.


For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

2. (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME.


To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification
wizard. For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME
batch modification center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
10.6.5 Performance Monitoring

The following cell-level counters have been introduced to accommodate this feature.

Counter Name Object Function Subset Counter


Type Description

VS.U2LTEHO.AttOutPS.Service (BSC6900, CELL U2LTE.HO.CELL Number of


BSC6910) Service-Based
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handover
Attempts for Cell

VS.U2LTEHO.SuccOutPS.Service (BSC6900, CELL U2LTE.HO.CELL Number of


BSC6910) Successful
Service-Based
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell

VS.U2LTEHO.AttRelocPrepOutPS.Service CELL U2LTE.HO.CELL Number of


(BSC6900, BSC6910) Preparation
Attempts for PS
Outgoing U2L
Service-Based
Counter Name Object Function Subset Counter
Type Description

Handovers for
Cell

VS.U2LTEHO.SuccRelocPrepOutPS.Service CELL U2LTE.HO.CELL Number of


(BSC6900, BSC6910) Successful
Preparations for
PS Outgoing
U2L Service-
Based
Handovers for
Cell

The following performance counters are the same as those for coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
handover, which are described in 10.4.5 Performance Monitoring:
 Performance counters related to cell-level handover failures
 Performance counters related to neighboring cells of coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
handovers
 Performance counters related to neighboring cells of handover failures
The following performance counters are the same as those for service-based UMTS-to-LTE
PS redirection, which are described in 10.5.5 Performance Monitoring:
 Performance counters that must also be observed when RIM messages are exchanged
using the CN
 Performance counters that must also be observed when RIM messages are exchanged
using the eCoordinator
Success rate of service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers =
VS.U2LTEHO.SuccOutPS.Service (BSC6900, BSC6910)/VS.U2LTEHO.AttOutPS.Service
(BSC6900, BSC6910). When this success rate is lower than expected, related parameters need to
be optimized.
10.6.6 Parameter Optimization

Analyze the causes of UMTS-to-LTE PS handover failures and modify parameter values
accordingly.
 If VS.U2LTEHO.FailOutPS.CfgUnSupp (BSC6900, BSC6910),
VS.U2LTEHO.FailOutPS.PhyChFail (BSC6900, BSC6910), and
VS.U2LTEHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.ReloUnSupp (BSC6900, BSC6910) have large
values, there is a possibility that some types of UEs do not support UMTS-to-LTE PS
handovers.
 When this happens, modify the parameter settings to enable more UEs to perform
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections in this cell. If VS.U2LTEHO.FailOutPS.NoReply
(BSC6900, BSC6910) has a large value, raise the value of TargetRatThdRSRP
(BSC6900, BSC6910) or TargetRatThdRSRQ (BSC6900, BSC6910).
 If VS.U2LTEHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.NoResAvail (BSC6900, BSC6910) and
VS.U2LTEHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.TgtHighLoad (BSC6900, BSC6910) have large
values, the LTE network traffic load is high. When this happens, enable the cell load-
based LTE cell selection function to avoid unnecessary handover preparations, which
helps ensure a high success rate for UMTS-to-LTE PS handover preparations. Or you
can take measures to lower the LTE network traffic load so that a high UMTS-to-LTE
PS handover preparation success rate is ensured.
10.6.7 Troubleshooting

N/A
10.7 WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE

After WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE is enabled, the redirection or handover
for UEs in connected mode from a UMTS cell to a multi-band LTE cell can also be
performed. For details about engineering guidelines for UMTS-to-LTE redirections or
handovers, see 10.14 MFBI-Based UMTS-to-LTE Interoperability.
10.7.1 When to Use Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE

This feature is recommended in the overlapping coverage area of UMTS and LTE when: The
network serves UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs. UMTS cells are heavily loaded.
It is recommended that this feature be used together with the LOFD-070203 RIM Based LTE
Target Cell Selection feature, which helps select lightly loaded LTE cells during redirections
or handovers.

NOTE:
If the LDR switch (UL_UU_LDR/DL_UU_LDR) is turned on, a UMTS cell is regarded as heavily loaded when
the UMTS cell load still exceeds the LDR triggering threshold (UlLdrTrigThd (BSC6900,
BSC6910)/DlLdrTrigThd (BSC6900, BSC6910)) after LDR actions such as BE service rate reduction and
inter-frequency load-based handovers are performed.

10.7.2 Required Information

Before activating Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE, collect the following
information:
 Traffic volume and distribution of hot spots on the UMTS network and LTE network
 Proportion of UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs to the total UEs

NOTE:
The proportion of UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs on a network affects the gains brought by the Load Based PS
Redirection from UMTS to LTE feature. The feature provides significant gains in inter-RAT load balancing
when the proportion of UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs is high. However, it is hard to quantify a proportion of
UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs for deploying the feature, which depends on the specific network conditions and
the operator's policy.

10.7.3 Planning

None
10.7.4 Deployment

Requirements

 Other features
The function of selecting LTE cells based on LTE load requires the LOFD-070203 RIM
Based LTE Target Cell Selection feature.
 Hardware
None
 License
Table 10-16 BSC6900&BSC6910

Feature ID Feature License Control License Item Supported License Sales


Name Item ID in the DSP NE Type Allocation Unit
LICUSAGE for Multiple
Command Operators
Output

WRFD- Load Based LQW1LPRULRES Load based BSC6900 Method 2 per


150216 PS PS and Mbps
Redirection Redirection BSC6910
from UMTS from UMTS
to LTE to LTE (per
Mbps)

For the supplementary descriptions of the license, see the license descriptions in
Requirements of 10.1.2 Deployment.

 Other NEs as well as network equipment and transmission devices from other vendors
 The CN supports 3GPP Release 8.
 To support the cell load-based LTE cell selection function, when RIM messages are
exchanged using the CN, the MME and SGSN must support the RIM procedure,
through which LTE cell load information is transmitted; when RIM messages are
exchanged using Huawei eCoordinator, the eCoordinator must be deployed and the
eNodeB and RNC must be connected to the same eCoordinator so that the eNodeB,
RNC, and eCoordinator support the RIM procedure, through which LTE cell load
information is transmitted.
 The UE supports 3GPP Release 8 and is a UMTS/LTE multi-mode terminal.

Data Preparation

lists the data to be prepared before activating Load-Based PS Service Redirection


Table 10-17
from UMTS to LTE.
Table 10-17 Data to be prepared

Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source


r Name

LTE Cell SuppPSHOFlag Set this parameter to NotSupport. Radio network


Supporti (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
ng PS
HO
Indicator
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

Blind HO BlindFlag (BSC6900, Neighboring-cell-based blind Default


Neighbor BSC6910) redirection takes effect only when this value/Recom
ing Cell parameter is set to TRUE. mended value
Flag

E-UTRA EARFCN (BSC6900, The default value is recommended. Radio network


Absolute BSC6910) plan (internal)
Radio
Frequen
cy
Channel
Number

Absolute NPriority (BSC6900, The default value is recommended. Radio network


Priority BSC6910) plan (internal)
Level of
the E-
UTRA
Frequen
cy

Report LTEMeasTypOf3C The default value is recommended. Radio network


Type of (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
LTE
Measure
ment

Layer 3 U2LTEFilterCoef The default value is recommended. Radio network


Filter (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
Coefficie
nt for
LTE
Measure
ment

LTE U2LTEMeasTime The default value is recommended. Radio network


Measure (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
ment
Timer
Length

Measure LTEMeasQuanOf3C The default value is recommended. Radio network


ment (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
Quantity
for Event
3C
Measure
ment of
LTE
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

3C Hystfor3C (BSC6900, In a high-speed cell, set this parameter Radio network


Hysteresi BSC6910) to 1.5 dB. In a low-speed cell, set this plan (internal)
s parameter to 3.0 dB.

Time to TrigTime3C (BSC6900, The default value is recommended. Radio network


Trigger BSC6910) plan (internal)
Event 3C

RSRP TargetRatThdRSRP The default value is recommended. Radio network


Threshol (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
d During
PS
Handove
r to LTE

RSRQ TargetRatThdRSRQ The default value is recommended. Radio network


Threshol (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
d During
PS
Handove
r to LTE

Service- EUTRANSHIND To allow handover of certain PS Radio network


Based (BSC6900, BSC6910) services to LTE, set this parameter to plan (internal)
Handove HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PE
r to LTE RFORM.
Allowed

HandOv HoSwitch (BSC6900, Select HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH Default


er Switch BSC6910) under this parameter to activate the value/Recom
feature. mended value

UL LDR- UlLdrBERateReductio The default value is recommended. Radio network


BE rate nRabNum (BSC6900, plan (internal)
reduction BSC6910)
RAB
number

UL LDR UlLdrPsRTQosRenegR The default value is recommended. Radio network


un-ctrl abNum (BSC6900, plan (internal)
RT Qos BSC6910)
re-nego
RAB
num

UL CS UlCSInterRatShouldBe The default value is recommended. Radio network


should HOUeNum (BSC6900, plan (internal)
be HO BSC6910)
user
number
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

UL PS UlPSInterRatShouldBe The default value is recommended. Radio network


should HOUeNum (BSC6900, plan (internal)
be HO BSC6910)
user
number

UL LDR- UlLdrAMRRateReducti The default value is recommended. Radio network


AMR onRabNum (BSC6900, plan (internal)
rate BSC6910)
reduction
RAB
number

UL CS UlCSInterRatShouldNo The default value is recommended. Radio network


should tHOUeNum (BSC6900, plan (internal)
not be BSC6910)
HO user
number

UL PS UlPSInterRatShouldNo The default value is recommended. Radio network


should tHOUeNum (BSC6900, plan (internal)
not be BSC6910)
HO user
number

UL Inter- UlInterFreqHoCellLoad The default value is recommended. Radio network


freq cell SpaceThd (BSC6900, plan (internal)
load BSC6910)
handover
load
space
threshold

DL Inter- DlInterFreqHoCellLoad The default value is recommended. Radio network


freq cell SpaceThd (BSC6900, plan (internal)
load BSC6910)
handover
load
space
threshold

UL Inter- UlInterFreqHoBWThd The default value is recommended. Radio network


freq cell (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
load
handover
maximu
m
bandwidt
h

DL Inter- DlInterFreqHoBWThd The default value is recommended. Radio network


freq cell (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
load
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

handover
maximu
m
bandwidt
h

MBMS MbmsDecPowerRabTh The default value is recommended. Radio network


descend d (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
power
rab
threshold

Cell LDR CellLdrSfResThd The default value is recommended. Radio network


SF (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
reserved
threshold

LDR LdrCodePriUseInd The default value is recommended. Radio network


code (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
priority
indicator

Max user MaxUserNumCodeAdj The default value is recommended. Radio network


number (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
of code
adjust

Ul LDR UlLdrCreditSfResThd The default value is recommended. Radio network


credit SF (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
reserved
threshold

Dl LDR DlLdrCreditSfResThd The default value is recommended. Radio network


credit SF (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
reserved
threshold

InterFreq LdrCodeUsedSpaceTh The default value is recommended. Radio network


HO code d (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
used
ratio
space
threshold

Code CodeCongSelInterFreq The default value is recommended. Radio network


congesti HoInd (BSC6900, plan (internal)
on select BSC6910)
inter-freq
indicatio
n
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

Gold GoldUserLoadControl The default value is recommended. Radio network


user load Switch (BSC6900, plan (internal)
control BSC6910)
switch

Forbidde InterFreqLdHoForbide The default value is recommended. Radio network


n Traffic nTC (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
Class for
inter-freq
HO

Ul TTI UlTtiCreditSfResThd The default value is recommended. Radio network


HO (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
Credit
SF
reserved
threshold

InterFreq InterFreqLDHOMethod The default value is recommended. Radio network


Load Selection (BSC6900, plan (internal)
Handove BSC6910)
r Method
Selection

Code CodeCongHoEnhanceI The default value is recommended. Default


Congest nd (BSC6900, BSC6910) value/Recom
Neighbor mended value
Select
Enhance
Switch

DL LDR- DlLdrBERateReductio The default value is recommended. Radio network


BE rate nRabNum (BSC6900, plan (internal)
reduction BSC6910)
RAB
number

DL LDR DlLdrPsRTQosRenegR The default value is recommended. Radio network


un-ctrl abNum (BSC6900, plan (internal)
RT Qos BSC6910)
re-nego
RAB
num

DL CS DlCSInterRatShouldBe The default value is recommended. Radio network


should HOUeNum (BSC6900, plan (internal)
be HO BSC6910)
user
number

DL PS DlPSInterRatShouldBe The default value is recommended. Radio network


should HOUeNum (BSC6900, plan (internal)
be HO BSC6910)
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

user
number

DL LDR- DlLdrAMRRateReducti The default value is recommended. Radio network


AMR onRabNum (BSC6900, plan (internal)
rate BSC6910)
reduction
RAB
number

DL CS DlCSInterRatShouldNo The default value is recommended. Radio network


should tHOUeNum (BSC6900, plan (internal)
not be BSC6910)
HO user
number

DL PS DlPSInterRatShouldNo The default value is recommended. Radio network


should tHOUeNum (BSC6900, plan (internal)
not be BSC6910)
HO user
number

DL LDR DlLdrFirstAction When the Load Based PS Redirection Radio network


first (BSC6900, BSC6910) from UMTS to LTE feature is enabled, plan (internal)
action LDR actions must be configured
according to 4.3.5.4.1 Suggestions for LDR
DL LDR DlLdrSecondAction Action Configurations. Radio network
second (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

DL LDR DlLdrThirdAction Radio network


third (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

DL LDR DlLdrFourthAction Radio network


forth (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

DL LDR DlLdrFifthAction Radio network


fifth (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

DL LDR DlLdrSixthAction Radio network


sixth (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

DL LDR DlLdrSeventhAction Radio network


seventh (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

DL LDR DlLdrEighthAction Radio network


eighth (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

DL LDR DlLdrNinthAction Radio network


ninth (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

DL LDR DlLdrTenthAction Radio network


tenth (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

DL LDR DlLdrEleventhAction Default


eleventh (BSC6900, BSC6910) value/Recom
Action mended value

UL LDR UlLdrFirstAction Radio network


first (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

UL LDR UlLdrSecondAction Radio network


second (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

UL LDR UlLdrThirdAction Radio network


third (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

UL LDR UlLdrFourthAction Radio network


forth (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

UL LDR UlLdrFifthAction Radio network


fifth (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

UL LDR UlLdrSixthAction Radio network


sixth (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

UL LDR UlLdrSeventhAction Radio network


seventh (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

UL LDR UlLdrEighthAction Radio network


eighth (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

UL LDR UlLdrNinthAction Default


ninth (BSC6900, BSC6910) value/Recom
Action mended value

UL LDR UlPSU2LHOUeNum Set this parameter to 1. Default


UL PS (BSC6900, BSC6910) value/Recom
Domain mended value
Load HO
User No.
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

DL LDR DlPSU2LHOUeNum Set this parameter to 1. Default


UL PS (BSC6900, BSC6910) value/Recom
Domain mended value
Load HO
User No.

HandOv HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, To enable non-neighboring-cell-based Engineering


er BSC6910) redirection, select design
Switch1 HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUT
E_FREQ_SWITCH under this
parameter.
To turn on the load-based UMTS-to-
LTE redirection switch, select
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWI
TCH under this parameter.

U2L U2LBlindRedirSwitch Turn on this switch if UMTS and LTE Default


Blind (BSC6900, BSC6910) are deployed at one site and share value/Recom
Redirect sectors and the LTE band is lower than mended value
Switch the UMTS band.

U2L U2LBlindRedirPingpon The default value is recommended. Default


Blind gTimer (BSC6900, value/Recom
Redir BSC6910) mended value
Anti-
Pingpon
g Timer

MC- McHsdpaLteCMPermis The default value is recommended. Radio network


HSDPA sionInd (BSC6900, plan (internal)
and LTE BSC6910)
CM
Coexist
Indicator

PS Rate PsSwitch (BSC6900, You are advised to select the Radio network
Negotiati BSC6910) PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SW plan (internal)
on ITCH check box under this parameter
Switch when EHSPACMPermissionInd,
HsdpaCMPermissionInd, or
McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd is set
to FALSE. After this switch is turned
on, the call drop rate is reduced, but
user experience of PS services
deteriorates.

Process ProcessSwitch5 Select Default


Control (BSC6900, BSC6910) INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_ value/Recom
Switch 5 LTE_SWITCH under this parameter to mended value
obtain LTE cell load information.
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

Load- U2LLTELoadSwitch Select Default


Based (BSC6900, BSC6910) LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWI value/Recom
Handove TCH under this parameter so that LTE mended value
r cell load is considered in UMTS-to-LTE
SW redirections.
Consider
LTE
Load in
U2L
Interoper
ation

CN U2LRimCNOperatorRT This parameter must be set if the RNC Engineering


Operator Index (BSC6900, needs to obtain LTE cell load through design
Index for BSC6910) the RIM procedure and the UMTS
Routing PLMN differs from the LTE PLMN.
in U2L
RIM

Process ProcessSwitch5 Select RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH under Default


Control (BSC6900, BSC6910) this parameter if RIM messages need value/Recom
Switch 5 to be exchanged using the mended value
eCoordinator.

HandOv HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, If the LTE system supports extended Radio network
er BSC6910) frequency bands (26 to 31), select plan (internal)
Switch2 HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH
under this parameter to support
UMTS-to-LTE interoperations on the
extended frequency bands.

HandOv HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, To turn on the U2L connected mode Default


er BSC6910) priority switch, select value/Recom
Switch1 HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH mended value
under this parameter.

Connect NPriorityConnect The default value is recommended. Radio network


ed Mode (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
E-UTRA
Frequen
cy
Priority

U2L U2LAlgoSwitch If a blind redirection needs to be Radio network


Algorith (BSC6900, BSC6910) preferentially performed during a load- plan (internal)
m Switch based redirection, select
HO_LTE_LOAD_BLIND_FIRST_SWI
TCH under this parameter.

Performa PerfEnhanceSwitch6 Select Radio network


nce (BSC6900, BSC6910) PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_LOA plan (internal)
Enhance D_U2L_SWITCH under this parameter
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

ment to allow load-based UMTS-to-LTE


Switch 6 redirections or handovers only on LTE
subscribers. In this way, non-LTE
subscribers are prevented from
performing load-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or handovers.

Frequen FreqUsePolicyInd Set this parameter as planned. Use Radio network


cy Use (BSC6900, BSC6910) this parameter to configure the plan (internal)
Policy neighboring LTE frequency that can
Indicator only be used in connected mode.

lists the data to be prepared before activating exchange of RIM messages through
Table 10-18
the eCoordinator.
Table 10-18 Data to be prepared

Parameter Name Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source

Process Control PROCESSSWITCH Select RIM_SWITCH Default


Switch under this parameter value/Recommended
if RIM messages value
need to be
exchanged using the
eCoordinator.

Precautions

If load-based LTE-to-UMTS related features are deployed on the LTE network, ping-pong
handovers or redirections may occur between UMTS and LTE. For details about load-based
LTE-to-UMTS related features deployed on the LTE network, see MLB Feature Parameter
Description of eRAN feature documentation. To prevent ping-pong handovers and
redirections between UMTS and LTE, it is recommended that this feature be enabled together
with the function of selecting LTE cells based on load.
The eNodeB is the receiving party of the first RIM message, so the related feature on the LTE
side must be enabled first. Otherwise, the eNodeB cannot respond to the RNC with LTE cell
load information, and the RIM procedure cannot be completed. For the related feature on the
LTE side, see Inter-RAT Mobility Management in Connected Mode Feature Parameter
Description for eRAN.

Activation (Using MML Commands)

1. If the LDR switch is turned off, run the RNC MML command MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH. In this step, select the UL_UU_LDR or DL_UU_CLB
check box under the Switch for Cell Load Control parameter.
2. Configure neighboring LTE cells or LTE frequencies based on the network plan.
 If neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection or blind redirection is allowed, you
need to configure LTE cells as the neighboring cells of the UMTS cell. The
specific operations are as follows:
b. If an LTE cell has not been configured, run the RNC MML command ADD
ULTECELL to configure an LTE cell with LTE Cell Supporting PS HO
Indicator set to NotSupport(NotSupport).

NOTE:
 You can run the MOD ULTECELL command in sub-step 1 if an LTE cell has been
configured.
 Set the CnOpGrpIndex parameter in the ADD ULTECELL command to the index of a
group that includes operators of LTE cells. If the group includes only operators of UMTS
cells, UMTS-to-LTE handovers will fail.
 If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH in the LST
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is deselected
(HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH-0), the RNC uses
neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirections or blind redirections. The service-, coverage-, and
load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover features share the
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH switch.

c. If a neighboring LTE cell or blind neighboring LTE cell has not been configured,
run the RNC MML command ADD ULTENCELL to configure a neighboring
LTE cell. To configure a blind neighboring LTE cell, set Blind HO Neighboring
Cell Flag to TRUE.

NOTE:
You can run the MOD ULTENCELL command in sub-step 2 if a neighboring LTE cell has been
configured.

 If non-neighboring-cell-based redirection is required, add frequency priority


information of neighboring LTE cells for the UMTS cells by running the RNC
MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO.
3. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO or MOD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO to configure the frequency use policy indicator based on
the network plan.
4. (Optional) To turn on the U2L connected mode priority switch, run the RNC MML
command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and select
HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under HandOver Switch1. In addition, run the
RNC MML command MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO to reconfigure the
connected mode priorities of LTE frequencies.
5. In this step, set the RNC-level parameters related to measurements for load-based
UMTS-to-LTE handovers. These parameters are listed in Table 10-17. The RNC sends
the parameter settings to the UE through a measurement control message.
6. (Optional) If parameters related to the measurement algorithm for a cell need to be
independently set, run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV to
set cell-level parameters related to the load-based UMTS-to-LTE measurement
algorithm based on Table 10-17.
NOTE:
If measurement algorithm parameters have been configured for a cell, run the MOD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV command in step 3 to modify the configuration.
If the cell-level and RNC-level measurement-related parameters are both available, the cell-level
measurement-related parameters prevail. If the cell-level measurement-related parameters are
unavailable, the cell uses the RNC-level measurement-related parameters.

7. Run the RNC MML command MOD UTYPRABBASIC to modify the basic
information about a typical RAB. In this step, set Service-Based Handover to LTE
Allowed to HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM to allow UMTS-to-LTE
PS redirections or blind redirections.
8. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In this step, select
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch parameter to enable
UMTS-to-LTE interoperations for PS services.
9. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLLDR. In this step, turn on the
PSInterU2LLDHO switch by referring to section 4.3.5.4.1 Suggestions for LDR Action
Configurations and set UL LDR UL PS Domain Load HO User No. and DL LDR UL
PS Domain Load HO User No. based on the network plan.
10. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH selected under HandOver Switch1 to
enable load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections.
11. (Optional) If the non-neighboring cell-based redirection function is required, run the
RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH and
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH under HandOver Switch1 selected.

NOTE:
To implement neighboring-cell-based redirection, ensure that the switch for non-neighboring-LTE-cell-
based redirection is turned off. If the cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE redirection function is required, select
HO_IUR_U2L_REDIR_SWITCH (cross-Iur U2L redirection switch) under HandOver Switch1 in the
RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH.

12. (Optional) For terminals that do not support LTE measurement, run the RNC MML
command MOD UCELLHOCOMM to enable blind redirection to LTE for a specific
cell. In this step, set U2L Blind Redirect Switch to ON.
13. (Optional) To avoid pingpong redirections, run the RNC MML command SET
UHOCOMM with U2LBlindRedirPingpongTimer (BSC6900, BSC6910) set to an
appropriate value to so that a penalty timer is started for UEs that attempt to access the
UMTS network again within 30 seconds after shifting from UMTS to LTE through
blind redirections.
14. (Optional) If the DC-HSDPA feature is enabled, run the RNC MML command SET
UCMCF with MC-HSDPA and LTE CM Coexist Indicator set to TRUE.
15. (Optional) If EHSPACMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910),
HsdpaCMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910), or
McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to FALSE, run the RNC
MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with the
PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH check box selected under the PS Rate
Negotiation Switch parameter.
16. (Optional) To enable the load-based LTE cell selection function, perform the following
operations:
. (Optional) When RIM messages are exchanged using the CN and the UMTS and
LTE cells belong to different PLMNs, run the RNC MML command LST
UCNOPERATOR to query the value of Cn Operator Index and configure a
CN route for the UMTS-to-LTE RIM procedure according to the query result.
Then run the RNC MML command MOD ULTECELL, with CN Operator
Index for Routing in U2L RIM set to the queried index of the local operator.
a. Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step, select
INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITCH under the Process
Control Switch 5 parameter.
b. (Optional) When RIM messages are exchanged using the eCoordinator:
 Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step,
select RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH(Support RIM by eCoordinator Switch)
under the Process Control Switch 5 parameter.
 Run the MML command SET ECOMMONCTRL on the eCoordinator. In
this step, select RIM_SWITCH(RIM Switch) under the Process Control
Switch parameter.
c. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM/MOD
UCELLHOCOMM with LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH under
the SW Consider LTE Load in U2L Interoperation parameter selected to
enable the function of selecting LTE cells based on LTE cell load.
17. If the LTE system supports extended frequency bands (26 to 31), run the RNC MML
command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch2 parameter
selected.
18. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA with the
PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPAGING check box selected
under Performance Enhancement Switch 5 to prohibit UEs from attempting UMTS-
to-LTE redirections or handovers when they are performing CS paging procedures.
19. (Optional) If an operator requires a blind redirection to be preferentially performed
during a load-based redirection, run the RNC MML command ADD
UCELLOPERALGOSWITCH with HO_LTE_LOAD_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH
under U2L Algorithm Switch selected.
20. (Optional) In RAN Sharing and MOCN scenarios, run the RNC MML command SET
LICENSE with Load based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE-kbps set to an
appropriate value to configure the PS traffic volumes that can be separately carried by
the primary and secondary operators.
21. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA with
PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_LOAD_U2L_SWITCH under the Performance
Enhancement Switch 6 parameter selected to allow load-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or handovers only on LTE subscribers.
MML Command Examples

//Setting LDR switch


MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CELLID=1, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_LDR-1&DL_UU_LDR-1;
//Adding an LTE cell
MOD ULTECELL: LTECellIndex=1, SuppPSHOFlag=Support, BlackFlag=False;
//Adding a neighboring LTE cell
ADD ULTENCELL: RNCId=1, CellId=1, LTECellIndex=1;
//Configuring the adjacent LTE frequency and the absolute priority of the
adjacent LTE frequency for the cell
ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1, NPriority=7, ThdToHigh=2,
ThdToLow=2, EMeasBW=D6, EQrxlevmin=-70, EDetectInd=TRUE,
BlacklstCellNumber=D0;
//Turning on the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch and
configuring the connected mode priority of E-UTRA frequencies
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH-1;
MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1, NPriorityConnect=7;
//Adding a blind neighboring LTE cell
ADD ULTENCELL: RNCId=1, CellId=1, LTECellIndex=2, BlindFlag=TRUE;
//Setting the selection policy for the neighboring LTE frequency
ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000, NPriority=5,
FreqUsePolicyInd=Both;
//Setting RNC-level parameters related to measurements for the load-based
UMTS-to-LTE redirections
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: LTEMeasTypOf3C=MeasurementQuantity, U2LTEFilterCoef=D6,
U2LTEMeasTime=30, LTEMeasQuanOf3C=RSRP, Hystfor3C=2, TrigTime3C=D10,
TargetRatThdRSRP=20, TargetRatThdRSRQ=30;
//Setting cell-level parameters related to measurements for the load-based
UMTS-to-LTE redirections
ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1, LTEMeasTypOf3C=MeasurementQuantity,
U2LTEFilterCoef=D6, U2LTEMeasTime=30, LTEMeasQuanOf3C=RSRP, Hystfor3C=2,
TrigTime3C=D10, TargetRatThdRSRP=20, TargetRatThdRSRQ=30;
//Modifying the basic information about a typical RAB RabIndex40-121
MOD UTYPRABBASIC: RabIndex=40, EUTRANSHIND=HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM;
//Turning on the general switch for UMTS-to-LTE interoperations for PS
services
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection switch
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling load-based inter-RAT PS handover
ADD UCELLLDR: CellId=1, DlLdrFirstAction=InterFreqLDHO,
DlLdrSecondAction=BERateRed, DlLdrThirdAction=PSInterU2LLDHO,
DlLdrFourthAction=NoAct, DlLdrFifthAction=NoAct, DlLdrSixthAction=NoAct,
DlLdrSeventhAction=NoAct, DlLdrEighthAction=NoAct, DlLdrNinthAction=NoAct,
DlLdrTenthAction=NoAct, DlLdrEleventhAction=NoAct,
DlLdrBERateReductionRabNum=1, DlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum=1, DlPSU2LHOUeNum=1,
DlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=3, DlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=1,
DlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum=1, DlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=3,
DlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=1, UlLdrFirstAction=BERateRed,
UlLdrSecondAction=InterFreqLDHO, UlLdrThirdAction=PSInterU2LLDHO,
UlLdrFourthAction=NoAct, UlLdrFifthAction=NoAct, UlLdrSixthAction=NoAct,
UlLdrSeventhAction=NoAct, UlLdrEighthAction=NoAct, UlLdrNinthAction=NoAct,
UlLdrBERateReductionRabNum=1, UlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum=1, UlPSU2LHOUeNum=1,
UlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=3, UlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=1,
UlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum=1, UlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=3,
UlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=1, UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd=20,
DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd=20, UlInterFreqHoBWThd=200000,
DlInterFreqHoBWThd=200000, MbmsDecPowerRabThd=1, CellLdrSfResThd=SF8,
LdrCodePriUseInd=TRUE, MaxUserNumCodeAdj=1, UlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8,
DlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8, LdrCodeUsedSpaceThd=13,
CodeCongSelInterFreqHoInd=FALSE, GoldUserLoadControlSwitch=OFF;
//Turning on the non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection switch
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the blind redirection switch
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=1, U2LBlindRedirSwitch=ON;
//Enabling the function of preventing the service rate increase in
compressed mode
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PsSwitch=PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling DC-HSDPA UEs to support measurement of LTE cells in compressed
mode
SET UCMCF:McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd=TRUE;
//Setting the timer during which blind redirections to an LTE network are
prevented
SET UHOCOMM: U2LBlindRedirPingpongTimer=60;
//Enabling the cell load-based LTE cell selection function
//Enabling the cell load-based LTE cell selection function when RIM
messages are exchanged through the CN
MOD ULTECELL: LTECellIndex=1,U2LRimCNOperatorRTIndex=1;
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: ProcessSwitch5=INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the cell load-based LTE cell selection function when RIM
messages are exchanged through the eCoordinator
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: ProcessSwitch5=RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH-1;
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=2, U2LLTELoadSwitch=LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH-
1;
//Enabling the RIM procedure on the eCoordinator when RIM messages are
exchanged through the eCoordinator
SET ECOMMONCTRL: ProcessSwitch=RIM_SWITCH-1;
//Prohibiting UEs from attempting U2L redirection or handover when they
are performing CS paging procedures
SET UCORRMPARA:
PerfEnhanceSwitch5=PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPAGING-1;
//Enabling interoperability between UMTS frequency bands and LTE extended
frequency bands (26 to 31) when the LTE system supports these extended
frequency bands
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch2=HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the preferential service-based U2L blind redirection function
for an operator in the operator group of a UMTS cell enabled with the MOCN
feature when the operator requires the function
ADD UCELLOPERALGOSWITCH: CellId=1, CnOpIndex=0,
U2LAlgoSwitch=HO_LTE_LOAD_BLIND_FIRST_SWITCH-1;

//Turning on the switch for allowing only LTE subscribers to perform load-
based U2L handover or redirection when the CN cannot obtain LTE
subscription information from UEs
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch6=PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_LOAD_U2L_SWITCH-
1;

Activation (Using the CME)

NOTE:
When configuring this feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch
modification if required. Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a
batch modification before logging out of the parameter setting interface.
1. Configure a single object on the CME.
For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

2. (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME.


To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification
wizard. For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME
batch modification center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.

Activation Observation

To determine whether the feature has taken effect, check the following cell-level counters. If
any of counter values is not 0, the feature has taken effect.
 VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Load (BSC6900, BSC6910), which provides the number of
UMTS-to-LTE load-based PS redirections for cells
 VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Load.Blind (BSC6900, BSC6910), which provides the
number of UMTS-to-LTE load-based PS blind redirections for cells

Deactivation (Using MML Commands)

1. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH, with


HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH deselected under HandOver Switch1.

MML Command Examples

//Turning off the load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection switch


SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH-0;

Deactivation (Using the CME)

NOTE:
When configuring this feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch
modification if required. Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a
batch modification before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

1. Configure a single object on the CME.


For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

2. (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME.


To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification
wizard. For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME
batch modification center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
10.7.5 Performance Monitoring

Cell-level counters related to the Load-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE
feature are as follows:
 VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Load (BSC6900, BSC6910)
 VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Load.Blind (BSC6900, BSC6910)
These two counters can be observed to see whether the Load-Based PS Service Redirection
from UMTS to LTE feature has been activated. For details, see the description about
activation observation in section Activation Observation.
The following performance counters are the same as those used for service-based UMTS-to-
LTE PS redirection, which are described in 10.5.5 Performance Monitoring:
 Performance counters that must also be observed when RIM messages are exchanged
using the CN
 Performance counters that must also be observed when RIM messages are exchanged
using the eCoordinator
10.7.6 Parameter Optimization

If the number of ping-pong redirections or handovers (VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Load


(BSC6900, BSC6910)) increases after load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is enabled, you
can optimize related parameters as follows:
 Select PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_LOAD_BLACKLIST_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch7 (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter to enable the RNC to carry
congested cell blacklists in the RRC connection release messages so that UEs cannot be
redirected to congested LTE cells.
 Set the U2LPunishTimerLenForLoad (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter in the RNC
MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV to specify a penalty timer for UEs that have
been redirected from LTE to UMTS so that they cannot perform load-based UMTS-to-
LTE redirection in a short period, which may cause ping-pong redirections.
10.7.7 Troubleshooting

N/A
10.8 WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE

After WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE is enabled, the redirection or handover
for UEs in connected mode from a UMTS cell to a multi-band LTE cell can also be
performed. For details about engineering guidelines for UMTS-to-LTE redirections or
handovers, see 10.14 MFBI-Based UMTS-to-LTE Interoperability.
10.8.1 When to Use Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE

See section 10.7.1 When to Use Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE.
10.8.2 Required Information

Before activating Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE, collect the following
information:
 Traffic volume and distribution of hot spots on the UMTS network and LTE network
 Proportion of UMTS/LTE dual-mode UEs to total UEs

NOTE:
The proportion of UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs on a network affects the gains brought by the feature. That is,
the feature brings significant effect of inter-RAT load balancing when the proportion of UMTS/LTE multi-mode
UEs is high. However, it is hard to quantify a proportion of UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs for deploying the
feature, which depends on the specific network conditions and the operator's policy.

10.8.3 Planning

None
10.8.4 Deployment

Requirements

 Other features
The function of selecting LTE cells based on LTE load requires the LOFD-070203 RIM
Based LTE Target Cell Selection feature.
 Hardware
None
 License
Table 10-19 BSC6900 and BSC6910

Feature ID Feature License Control License Item NE License Sales


Name Item in the DSP Allocation Unit
LICUSAGE for Multiple
Command Operators
Output

WRFD- Load Based LQW1LPHULRES Load based BSC6900 Method 2 per


150217 PS PS and Mbps
Handover Handover BSC6910
from UMTS from UMTS
to LTE to LTE (per
Mbps)

For the supplementary descriptions of the license, see the license descriptions in
Requirements of 10.1.2 Deployment.

 Other requirements
 The SGSN supports 3GPP Release 8 or later and UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
 The UE supports 3GPP Release 8 and is a UMTS/LTE multi-mode terminal.
 The eNodeB supports UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.

Data Preparation

Table 10-20 lists the data to prepare before activating Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to
LTE.
Table 10-20 Data to prepare before activating Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

LTE Cell SuppPSHOFlag Set this parameter to Support. Radio network


Supporti (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
ng PS
HO
Indicator

Report LTEMeasTypOf3C Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
Type of (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
LTE
Measure
ment

Layer 3 U2LTEFilterCoef Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
Filter (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
Coefficie
nt for
LTE
Measure
ment

LTE U2LTEMeasTime Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
Measure (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
ment
Timer
Length

Measure LTEMeasQuanOf3C Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
ment (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
Quantity
for Event
3C
Measure
ment of
LTE

3C Hystfor3C (BSC6900, In a high-speed cell, set this parameter Radio network


Hysteresi BSC6910) to 1.5 dB. In a low-speed cell, set this plan (internal)
s parameter to 3.0 dB.

Time to TrigTime3C (BSC6900, Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
Trigger BSC6910) plan (internal)
Event 3C

RSRP TargetRatThdRSRP Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
Threshol (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
d During
PS
Handove
r to LTE

RSRQ TargetRatThdRSRQ Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
Threshol (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
d During
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

PS
Handove
r to LTE

Service- EUTRANSHIND Set this parameter to Radio network


Based (BSC6900, BSC6910) HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PE plan (internal)
Handove RFORM if UMTS-to-LTE PS
r to LTE handovers are allowed for certain PS
Allowed services.

HandOv HoSwitch (BSC6900, Select HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH Default


er Switch BSC6910) under this parameter to activate the value/Recom
feature. mended value

UL LDR- UlLdrBERateReductio Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
BE rate nRabNum (BSC6900, plan (internal)
reduction BSC6910)
RAB
number

UL LDR UlLdrPsRTQosRenegR Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
un-ctrl abNum (BSC6900, plan (internal)
RT Qos BSC6910)
re-nego
RAB
num

UL CS UlCSInterRatShouldBe Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network


should HOUeNum (BSC6900, plan (internal)
be HO BSC6910)
user
number

UL PS UlPSInterRatShouldBe Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network


should HOUeNum (BSC6900, plan (internal)
be HO BSC6910)
user
number

UL LDR- UlLdrAMRRateReducti Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
AMR onRabNum (BSC6900, plan (internal)
rate BSC6910)
reduction
RAB
number

UL CS UlCSInterRatShouldNo Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network


should tHOUeNum (BSC6900, plan (internal)
not be BSC6910)
HO user
number
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

UL PS UlPSInterRatShouldNo Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network


should tHOUeNum (BSC6900, plan (internal)
not be BSC6910)
HO user
number

UL HO UlInterFreqHoCellLoad Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network


load SpaceThd (BSC6900, plan (internal)
space BSC6910)
threshold

DL HO DlInterFreqHoCellLoad Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network


load SpaceThd (BSC6900, plan (internal)
space BSC6910)
threshold

UL HO UlInterFreqHoBWThd Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network


maximu (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
m
bandwidt
h

DL HO DlInterFreqHoBWThd Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network


maximu (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
m
bandwidt
h

MBMS MbmsDecPowerRabTh Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
descend d (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
power
rab
threshold

Cell LDR CellLdrSfResThd Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
SF (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
reserved
threshold

LDR LdrCodePriUseInd Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
code (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
priority
indicator

Max user MaxUserNumCodeAdj Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
number (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
of code
adjust

Ul LDR UlLdrCreditSfResThd Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
credit SF (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
reserved
threshold
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

Dl LDR DlLdrCreditSfResThd Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
credit SF (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
reserved
threshold

InterFreq LdrCodeUsedSpaceTh Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
HO code d (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
used
ratio
space
threshold

Code CodeCongSelInterFreq Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
congesti HoInd (BSC6900, plan (internal)
on select BSC6910)
inter-freq
indicatio
n

Gold GoldUserLoadControl Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
user load Switch (BSC6900, plan (internal)
control BSC6910)
switch

Forbidde InterFreqLdHoForbide Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
n Traffic nTC (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
Class for
inter-freq
HO

Ul TTI UlTtiCreditSfResThd Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
HO (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
Credit
SF
reserved
threshold

InterFreq InterFreqLDHOMethod Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
Load Selection (BSC6900, plan (internal)
Handove BSC6910)
r Method
Selection

Code CodeCongHoEnhanceI Set this parameter to the default value. Default


Congest nd (BSC6900, BSC6910) value/Recom
Neighbor mended value
Select
Enhance
Switch

DL LDR- DlLdrBERateReductio Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
BE rate nRabNum (BSC6900, plan (internal)
reduction BSC6910)
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

RAB
number

DL LDR DlLdrPsRTQosRenegR Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
un-ctrl abNum (BSC6900, plan (internal)
RT Qos BSC6910)
re-nego
RAB
num

DL CS DlCSInterRatShouldBe Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network


should HOUeNum (BSC6900, plan (internal)
be HO BSC6910)
user
number

DL PS DlPSInterRatShouldBe Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network


should HOUeNum (BSC6900, plan (internal)
be HO BSC6910)
user
number

DL LDR- DlLdrAMRRateReducti Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
AMR onRabNum (BSC6900, plan (internal)
rate BSC6910)
reduction
RAB
number

DL CS DlCSInterRatShouldNo Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network


should tHOUeNum (BSC6900, plan (internal)
not be BSC6910)
HO user
number

DL PS DlPSInterRatShouldNo Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network


should tHOUeNum (BSC6900, plan (internal)
not be BSC6910)
HO user
number

Switch NBMLdcAlgoSwitch Radio network plan Radio network


for Cell (BSC6900, BSC6910): plan (internal)
Load UL_UU_LDR
Control

Switch NBMLdcAlgoSwitch Radio network plan Radio network


for Cell (BSC6900, BSC6910): plan (internal)
Load DL_UU_LDR
Control
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

DL LDR DlLdrFirstAction Configure LDR actions according to Radio network


first (BSC6900, BSC6910) instructions in 4.3.5.4.1 Suggestions for plan (internal)
action LDR Action Configurations when activating
the feature.
DL LDR DlLdrSecondAction Radio network
second (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

DL LDR DlLdrThirdAction Radio network


third (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

DL LDR DlLdrFourthAction Radio network


forth (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

DL LDR DlLdrFifthAction Radio network


fifth (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

DL LDR DlLdrSixthAction Radio network


Sixth (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

DL LDR DlLdrSeventhAction Radio network


seventh (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

DL LDR DlLdrEighthAction Radio network


eighth (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

DL LDR DlLdrNinthAction Radio network


ninth (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

DL LDR DlLdrTenthAction Radio network


tenth (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

DL LDR DlLdrEleventhAction Default


Eleventh (BSC6900, BSC6910) value/Recom
Action mended value

UL LDR UlLdrFirstAction Radio network


first (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

UL LDR UlLdrSecondAction Radio network


second (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

UL LDR UlLdrThirdAction Radio network


third (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

UL LDR UlLdrFourthAction Radio network


forth (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

UL LDR UlLdrFifthAction Radio network


fifth (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

UL LDR UlLdrSixthAction Radio network


Sixth (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

UL LDR UlLdrSeventhAction Radio network


seventh (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

UL LDR UlLdrEighthAction Radio network


eighth (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
action

UL LDR UlLdrNinthAction Default


Ninth (BSC6900, BSC6910) value/Recom
Action mended value

UL LDR UlPSU2LHOUeNum Set this parameter to 1. Default


UL PS (BSC6900, BSC6910) value/Recom
Domain mended value
Load HO
User No.

DL LDR DlPSU2LHOUeNum Set this parameter to 1. Default


UL PS (BSC6900, BSC6910) value/Recom
Domain mended value
Load HO
User No.

HandOv HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, Select Default


er BSC6910) HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH value/Recom
Switch1 under this parameter to activate the mended value
Load Based PS Handover from UMTS
to LTE feature.

HandOv HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, Deselect Engineering


er BSC6910) HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUT design
Switch1 E_FREQ_SWITCH under this
parameter when you activate the
feature.
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

MC- McHsdpaLteCMPermis Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
HSDPA sionInd (BSC6900, plan (internal)
and LTE BSC6910)
CM
Coexist
Indicator

PS Rate PsSwitch (BSC6900, You are advised to select the Radio network
Negotiati BSC6910) PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SW plan (internal)
on ITCH check box under this parameter
Switch when HsdpaCMPermissionInd,
EHSPACMPermissionInd, or
McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd is set
to FALSE. After this switch is turned
on, the call drop rate is reduced, but
user experience of PS services
deteriorates.

Process ProcessSwitch5 Select Default


Control (BSC6900, BSC6910) INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_ value/Recom
Switch 5 LTE_SWITCH under this parameter to mended value
obtain LTE cell load information.

SW U2LLTELoadSwitch Select Default


Consider (BSC6900, BSC6910) LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWI value/Recom
LTE TCH under this parameter so that LTE mended value
Load in cell load is considered in UMTS-to-LTE
U2L handovers.
Interoper
ation

CN U2LRimCNOperatorRT This parameter must be set if the LTE Engineering


Operator Index (BSC6900, cell load is obtained through the RIM design
Index for BSC6910) procedure and the UMTS PLMN differs
Routing from the LTE PLMN.
in U2L
RIM

Process ProcessSwitch5 Select RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH under Default


Control (BSC6900, BSC6910) this parameter if RIM messages need value/Recom
Switch 5 to be exchanged using the mended value
eCoordinator.

HandOv HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, If the LTE system supports extended Radio network
er BSC6910) frequency bands (26 to 31), select plan (internal)
Switch2 HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH
under this parameter to support
UMTS-to-LTE interoperations on the
extended frequency bands.
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

HandOv HoSwitch1 (BSC6900, To turn on the U2L connected mode Default


er BSC6910) priority switch, select value/Recom
Switch1 HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH mended value
under this parameter.

Connect NPriorityConnect Set this parameter to the default value. Radio network
ed Mode (BSC6900, BSC6910) plan (internal)
E-UTRA
Frequen
cy
Priority

HandOv HoSwitch2 (BSC6900, Select HO_IUR_U2L_HO_SWITCH Radio network


er BSC6910) under this parameter to enable the plan (internal)
Switch2 function of cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE
handovers.
Select
HO_IUR_PLMN_FILTER_SWITCH
under this parameter to enable the
SRNC to filter the LTE frequencies or
neighboring cells under the DRNC
based on the PLMN information during
a cross-Iur UMTS-to-LTE redirection or
handover.

Iur LTE IurLTECellInfoSwitch To enable the function of cross-Iur Radio network


Cell (BSC6900, BSC6910) UMTS-to-LTE handovers, set this plan (internal)
Informati parameter to ON.
on
Switch

Optimiza OptimizationSwitch5 Select Radio network


tion (BSC6900, BSC6910) U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_ERAB_S plan (internal)
Switch 5 WITCH under this parameter to enable
the function of data forwarding during
UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
To reduce the PS service user-plane
interruption time during UMTS to LTE
handovers, select
PS_U2L_USER_PLANE_DELAY_OP
T_SWITCH under this parameter.

Performa PerfEnhanceSwitch6 Select Radio network


nce (BSC6900, BSC6910) PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_LOA plan (internal)
Enhance D_U2L_SWITCH under this parameter
ment to allow load-based UMTS-to-LTE
Switch 6 redirections or handovers only on LTE
subscribers. In this way, non-LTE
subscribers are prevented from
performing load-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or handovers.
Paramete Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source
r Name

Thd for U2LPhyChFailNum To enable the function of preventing Default


No-Cov (BSC6900, BSC6910) frequent retries after a UMTS-to-LTE value/Recom
U2L HO PS handover failure, set this parameter mended value
Fail by to a non-zero value.
Phy CH
Fail

Inter- PenaltyTimeForPhyCh This parameter specifies the length of Default


RAT HO Fail (BSC6900, BSC6910) a penalty timer for inter-RAT handover value/Recom
Physical failures due to physical channel mended value
Channel failures. The default setting is
Failure recommended.
Penalty
Timer

Frequen FreqUsePolicyInd Set this parameter as planned. Use Radio network


cy Use (BSC6900, BSC6910) this parameter to configure the plan (internal)
Policy neighboring LTE frequency that can
Indicator only be used in connected mode.

Process PROCESSSWITCH To make the function of data Radio network


Control (BSC6900, BSC6910) forwarding from the RNC to the plan (internal)
Switch eNodeB be independent from the
lossless SRNS relocation capability of
the UE, select
U2L_DATA_FORWARDING_PROC_
SWITCH under this parameter.

lists the parameter to be set to enable exchange of RIM messages through the
Table 10-21
eCoordinator.
Table 10-21 Parameter to be set on the eCoordinator

Parameter Name Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source

Process Control PROCESSSWITCH Select RIM_SWITCH Default


Switch under this parameter value/Recommended
if RIM messages value
need to be
exchanged using the
eCoordinator.

Precautions

If load-based LTE-to-UMTS related features are deployed on the LTE network, ping-pong
handovers or redirections may occur between UMTS and LTE. For details about load-based
LTE-to-UMTS related features deployed on the LTE network, see MLB Feature Parameter
Description for eRAN. To prevent ping-pong handovers and redirections between UMTS and
LTE, it is recommended that this feature as well as the function of selecting LTE cells based
on LTE cell load be enabled.
To select LTE cells based on LTE cell load, the RNC needs to obtain LTE cell load
information from the eNodeB through the RIM procedure. The eNodeB is the receiving party
of the first RIM message. Therefore, the related feature on the LTE side must be enabled
first. Otherwise, the eNodeB cannot respond to the RNC with LTE cell load information, and
the RIM procedure will be terminated before it is complete. For the related feature on the
LTE side, see Inter-RAT Mobility Management in Connected Mode Feature Parameter
Description for eRAN.

Activation (Using MML Commands)

1. If the LDR switch has not been turned on, run the RNC MML command MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH with UL_UU_LDR or DL_UU_CLB selected under the
Switch for Cell Load Control parameter.
2. Run the RNC MML command MOD ULTECELL. In this step, set LTE Cell
Supporting PS HO Indicator to Support(Support). and BlackCell List Flag to
False(False).

NOTE:
You can run the ADD ULTECELL command to modify the configuration if an LTE cell has not been
configured.
Set the CnOpGrpIndex parameter in the ADD ULTECELL command to the index of a group that
includes operators of LTE cells. If the group includes only operators of UMTS cells, UMTS-to-LTE
handovers will fail.

3. If a neighboring LTE cell has not been configured, run the RNC MML command ADD
ULTENCELL to configure a neighboring LTE cell.
4. (Optional) To turn on the U2L connected mode priority switch, run the RNC MML
command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and select
HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH under HandOver Switch1. Run the RNC MML
command MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO and set the connected mode priorities of
LTE frequencies.
5. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO or MOD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO to configure the frequency use policy indicator based on
the network plan.
6. Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV. In this step, set the RNC-
level parameters related to measurements for load-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
These parameters are listed in Table 10-20. The RNC sends the parameter settings to the
UE through a measurement control message.
7. (Optional) If parameters related to the measurement algorithm for a cell need to be
independently set, run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV to
set cell-level parameters related to the load-based UMTS-to-LTE measurement
algorithm based on Table 10-20.

NOTE:
If a cell has been configured with parameters related to the measurement algorithm, run the MOD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV command in step 3 to modify the configuration.
If the cell-level and RNC-level measurement-related parameters are both available, the cell-level
measurement-related parameters prevail. If the cell-level measurement-related parameters are
unavailable, the cell uses the RNC-level measurement-related parameters.

8. Run the RNC MML command MOD UTYPRABBASIC to modify the basic
information about a typical RAB. In this step, set Service-Based Handover to LTE
Allowed to HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM.
9. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In this step, select
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch parameter to enable
UMTS-to-LTE interoperations for PS services.
10. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_ HO _SWITCH under HandOver Switch1 selected to turn on
the load-based UMTS-to-LTE handover switch.
11. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn off the non-
neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection switch. In this step, deselect the
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under HandOver
Switch1.
12. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLLDR. In this step, turn on the
PSInterU2LLDHO switch by referring to section 4.3.5.4.1 Suggestions for LDR Action
Configurations and set UL LDR UL PS Domain Load HO User No. and DL LDR UL
PS Domain Load HO User No. based on the network plan.
13. (Optional) If the DC-HSDPA feature is enabled, run the RNC MML command SET
UCMCF with MC-HSDPA and LTE CM Coexist Indicator set to TRUE.
14. (Optional) If EHSPACMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910),
HsdpaCMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910), or
McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd (BSC6900, BSC6910) is set to FALSE, run the RNC
MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with the
PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH check box under PS Rate
Negotiation Switch selected.
15. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV to enable the
function of preventing frequent retries after a UMTS-to-LTE PS handover failure. In
this step, set U2LPhyChFailNum (BSC6900, BSC6910) and
PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail (BSC6900, BSC6910) to appropriate values.
16. (Optional) To enable the cell load-based LTE cell selection function, perform the
following operations:
a. (Optional) When RIM messages are exchanged using the CN and the UMTS
PLMN differs from the LTE PLMN, run the RNC MML command LST
UCNOPERATOR to query the value of Cn Operator Index and configure a
CN route for the UMTS-to-LTE RIM procedure according to the query result.
Then run the RNC MML command MOD ULTECELL with CN Operator
Index for Routing in U2L RIM set to the queried index of the local operator.
b. Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step, select
INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITCH under the Process
Control Switch 5 parameter.
c. (Optional) When RIM messages are exchanged using the eCoordinator:
 Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step, set
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH under the Process Control Switch 5 parameter
to ON.
 Run the MML command SET ECOMMONCTRL on the eCoordinator. In
this step, set RIM_SWITCH under the Process Control Switch parameter
to ON.
d. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM/MOD
UCELLHOCOMM with LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH under
the SW Consider LTE Load in U2L Interoperation parameter selected to
enable the function of selecting LTE cells based on LTE cell load.
17. If the LTE system supports extended frequency bands (26 to 31), run the RNC MML
command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch2 parameter
selected.
18. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA with
PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPAGING under Performance
Enhancement Switch 5 selected to prohibit UEs from attempting UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or handovers when they are performing CS paging procedures.
19. (Optional) When RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, run the RNC MML command
SET LICENSE to set the Load based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE-kbps
parameter for the primary and secondary operators.
20. (Optional) Enable the function of cross-Iur service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
a. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH on the source
RNC with HO_IUR_U2L_HO_SWITCH and
HO_IUR_PLMN_FILTER_SWITCH under HandOver Switch2 selected.
b. Run the RNC MML command ADD UNRNC on the target RNC with Iur LTE
Cell Information Switch set to ON.
21. Enable the function of data forwarding during UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
a. Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH with
U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_ERAB_SWITCH under Optimization Switch 5
selected to enable a RANAP RELOCATION REQUIRED message to contain the
E-RAB IE.
b. Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH with
PS_U2L_USER_PLANE_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH under the Optimization
Switch 5 parameter selected to turn on the U2L PS service user-plane
interruption time reduction switch.
c. When the direct tunnel function is enabled on the RNC, the following operations
must also be performed:
i. Run the RNC MML command ADD IPRT to configure a route between
the RNC and the LTE S-GW.
ii. Run the following RNC MML commands separately for a BSC6900 and a
BSC6910 to configure a UP data channel between the RNC and LTE S-
GW: ADD IPPATH and ADD IPPOOL.
NOTE:
When the direct tunnel function is not enabled on the RNC, only the routes and UP data channels
between the LTE S-GW and SGSN need to be configured on the CN side.

d. Run the RNC MML command SET UUPCTRLSWITCH with


U2L_DATA_FORWARDING_PROC_SWITCH under the Process Control
Switch parameter selected so that the lossless SRNS relocation capability of the
UE does not need to be considered during data forwarding.
22. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA with
PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_LOAD_U2L_SWITCH under the Performance
Enhancement Switch 6 parameter selected to allow load-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or handovers only on LTE subscribers.

MML Command Examples

//Setting LDR switch


MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CELLID=1, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_LDR-1&DL_UU_LDR-1;
//Modifying an LTE cell
MOD ULTECELL: LTECellIndex=1, SuppPSHOFlag=Support, BlackFlag=False;
//Adding a neighboring LTE cell
ADD ULTENCELL: RNCId=1, CellId=1, LTECellIndex=1;
//Turning on the UMTS-to-LTE connected mode priority switch and
configuring the connected mode priority of E-UTRA frequencies
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_CONN_PRIO_SWITCH-1;
ADD/MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000, NPriorityConnect=7;
//Setting the selection policy for the neighboring LTE frequency
ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000, NPriority=5,
FreqUsePolicyInd=Both;
//Setting RNC-level parameters related to measurements for the load-based
UMTS-to-LTE redirections
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: LTEMeasTypOf3C=MeasurementQuantity, U2LTEFilterCoef=D6,
U2LTEMeasTime=30, LTEMeasQuanOf3C=RSRP, Hystfor3C=2, TrigTime3C=D10,
TargetRatThdRSRP=20, TargetRatThdRSRQ=30;
//Setting cell-level parameters related to measurements for the load-based
UMTS-to-LTE redirections
ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1, LTEMeasTypOf3C=MeasurementQuantity,
U2LTEFilterCoef=D6, U2LTEMeasTime=30, LTEMeasQuanOf3C=RSRP, Hystfor3C=2,
TrigTime3C=D10, TargetRatThdRSRP=20, TargetRatThdRSRQ=30;
//Modifying the basic information about a typical RAB RabIndex40-121
MOD UTYPRABBASIC: RabIndex=40, EUTRANSHIND=HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM;
//Turning on the general switch for UMTS-to-LTE interoperations for PS
services
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the load-based inter-RAT PS handovers
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1= HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH-1;
//Disabling non-neighboring-cell-based redirections
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH-0;
//Enabling load based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover
ADD UCELLLDR: CellId=1, DlLdrFirstAction=InterFreqLDHO,
DlLdrSecondAction=BERateRed, DlLdrThirdAction=PSInterU2LLDHO,
DlLdrFourthAction=NoAct, DlLdrFifthAction=NoAct, DlLdrSixthAction=NoAct,
DlLdrSeventhAction=NoAct, DlLdrEighthAction=NoAct, DlLdrNinthAction=NoAct,
DlLdrTenthAction=NoAct, DlLdrEleventhAction=NoAct,
DlLdrBERateReductionRabNum=1, DlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum=1,
DlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=3, DlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=1,
DlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum=1, DlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=3,
DlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=1, UlLdrFirstAction=BERateRed,
UlLdrSecondAction=InterFreqLDHO, UlLdrThirdAction=PSInterU2LLDHO,
UlLdrFourthAction=NoAct, UlLdrFifthAction=NoAct, UlLdrSixthAction=NoAct,
UlLdrSeventhAction=NoAct, UlLdrEighthAction=NoAct, UlLdrNinthAction=NoAct,
UlLdrBERateReductionRabNum=1, UlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum=1,
UlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=3, UlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=1,
UlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum=1, UlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=3,
UlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=1, UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd=20,
DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd=20, UlInterFreqHoBWThd=200000,
DlInterFreqHoBWThd=200000, MbmsDecPowerRabThd=1, CellLdrSfResThd=SF8,
LdrCodePriUseInd=TRUE, MaxUserNumCodeAdj=1, UlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8,
DlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8, LdrCodeUsedSpaceThd=13,
CodeCongSelInterFreqHoInd=FALSE, GoldUserLoadControlSwitch=OFF,
UlPSU2LHOUeNum=1, DlPSU2LHOUeNum=1;
//Enabling the function of preventing the service rate increase in
compressed mode
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PsSwitch=PS_CMACTIVE_PROCESS_OPT_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling DC-HSDPA UEs to support measurement of LTE cells in compressed
mode
SET UCMCF:McHsdpaLteCMPermissionInd=TRUE;
//Enabling the function of preventing frequent retries after a UMTS-to-LTE
PS handover failure
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2LPhyChFailNum=3, PenaltyTimeForPhyChFail=30;
//Enabling the cell load-based LTE cell selection function
//Enabling the cell load-based LTE cell selection function when RIM
messages are exchanged using the CN
MOD ULTECELL: LTECellIndex=1, U2LRimCNOperatorRTIndex=1;
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: ProcessSwitch5=INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the cell load-based LTE cell selection function when RIM
messages are exchanged using the eCoordinator
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: ProcessSwitch5=RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH-1;
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=1, U2LLTELoadSwitch=LOAD_BASE_U2L_LTE_LOAD_SWITCH-
1;
//Enabling the RIM procedure on the eCoordinator when RIM messages are
exchanged using the eCoordinator
SET ECOMMONCTRL: ProcessSwitch=RIM_SWITCH-1;
//Prohibiting UEs from attempting U2L redirection or handover when they
are performing CS paging procedures
SET UCORRMPARA:
PerfEnhanceSwitch5=PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPAGING-1;
//Enabling interoperability between UMTS frequency bands and LTE extended
frequency bands 26 to 31 when the LTE system supports these extended
frequency bands
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch2=HO_MC_EXT_LTE_BAND_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the function of data forwarding during UMTS-to-LTE handovers
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch5=U2L_RELOC_MSG_TAKE_ERAB_SWITCH-1;
SET UUPCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=U2L_DATA_FORWARDING_PROC_SWITCH-1;
//When the direct tunnel function is enabled on the RNC, the following
operations must also be performed:
//Configuring a route between the RNC and the LTE S-GW
ADD
IPRT:SRN=0,SN=16,DSTIP="10.161.0.1",DSTMASK="255.255.255.255",NEXTHOPTYPE=
Gateway,NEXTHOP="162.0.43.254",PRIORITY=HIGH;
//Configuring a UP data channel between the BSC6900 and the LTE S-GW
ADD IPPATH: ANI=1118, PATHID=3, ITFT=IUPS, PATHT=QoS,
IPADDR="53.100.61.1", PEERIPADDR="10.161.0.1", PEERMASK="255.255.255.0",
TXBW=1000, RXBW=1000, VLANFLAG=DISABLE, PATHCHK=ENABLED,
ECHOIP="10.161.0.1";
//Configuring a UP data channel between the BSC6910 and the LTE S-GW
ADD IPPOOL: IPPOOLINDEX=0, MODE=ETHL3, IPPOOLNAME="IPPOOLNAME";
//Turning on the U2L PS service user-plane interruption time reduction
switch
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch5=PS_U2L_USER_PLANE_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH-
1;
//Enabling the function of cross-Iur service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers
//Setting the following parameters on the source RNC side, with the
address specified based on the actual plan
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch2=HO_IUR_U2L_HO_SWITCH-
1&HO_IUR_PLMN_FILTER_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the following parameters on the destination RNC side, with the
address specified based on the actual plan
ADD UNRNC: NRncId=1, SHOTRIG=CS_SHO_SWITCH-1, HHOTRIG=ON,
IurLTECellInfoSwitch=ON;

//Turning on the switch for allowing only LTE subscribers to perform load-
based U2L handover or redirection when the CN cannot obtain LTE
subscription information from UEs
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch6=PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_LOAD_U2L_SWITCH-
1;

Activation (Using the CME)

NOTE:
Perform a single configuration first and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters
of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter
setting interface.

1. Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

2. (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)
To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification
wizard. For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME
batch modification center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.

Activation Observation

To determine whether the feature has taken effect, check the cell-level counters or the
interface messages.
 Checking the cell-level counters
If either of the following counter values is not 0, the feature has taken effect.
 VS.U2LTEHO.AttOutPS.Load (BSC6900, BSC6910), which provides the number
of load-triggered UMTS-to-LTE PS handover attempts
 VS.U2LTEHO.SuccOutPS.Load (BSC6900, BSC6910), which provides the number
of successful load-triggered UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers
 VS.U2LTEHO.AttRelocPrepOutPS.Load (BSC6900, BSC6910), which provides
the number of outgoing UMTS-to-LTE load-based PS handover preparation
attempts for cells
 VS.U2LTEHO.SuccRelocPrepOutPS.Load (BSC6900, BSC6910), which provides
the number of successful preparations for outgoing UMTS-to-LTE load-based PS
handovers for cells
 Checking the interface messages
Start message tracing over Iu on the RNC LMT. If the cause IE in the relocation request
message contains the Reduce Load in Serving Cell IE, the feature has taken effect.

Deactivation (Using MML Commands)

1. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with


HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_ HO _SWITCH under the HandOver Switch1 parameter
deselected.

MML Command Examples

//Disabling the load-based UMTS-to-LTE handover function


SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1= HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH-0;

Deactivation (Using the CME)

NOTE:
Perform a single configuration first and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters
of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter
setting interface.

1. Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

2. (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)
To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification
wizard. For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME
batch modification center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
10.8.5 Performance Monitoring

Cell-level counters related to the Load-Based PS Service Handover from UMTS to LTE
feature are listed in the following table.

Counter Name Object Function Subset Counter Description


Type

VS.U2LTEHO.AttOutPS.Load (BSC6900, CELL U2LTE.HO.CELL Number of LDR-


BSC6910) triggered UMTS-to-
LTE PS Handover
Attempts for Cell
Counter Name Object Function Subset Counter Description
Type

VS.U2LTEHO.SuccOutPS.Load (BSC6900, CELL U2LTE.HO.CELL Number of


BSC6910) Successful LDR-
triggered UMTS-to-
LTE PS Handovers
for Cell

VS.U2LTEHO.AttRelocPrepOutPS.Load CELL U2LTE.HO.CELL Number of


(BSC6900, BSC6910) Preparation
Attempts for PS
Outgoing U2L
Load-Based
Handovers for Cell

VS.U2LTEHO.SuccRelocPrepOutPS.Load CELL U2LTE.HO.CELL Number of


(BSC6900, BSC6910) Successful
Preparations for PS
Outgoing U2L
Load-Based
Handovers for Cell

These counters specify whether the Load-Based PS Service Handover from UMTS to LTE
feature is activated. For details, see the description about activation observation in section
Activation Observation.

The following performance counters are the same as those used for coverage-based UMTS-
to-LTE handover, which are described in 10.4.5 Performance Monitoring:
 Performance counters related to cell-level handover failures
 Performance counters related to neighboring cells of load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
handovers
 Performance counters related to neighboring cells of handover failures
The following performance counters are the same as those used for service-based UMTS-to-
LTE PS redirection, which are described in 10.5.5 Performance Monitoring:
 Performance counters that must also be observed when RIM messages are exchanged
using the CN
 Performance counters that must also be observed when RIM messages are exchanged
using the eCoordinator
10.8.6 Parameter Optimization

If the number of ping-pong redirections or handovers (VS.U2LTEHO.AttOutPS.Load


(BSC6900, BSC6910)) increases after load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover is enabled, set the
U2LPunishTimerLenForLoad (BSC6900, BSC6910) parameter to specify a penalty timer
for UEs that have been handed over or redirected from LTE to UMTS so that they cannot
perform load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection in a short period, which may cause ping-pong
redirections or handovers.
10.8.7 Troubleshooting
N/A
10.9 WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls

10.9.1 When to Use CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls

This feature is recommended in the overlapping coverage area of UMTS and LTE.
10.9.2 Deployment

This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-140102
CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls. For details about how to configure this
feature on the LTE side, see the related documents provided by the LTE equipment vendor.

Requirements

 Other features
None
 Hardware
None
 License
This feature is not under license control.
 Other requirements
 UEs of Release 8 or later support PS handovers from LTE to UMTS and CSFB
from LTE to UMTS. In addition, the message sent to the MME carries an
emergency call indicator.
 The eNodeB supports PS handovers from LTE to UMTS and CSFB from LTE to
UMTS. In addition, the handover request sent to the RNC carries CSFB High
Priority.
 The CN supports PS handovers from LTE to UMTS and CSFB from LTE to
UMTS. In addition, the INITIAL CONTEXT SETUP REQUEST message sent
from the MME to the eNodeB carries CS Fallback High Priority.

Activation (Using MML Commands)

1. Configure the data on the LTE side.


For details about how to configure this feature on the LTE side, see the related
documents provided by the LTE equipment vendor. If the LTE equipment is provided
by Huawei, see CS Fallback Parameter Description for eRAN.
2. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In this step, select
HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH under HandOver Switch to enable this feature.

MML Command Examples

SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH-1;

Activation (Using the CME)


1. Configure the data on the LTE side.
2. Configure the data on the UMTS side.
Method 1:

NOTE:
Perform a single configuration first and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the
parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging
out of the parameter setting interface.

a. Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


Set the parameters described in Table 10-22 on the CME. For instructions on how to
perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
b. (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification
center)
To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification
wizard. For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME
batch modification center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
Table 10-22 Parameter to be set on the CME

SN MO NE Parameter Name Parameter Configurable


ID in CME
Batch
Modification
Center

1 UCORRMALGOSWITCH RNC HandOver Switch (set to HoSwitch Yes


HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH- (BSC6900,
1) BSC6910)

Method 2:
This feature can be batch activated using the CME. For detailed operations, see the following
section in the CME product documentation or online help: Managing the CME > CME
Guidelines > Enhanced Feature Management > Feature Operation and Maintenance.

Activation Observation

Check the value of the VS.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInPS.Emerg.RNC (BSC6900, BSC6910)


counter. If the counter value is not 0, the feature has taken effect. This counter provides the
number of successful LTE-to-UMTS PS handover preparations caused by CSFB of LTE
emergency calls for the RNC.

Deactivation (Using MML Commands)

Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In this step, clear
HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH under HandOver Switch to disable this feature.

MML Command Examples

SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH-0;


Deactivation (Using the CME)

NOTE:
When configuring WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls on the CME, perform a
single configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters of a
single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter
setting interface.

1. Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.

2. (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)
To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification
wizard. For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME
batch modification center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
10.9.3 Performance Monitoring

After feature deployment, the PS handover success rate caused by CSFB for LTE emergency
calls increases.
Success rate of LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers caused by CSFB for LTE emergency calls =
VS.L2U.SuccRelocInPS.Emerg.RNC (BSC6900,
BSC6910)/VS.L2U.AttRelocPrepInPS.Emerg.RNC (BSC6900, BSC6910).

 VS.L2U.AttRelocPrepInPS.Emerg.RNC (BSC6900, BSC6910): Number of incoming


LTE-to-UMTS PS handover attempts caused by LTE emergency calls at the RNC level.
When receiving the Relocation Request message which carries Source RNC To Target
RNC Transparent Container containing CSFB High Priority, the RNC increases the
counter value by 1 and stamps the identity of CSFB High Priority on the UE. This
identity is erased after the emergency call is released.
 VS.L2U.SuccRelocInPS.Emerg.RNC (BSC6900, BSC6910): Number of successful
incoming LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers caused by LTE emergency calls at the RNC
level. When the RNC sends the SGSN a Relocation Complete message, the incoming
LTE-to-UMTS PS handover is successful and the RNC increases the counter value by 1.
In ideal cases, the LTE-to-UMTS PS handover success rate caused by CSFB for LTE
emergency calls can reach 100%. Perform troubleshooting if it does not reach 100%.
10.10 WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover

10.10.1 When to Use SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover

This feature is recommended in the overlapping coverage area of UMTS and LTE when the
LTE network and the CN support IMS-based VoIP.
10.10.2 Required Information

Before activating SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover, collect the following
information:
 Information about the LTE network and the CN that support IMS-based VoIP
 Information about areas where the UMTS network is available on edge of the LTE
network
 Information about UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs that support SRVCC
10.10.3 Planning

None
10.10.4 Deployment

This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-
150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover. For details about how to configure
this feature on the LTE side, see SRVCC Feature Parameter Description provided by the
LTE equipment vendor.

Requirements

 Other features
None
 Hardware
None
 License
Table 10-23 BSC6900 and BSC6910

Feature ID Feature License Control License Item Supported License Sales


Name Item ID in the DSP NE Type